ISOGEN

Plant Design System (PDS)
ISOGEN
Version 2011 (V12)
June 2011
DPDS3-PB-200017H
Copyright
Copyright © 1984-2011 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement;
contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret
law, and international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph
Corporation.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
P.O. Box 240000
Huntsville, AL 35813
Terms of Use
Use of this software product is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with this software product unless the
licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the licensee has a valid signed license
for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take precedence and govern the use of this
software product. Subject to the terms contained within the applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives licensee
permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and
delivered with the software product for licensee's internal, non-commercial use. The documentation may not be printed for resale or
redistribution.
Warranties and Liabilities
All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in the EULA provided with the software or
applicable license for the software product signed by Intergraph Corporation, and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or
its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or amendment of such warranties. Intergraph believes the information in
this publication is accurate as of its publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms
of this license. No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by
Intergraph or its affiliated companies. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS
TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Convert, I-Export, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, INtools,
ISOGEN, MARIAN, SmartSketch, SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, and SupportModeler are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation
and/or its affiliates. MicroStation is a registered trademark of Bentley Systems Inc, all rights reserved. Other brands and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Preface PDS ................................................................................................................................................. 9
What's New in PDS ISOGEN (PD_Iso) ................................................................................................ 11
Introduction to ISOGEN ............................................................................................................................ 13

Overview of Isometric Extraction .......................................................................................................... 15
The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .............................................................................................. 15
ASCII to Binary Conversion ............................................................................................................ 16
ISOGEN .......................................................................................................................................... 16
PDS Environment ...................................................................................................................................... 17

PD Shell ................................................................................................................................................ 17
PD_Shell Form Conventions .......................................................................................................... 19
Batch Processes ............................................................................................................................. 22
Interactive Isometric Extraction ............................................................................................................... 23

Extraction Criteria.................................................................................................................................. 30
Model Files ..................................................................................................................................... 30
Pipeline Names .............................................................................................................................. 31
Iso Design File ...................................................................................................................................... 32
View Isometric Drawing ........................................................................................................................ 34
Conventions and Limitations ................................................................................................................. 36
Extraction Conventions................................................................................................................... 36
Extraction Limitations ..................................................................................................................... 38
Batch Software Organization ................................................................................................................... 41

The Batch Job Input File ....................................................................................................................... 43
Line Processing (pdsidf) ....................................................................................................................... 44
The ISOGEN Interface .......................................................................................................................... 45
ISOGEN - PD_ISO (Batch Software Organization) .............................................................................. 45
Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) .......................................................................................... 45
Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) ................................................................................................ 46
Filling in the Title Block (STIB) .............................................................................................................. 46
Plotting .................................................................................................................................................. 46
Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) ................................................................................................ 46
Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) .......................................................................................................... 46
Investigating Batch Extraction Problems .............................................................................................. 47
Batch Isometric Extraction ....................................................................................................................... 49

Initial Setup Considerations .................................................................................................................. 49
Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics ...................................................................................... 52
Batch Isometric Generation .................................................................................................................. 54
Define Default Sets ......................................................................................................................... 57
Define Project Options.................................................................................................................... 62
Revise Iso Area .............................................................................................................................. 65
List Iso Areas .................................................................................................................................. 66
Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 3

Contents
Create Drawing ............................................................................................................................... 66

Revise Drawing .............................................................................................................................. 70
Delete Drawing ............................................................................................................................... 80
List Drawings .................................................................................................................................. 83
Utilities ............................................................................................................................................ 85
Interpreting the HITS Report - PD_ISO .................................................................................................. 125

Example HITS Report - PD_ISO......................................................................................................... 125
Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data - PD_ISO ..................................................... 129
Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate - PD_ISO ............................................................. 130
Section 3: Tracing Data - PD_ISO ...................................................................................................... 131
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo - PD_ISO ...................................................................... 131
Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order - PD_ISO ........................................................................... 138
Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems - PD_ISO ......................................................................... 143
The Options File - PD_ISO ...................................................................................................................... 145

File Structure ....................................................................................................................................... 146
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK .............................................................................................................. 147
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK .................................................................................................... 149
The Files Table ................................................................................................................................... 187
USER_DEFINED_WELDS ................................................................................................................. 188
WELD_PREFIX ................................................................................................................................... 189
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY ............................................................................................................. 190
PIPELINE_HEADER ........................................................................................................................... 191
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................ 196
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................... 197
LINE_ID_DEFINITION ........................................................................................................................ 198
TYPE_1_LABELS ............................................................................................................................... 199
TYPE_2_LABELS ............................................................................................................................... 202
TYPE_3_LABELS ............................................................................................................................... 204
START_POINT_NOTES ..................................................................................................................... 206
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS .............................................................................................. 208
NOZZLE_NOTE .................................................................................................................................. 209
PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE ..................................................................................................... 210
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE .............................................................................................. 211
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES .............................................................................. 212
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES ........................................................................................................ 213
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ........................................................................................... 214
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................................................................. 215
MOVABLE_TEXT................................................................................................................................ 216
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS ....................................................................................................................... 219
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT ................................................................................................................. 219
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX ............................................................................................... 220
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM ........................................................................................... 221
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM ................................................................................... 224
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM ............................................................................................ 226
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS ................................................................................................... 228
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File ............................................................................................. 229

User-defined MTO - Related Information ............................................................................................ 230
Types of Material List .......................................................................................................................... 230
4 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Contents
Operating Requirements .............................................................................................................. 232

Material List Definition (MLD) File ....................................................................................................... 232
User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file) .................................................................................... 233
Offshore Material Category ................................................................................................................. 235
Transferring Components Between Sort Groups ................................................................................ 235
Generating an Optional Format for Length Output ............................................................................. 236
Bolt Units (size x length) ..................................................................................................................... 236
Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List ..................................................................................... 237
Welds in the Material List .................................................................................................................... 238
Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output ........................................................................................ 238
Style for Material List Output ............................................................................................................... 239
Positioning the Title Block ................................................................................................................... 239
MLD File Content ................................................................................................................................ 239
MLD File Format Guidelines ............................................................................................................... 241
Style 3 Material List ...................................................................................................................... 242
Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 ...................................................................................... 244
Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 ...................................................................................... 244
Creating Seed Files for Extraction ......................................................................................................... 247

Creating an Isometric Seed File .......................................................................................................... 247
Creating a Plot Request File ............................................................................................................... 248
IPLOT Plot Request Files ............................................................................................................. 249
Mapping Attributes to the Title Block .................................................................................................... 251

SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE ................................................................................................................. 252
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE .................................................................................................................. 255
SHEET_DATA_TABLE ....................................................................................................................... 260
Creating a Notes Table ............................................................................................................................ 263

Using the isoc.note File ....................................................................................................................... 264
The MTO Neutral File Record Map ......................................................................................................... 265

COMMON_RECORD_DATA .............................................................................................................. 266
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES ............................................................................................................ 269
IMPLIED_ITEMS ................................................................................................................................. 272
GENERATED_ITEMS ......................................................................................................................... 275
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map .......................................................................................................... 277

The PDS Item Name ........................................................................................................................... 278
The ISOGEN Symbol Name ............................................................................................................... 278
The ISOGEN Record Number ............................................................................................................ 279
Number of Connect Points .................................................................................................................. 279
Tapped Component Name.................................................................................................................. 279
Tapped elbows ............................................................................................................................. 279
Olets attached to fittings ............................................................................................................... 280
Tapped Component Record Number .................................................................................................. 280
PDS Valve Operator Name ................................................................................................................. 280
End Prep Low and End Prep High ...................................................................................................... 281
Order of Table Entries ......................................................................................................................... 281

Contents
The Valve / Operator Table ..................................................................................................................... 283
Repeatability ............................................................................................................................................ 285

Repeatability - Related Information..................................................................................................... 285
Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations .......................................................................................... 285
Extraction Information in the Database ............................................................................................... 286
Extraction Information in the Project Database ............................................................................ 286
Extraction Information in the Design Database ............................................................................ 287
Determining the Traversal Start Point ................................................................................................. 287
Determining Sheet Split Points ........................................................................................................... 288
Correcting Incorrect Splits ............................................................................................................ 288
Determining Spool Split Points ........................................................................................................... 288
Welds ........................................................................................................................................................ 289

Weld Enhancements - Related Information ........................................................................................ 290
Delivered weld symbols ...................................................................................................................... 290
Dotted Weld Symbols ......................................................................................................................... 291
User-defined Weld Symbols ............................................................................................................... 291
Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100 .............................................................................. 291
Weld Types and Mapping ................................................................................................................... 292
Offshore Fabrication Category ............................................................................................................ 292
Unique Weld Numbering ..................................................................................................................... 292
User-defined Weld Prefix .................................................................................................................... 293
The Weld Summary Report ................................................................................................................ 293
Weld Definition File Format .......................................................................................................... 293
Example WDF File........................................................................................................................ 296
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials .................................................................................................... 297
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output .................................................................................................. 299

Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - Related Information .......................................................... 299
Dimensioning Features ....................................................................................................................... 300
Coordinate Features ........................................................................................................................... 301
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility ......................................................................................... 303

Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility - Related Information ............................................................ 304
Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF ........................................................................................................ 304
Information Note Entries in the DDF ................................................................................................... 305
Dynamic Detail Sketch ........................................................................................................................ 305
Weight Display ......................................................................................................................................... 307

Weight Display - Related Information ................................................................................................. 307
Center of Gravity Calculation .............................................................................................................. 307
Isometric Presentation ............................................................................................................................ 309

Isometric Presentation - Related Information ..................................................................................... 310
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES .................................................................................................................... 310
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL .................................................................................................... 311
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED .................................................................................................... 312
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION .................................................................................................. 312
FITTINGS-GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 313

Contents
FITTINGS-SPECIAL ........................................................................................................................... 314

FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES ...................................................................................... 315
MISC-ITEMS ....................................................................................................................................... 316
LAYER-NAMES .................................................................................................................................. 316
Program Defaults ................................................................................................................................ 317
Example Drawing Definition File ......................................................................................................... 317
Isometric Types ....................................................................................................................................... 321
Appendix: Warning and Error Messages .............................................................................................. 323

Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN.......................................................................................................... 323
Information Messages .................................................................................................................. 323
Warning Messages ....................................................................................................................... 325
Error Messages ............................................................................................................................ 331
ISOGEN .............................................................................................................................................. 336
ISOGEN message file errors ........................................................................................................ 336
Design File Interface Error Messages .......................................................................................... 343
Batch Extraction Software Error Messages ........................................................................................ 344
Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables ............................................................................................................ 353

Tables of Intermediate File Records ................................................................................................... 353
Record Identification Numbers ............................................................................................................ 356
Option Switches .................................................................................................................................. 357
Option Switches 02-06 ................................................................................................................. 359
Option Switch 8 ............................................................................................................................ 362
Option Switch 9 ............................................................................................................................ 364
Option Switches 10-19 ................................................................................................................. 365
Option Switches 20-29 ................................................................................................................. 367
Option Switches 30-38 ................................................................................................................. 372
Option Switch 39 .......................................................................................................................... 373
Option Switch 40 .......................................................................................................................... 376
Option Switch 41 .......................................................................................................................... 377
Option Switch 42 .......................................................................................................................... 378
Option Switches 40-49 ................................................................................................................. 379
Option Switches 60-65 ................................................................................................................. 381
Option Switches 67 - 72 ............................................................................................................... 383
Option Switch 73 .......................................................................................................................... 383
Option Switch 74 .......................................................................................................................... 385
Option Switch 75 .......................................................................................................................... 386
Option Switches 76 - 79 ............................................................................................................... 388
Option Switches 80 - 89 ............................................................................................................... 389
Option Switches 90-99 ................................................................................................................. 392
Option Switches 100-109 ............................................................................................................. 393
Option Switches 110-119 ............................................................................................................. 395
Option Switches 120-140 ............................................................................................................. 397
Symbol Keys ....................................................................................................................................... 399
Caps (SKEYs) .............................................................................................................................. 400
Couplings (SKEYs) ....................................................................................................................... 401
Crosses (SKEYs) .......................................................................................................................... 401
Elbows and Bends (SKEYs) ......................................................................................................... 402
Fixed Length Pipes (SKEYs) ........................................................................................................ 404
Flanges (SKEYs) .......................................................................................................................... 404

Contents
Inline Filters (SKEYs) ................................................................................................................... 405

Instruments (SKEYs) .................................................................................................................... 406
LJSE Type Flanges (SKEYs) ....................................................................................................... 408
Miscellaneous Items (SKEYs) ...................................................................................................... 408
Miscellaneous Pipe Components (SKEYs) .................................................................................. 409
Olets (SKEYs) .............................................................................................................................. 410
Operators (SKEYs) ....................................................................................................................... 411
Other End Connections (SKEYs) ................................................................................................. 412
Reducers (SKEYs) ....................................................................................................................... 412
Tees (SKEYs) ............................................................................................................................... 414
Traps (SKEYs) .............................................................................................................................. 415
Unions (SKEYs) ............................................................................................................................ 415
Valves (SKEYs) ............................................................................................................................ 415
Vents (SKEYs) .............................................................................................................................. 417
Welds (SKEYs) ............................................................................................................................. 417
What is AText ...................................................................................................................................... 417
Using Alternative Text .................................................................................................................. 418
Grouping of ATexts Listings ......................................................................................................... 420
Appendix: Example Documents ............................................................................................................ 447

Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) ................................................................................................................ 447
Label Library Label Definitions ............................................................................................................ 453
HITS Report (.h file) ............................................................................................................................ 466
Intermediate Data File (.idf file) ........................................................................................................... 475
Interface Error Log (.err file) ................................................................................................................ 498
MTO Neutral File (.b# file) ................................................................................................................... 501
ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) ....................................................................................................... 503
ISOGEN Printed Parts (.prt file) .......................................................................................................... 503
ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File (.sed file) ....................................................................... 506
ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file)..................................................................................................... 507
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) ......................................................................................... 507
Appendix: PDS Database Table Formats .............................................................................................. 511

Piping Design Database Table Format ............................................................................................... 511
Specification/Material Reference Database Table Format ................................................................. 519
Appendix: ISOGEN® SKEY Dimensions ............................................................................................... 523
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 571

Preface PDS
This document provides command reference information and procedural instructions for the Plant
Design System (PDS) ISOGEN task.
List of PDS Documentation

 DPDS3-PB-200003 - DesignReview Integrator (PD_Review) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200004 - Drawing Manager (PD_Draw) User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200005 - EE Raceway Modeling Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200006 - Interference Checker/Manager (PD_Clash) User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200010 - PDS 3D Theory User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200013 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume I : Piping
 DPDS3-PB-200015 - PDS Equipment Modeling (PD_EQP) User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200017 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide, Vol. 1
 DPDS3-PB-200022 - PDS Piping Component Data Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200023 - PDS Project Setup Technical Reference
 DPDS3-PB-200025 - PDS Stress Analysis Interface (PD_Stress) User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200026 - Pipe Supports Modeler Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200028 - Piping Design Graphics (PD_Design) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200030 - Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200033 - Project Engineer HVAC (PE-HVAC) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200034 - Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200035 - Report Manager (PD_Report) User's Guide
 DPDS3-PB-200041 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume 2 : Equipment
 DPDS3-PB-200042 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume 3 : Pipe Supports
 DPDS3-PE-200016 - PDS Express Project Creation Quick Start Guide
 DPDS3-PE-200052 - PDS Ortho Draw User's Guide
 DPDS3-PE-200029 - Piping Model Builder (PD_Model) Reference Guide
 DPDS3-PE-200031 - Project Engineer HVAC Getting Started Guide
 DPDS3-PE-200032 - Project Engineer HVAC Overview
 DPDS3-PE-200045 - PDS Label Library Merger Utility
 DPDS3-PE-200047 - PDS Reference Data Auditing Tool
 DPDS3-PE-200048 - Pipe Supports Explorer Utility
 DPDS3-PE-200050 - Batch Services Quick Start Guide
 DPDS3-PE-200051 - Batch Services User's Guide

Preface PDS

Preface PDS
What's New in PDS ISOGEN (PD_Iso)

The following changes have been made in PDS ISOGEN.
Version 2011 (V12)
 A new setting has been added for Intergraph option switch 75. A value of 2 has been
implemented to allow reporting of length for flanged pipe on the bill of materials of the
isometric drawing. For more information, see INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK (on page
149). (P2 PB: 49254)
 Iso File Option toggle has been added to Define Project Options to allow ISOGEN to override
the settings of ISOGEN O.S. 71 in the option file. For more information, see Define Project
Options (on page 62).
 New utility to check for SMART ISOs. (CR PB: 113205)
 Added Size and System Commodity codes to *.b* file. (CR PB:117372)
 Added support for option 71=18 (smart dgn). (CR PB:111065)
 Added option to report both commodity codes on Iso. (CR PB:96668)
 Depict multi-end prep pipes and components. (CR PB:8848)
 Flanged Pipe now reported in length with flanged pipe graphic. (CR PB:24963)
 Increased Max Number of Components to 1200. (CR PB:37096)
 Added Ingr Option Block switch to option 75 - flanged pipe. (CR PB:49254)
 Added ability to use symbol keys 'FPGL' & 'FPPF' for fixed length pipes. (CR PB:61658)
 Added Mixed End Prep Representation for Record 101 pipe. (CR PB:71868)

SECTION 1
Introduction to ISOGEN
The PDS Isometric Extraction Software creates piping isometric drawings from 3-D piping models
created by the PDS modeling packages.
The software consists of two principal components:

 ISOGEN, which draws the piping isometric and places it in a MicroStation design file, and
 Intergraph 3-D software packages which create input for ISOGEN and perform other functions
necessary in final drawing creation.
The software allows you to extract isometrics from a 3-D plant model: single isometrics
interactively or multiple isometrics in a batch mode.
The ISOGEN software is designed to be flexible because drawing practices vary from one
company to another. The following features of Intergraph's isometric extraction package allow you
to specify drawing format:
 User-controlled ISOGEN option switches
 The capability to use an alternate or foreign text
 A large set of Intergraph option switches
 User-controlled attribute breaks shown on drawings
 A flexible method for generating notes
 Attribute-driven symbology (solid or dotted lines)
 User-defined component symbology
 User-controlled mapping of attributes to the title block
In addition to the isometric drawing, the software also generates several nongraphic outputs, the
most important of which is a completely user-definable MTO neutral file. This neutral file is
extremely useful for those who want to couple a material control system with Intergraph's 3-D
modeling software.
The above features are collectively referred to as software customization and are dealt with at
length in this document. You will find reference information needed for customization in the
appendices.

Overview of Isometric Extraction

This section outlines the software components and how they are organized for interactively
extracting isometrics.
The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN

The core software module in isometric extraction (both interactive and batch) is the ISOGEN
interface. This program reads data from the 3-D model files and generates an input file for
ISOGEN. ISOGEN knows nothing of PDS or any of its files. It reads only the input file created for
it by the ISOGEN interface. While ISOGEN is primarily responsible for generating the drawing
graphics (including dimensioning) the ISOGEN interface is responsible for most everything else —
including note generation, recognition of attribute changes, defining which symbols to use and so
on.
The primary input to the ISOGEN interface is an ASCII file named pdsidf.dat. The interface reads
from this file the piping and equipment models involved, the output isometric file name, and
identification of all of the pipelines in the drawing. The interface also reads in data from the options
file.
The options file consists of a collection of switches, options and tables that gives you some control
over what the ISOGEN interface puts in its output file (called the intermediate data file or idf) and
therefore what appears in the final drawing. Once this data is read in, the interface collects from
the model files all of the components that make up the piping network. Data from the components

is then used to form an internal data structure which represents the network. Finally, this network
is traversed (the software traces a path through the piping network) and records are generated in
the idf. The order of the records in the idf is in the order of the network traversal. Drawing notes
and other features such as bill of materials information are dealt with component by component as
the network is traversed.
If the components in the piping models are not properly connected or other problems exist, the
internal data structure will not be properly built and isometric extraction will fail. See the section
Interpreting the HITS Report for more information. The HITS report can help you to find problems
in the piping model and tell you when the interface software is not working properly.
ASCII to Binary Conversion

The Intergraph interface to ISOGEN creates an ASCII data file containing the input to ISOGEN.
Since ISOGEN requires the input data to be in binary format, a program named ISOA_BGEN is
run to convert this ASCII data file to binary. ISOA_BGEN creates the binary output file FOR036.#
which IZOD2 uses to generate the isometric drawing.
ISOGEN
ISOGEN takes the binary input file and generates graphics in an 2D MicroStation design file. The
graphics consist of the completed isometric drawing. ISOGEN can also generate several
nongraphic outputs, including:
 An ISOGEN MTO neutral file
 A parts list (bill of materials)
 A cut pipe report
 A component VRS sheet number file
The parts list file contains the same bill of materials that is shown on the isometric drawing. It is
possible to turn the drawing bill of materials off and attach the printed ASCII file to the drawing
instead. The cut pipe report, which shows the length of each piece of pipe in the line, can be
useful. The component VRS sheet number file is used by the batch extraction software and is
discussed elsewhere.

SECTION 2
PDS Environment
The PDS 3D software supports a variety of applications. All the supported applications use a
common interface that is controlled by the PD Shell program. This ensures consistency across
applications and minimizes the amount of time required to learn the product.
The PDS 3D modules provide a simple user interface through extensive use of forms. The
modules also provide an on-line Help capability for easy access to information while working in the
product.
The PDS 3D software uses available nucleus tools such as MicroStation and FORMS. It supports
standard software such as NFS, NQS, and RIS required to set up data across a network. This
design facilitates the use of non-PDS tools such as relational databases and third party software.
The PD_Shell Environment and all batch jobs in the PDS 3D products interface to Intergraph's
Network Licensing System.
PD Shell
PD Shell
The PD Shell program provides access to the various functions that are associated with the PDS
3D Modules. You can access the Plant Design System Environment form by clicking Start > All
Programs > PD_Shell > PD_Shell. This executes a control script that defines all of the
environment variables that are needed to run the product, and it identifies the location of the
product files. These files can be located on the workstation or a server on the network. See
pds.cmd for more information on this file. The script also activates the Plant Design System
Environment form.

PDS Environment
To make colors easier to read on flat screens and projectors, a zip file with modified color for PDS
forms is delivered as alternatecolorfb.zip.
This form identifies the active project(s) and provides access to all the PDS functions.
Schematics Environment — Provides access to the PDS 2D modules that are used to create
and modify piping and instrumentation diagrams, process flow diagrams, and instrumentation
database records.
Equipment Modeling — Provides access to the Equipment Modeling module, which provides an
interactive graphics environment that is used to create and revise equipment model graphics and
database information.
FrameWorks Environment — Provides access to the FrameWorks module, which provides an
environment that is used to create and revise structural models, create and revise structural
drawings, and propagate structural models.
Piping Designer — Activates an interactive command environment that is used to create piping
and in-line instrumentation in the model; revise existing model graphics and database information;
and verify the integrity of the data in the model.
Electrical Raceway Environment — Provides access to the Electrical Raceway module, which
provides an interactive environment that is used to create and revise raceway models and access
raceway utilities.
Piping Design Data Manager — Provides access to a set of options that are used to verify the
integrity of the graphic and database information that is associated with a model.
Piping Model Builder — Enables you to create piping graphics from a nongraphics environment.
This module is used with PD_Design to create an accurate 3D model of the piping network.
Pipe Support Designer — Activates an interactive command environment that is used to create
pipe supports in the model, and revise existing pipe support model graphics and database
information.

PDS Environment
Pipe Stress Analysis — Activates a set of forms that are used to extract information from piping
models for input to third-party pipe stress analysis products.
Interference Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to check for interferences among
project models and to control approved interferences.
Isometric Drawing Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to extract isometric
drawings from piping models and to review or plot the created isometric drawings.
Drawing Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to create and manipulate drawings
and drawing views; provide access to the interactive graphics environment for drawings; and
provide access to a plot manager and vector hiddenline manager.
DesignReview Integrator — Activates a set of forms that are used to extract information to form
label files for use in SmartPlant Review and to review data from a SmartPlant Review session.
Report Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to create and revise report format files
and report on information in a project including Material Take-Off reports.
Project Administrator — Provides access to a set of forms that are used to create a project,
create and revise project files, define project seed data, and control the project.
Reference Data Manager — Provides access to a set of forms that are used to control the
reference data for a project including Piping Job Specification data, Graphic Commodity Data,
Alphanumeric Commodity Data, Standard Note Library, Label Description Library, and Piping
Assembly Library.
User ID — Used for access control. This field also sets the Review User ID for use in the
Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, you must key in a valid user ID as defined by your system
manager to gain access to the projects. Refer to Access Control Manager, page 467, for more
information on using access control.
If access control has not been defined, no entry is required for this field.
Password — Key in the password for the specified user ID.
Project List Field — Displays the defined projects for the network and allows you to select the
active project. The system lists all the defined PDS projects (2D-only, 3D-only, and 2D & 3D). An
error is displayed if you select an option that is incompatible with the active project. For example,
if the active project is a 2D-only project, you cannot access the Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, only those projects for which you have some level of access
are displayed.
Message Area — Displays prompts and messages that are associated with the active process.
Error messages are displayed in red.
PD_Shell Form Conventions

The following Conventions describe how to respond to the various buttons, lists, and prompts that
make up the environments. The display size of forms and dialog boxes in the non-Microstation
graphics environment are independent of the size of the workstation's display system. Most forms
contain the same basic features: buttons, fields, text, and other gadgets. In general, anything you
find on a form is called a gadget.
Selecting Options
You move through the PD Shell forms by selecting function buttons or other gadgets from the
form. Select means to place the screen cursor (which appears as an arrow) on top of a screen
gadget and press <D>.

PDS Environment
For most of the forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to select and accept the
data in that row. This performs the same action as selecting a row (which highlights) and then
selecting the Accept button.
You use the select action to select functions, access other forms, activate data fields, toggle
buttons, select from lists, scroll through data displayed on the screen, and so on.
The following summarizes other basic actions you use in the environments:
 Enter --- When keying in any data in a key-in field, press the <ENTER> or <Tab> key for the
data to be entered into the system. You can also press <ENTER> or <Tab> to move through a
set of key-in fields.
 Delete --- If you make a mistake while keying in text, press the <Delete> key to erase
character(s) to the left of the cursor.
Common Tools on the PD Shell Forms

There are many gadgets in the environments that are common to most or all of the forms. The
following describes these tools.
Standard Commands
The PD Shell forms have a set of standard buttons in the upper right corner of most of the form
windows. The available commands vary from form to form depending on the type of operation.
Button Purpose
The Help button activates on-line Help for the active form. Help remains
active until you delete the Help window.
The Shell button exits the active form and returns control to the base
manager that is associated with the active form. For most forms this
returns to the Plant Design System Environment form.
The Top button exits the active form and returns control to the top form
of the active branch.
The Cancel button cancels or exits from the active form. Control returns
to the immediately preceding form in the hierarchy.
The Accept button accepts a selection or operation. Depending on the
active form or option, the active form remains active so that you can
repeat a similar operation or control returns to the preceding form.
The Restart button clears any key-in fields on the form that have values
you can modify.
Scrolling List
Some screen menus have a scrolling list of projects or applications. You
need to scroll a list only if more options are available than can be
displayed in the window. To scroll a list, select the arrow buttons on the
side of the list. The list scrolls up or down depending on which arrow you
select.
The scrolling list has an arrow pointing up and an arrow pointing
down. These arrows scroll lists line by line. There is a button that slides
between these two arrows to indicate your position on the list. To page
through the list, select the space above or below the sliding button. The
list pages up or down accordingly.

PDS Environment
You can also select the slider and, while pressing <D>, slide the button
up or down the bar. The items scroll through the window as you move
the button. The size and position of the button on the scroll bar is an
indication of the number of lines and the relative position within the list.
All commands that display a list of design areas or models order the list
alphanumerically by the design area number or model number in
ascending order.
In some forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to select
and accept the data in that row. This performs the same action as
selecting a row (which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.
Command Purpose
Key-in Fields Screens that accept keyboard input have key-in

fields. These fields are box-shaped and dark gray.
You can select a key-in field and key in a new
value. A bar cursor appears in the active key-in
field. Key in your input, and press <Return>. To
change a field, reselect the field and key in the new
information. Key-in fields have a maximum number
of characters depending on the item that is being
defined.
If you select a key-in field for a code-listed attribute,
the system activates a form that lists the code list
values for the selected field.
MicroStation requires lowercase characters for the
file specification and path name of all design files.
Therefore, the system automatically converts any
input for the file specification and path name of a
design file (such as a model or drawing) to
lowercase before loading into the Project Control
Database.
Display-List Boxes A display-list box is located at the end of some
key-in fields. It lets you select data from a list
instead of keying in information. For example,
there is a display list associated with the
Authorization key-in field shown. At the end of the
field, there is a small box with horizontal dashes.
When you select this display list box with the
screen cursor, an associated list of valid input
values displays. Select an item from the list to enter
its value into the field.
MicroStation requires lowercase characters for the
file specification and path name of all design files.
Therefore, the system automatically converts any
input for the file specification and path name of a
design file (such as a model or drawing) to
lowercase before loading into the Project Control
Database

PDS Environment
Shift Left and Shift Right At the bottom of some key-in and display fields,
buttons there are two buttons marked with arrows. These
buttons are called shift left and shift right buttons.
Often, you can key in more characters than a field
display shows. Shift Left moves the text display to
the front of the field; Shift Right moves the text
display to the end of the field.
Toggle A toggle field on a screen menu enables you to
select one of two possible choices, one of which is
always displayed. Place a data point on the toggle
field to toggle between the two choices
Roll-Through List A roll-through list shows one choice at a time of a
list that can be several items long. Place a data
point on the roll-through list to scroll through the
available options. The option displayed is active.
Standard Window Icons When using this software in the CLIX environment,
you can press <D> along the edge of a form or any
area not occupied by a button, key-in field, or other
gadget, to display a box of icons. You can
manipulate form windows just like any other
workstation window.
The following list defines the available window
icons.
 Collapse/Restore
 Repaint
 Pop-to-bottom
 Modify/Resize
 Pop-to-top
 Restore Size
Batch Processes
When you install the PDS 3D applications, the system creates the necessary batch queues for
that application. Refer to Loading PDS Products in the Project Administrator (PD_Project)
Reference Guide for a listing of the batch queues.
PDS 3D uses these batch queues to allow you to continue working in the environment while the
system processes a request. Many of the batch processes can be delayed for submission at a
specified time.
When you submit a batch process the system sends an e-mail message to the mail path of the
default login reporting the job's completion status and any error log information. The batch
process e-mail functionality is optional.

SECTION 3
Interactive Isometric Extraction

This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics interactively. You can
extract only a single isometric at a time using the interactive modules. Also, this mode of extraction
is intended primarily for testing purposes. Many extraction facilities are not available using
interactive extraction.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a completed pipeline
before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1. After accessing the PDShell form, select a project from the scroll area.
The system highlights the project.
Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the ISOGEN environment.

The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts: Initializing
Project Control Database. Also, the active project name is displayed in the field located in the
upper left portion of the form.
2. Select the Interactive button.

The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

3. If you know the information, key-in the appropriate Model Numbers and Line Names and
proceed to step 10. Otherwise, continue with this procedure.
4. Select the Select Model Numbers button.
The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of the piping and
equipment models within all of the areas from the active project.
5. Select the models from the scroll area that contain the lines that are to be extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the areas and models listed in the scroll area.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous model selections.
Up to eight models can be selected for extraction.
6. Once all of the appropriate models have been selected, select accept.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Model Numbers button to clear selections in
the Model Number and Line Name fields.
7. Select the Select Line Names Within Models button.

The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of the lines
contained in the selected models. There may be a slight delay while the system searches for
the selected lines.
8. Select the line names from the scroll area that are to be extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the lines listed in the scroll area.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous line selections.
Up to eight lines can be selected for extraction. All lines to be extracted must be
connected in the piping model. For more information about extractions using pipeline names,
see Pipeline Names (on page 31).
9. After all of the appropriate lines have been selected, select the accept button to return to the
initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form with the selected
models and pipeline names in their respective fields.

The system also generates an iso design file name based on the first pipeline name and places
it in the Iso Design File field.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Line Names to clear selections in the Line
Name fields. You can also select the Reset Model Numbers button to clear selections in the
Model Number and Line Name fields.
10. Iso Output Node:Path
Select the Iso Output Node:Path field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGEN
output files will be stored. The default is set to nodename:/login directory.
 The key-in fields: Iso Output Node:Path, Iso Options File and Iso Seed Design File
will accept a network address.
 Each should be entered as nodename:drive:\directory path\filename for
example: 111jn:C:\win32app\ingr\dat\defaults.dat.
 To change the default settings for the Iso Output Node:Path field, edit the ISOPATH
export statement.
 Edit the pds.cmd file located in ~\pdiso\bin. For example, a typical ISOPATH export
statement in the pds.cmd file might be:
$ENV{'ISOPATH'}='PDSNT:C:\users\iso\isofiles\\';
11. Iso Design File
Select the Iso Design File field and key in the ISOGEN design file. By default, the first
pipeline name is displayed with a .iso extension.
The .iso extension will generate multi-sheet isometrics into a single design file.
Replacing the .iso extension with a .i* extension allows the software to generate
multi-sheet isometrics into separate design files where the * will be replaced with a
number.

For example, if the model in the Interactive Isometric Extraction form was changed to
400104wc.i*, the resulting design files would be 400104wc.i01, 400104wc.i02,, etc. This
procedure will allow you to take advantage of ISOGEN's plotting capabilities as described
in the section Plot Isometric Drawing.
The most recently processed iso, displayed in the Iso Design File, becomes the first
selection on the list of available isos when the Plot or View Graphics command is
selected.
12. Iso Options File
Select the Iso Options File field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGEN options
file is located.
If you key in an options filename and the file does not exist, an error message is
displayed at the bottom of the form.
The options file contains switches, options and tables that drive the Intergraph interface to
ISOGEN. This file allows you to customize isos to your standard practice.
The default is set to nodename:/pathname. The default value is delivered in the options file
and can be altered by exporting the ISOOPTION variable.
13. Iso Seed Design File
Select the Iso Seed Design File field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGEN seed
design file is located.
If you key in a seed filename and the file does not exist then an error message is
displayed at the bottom of the form.
The iso seed design file is a 2-D design file that is copied to create an empty design file into
which the isometric is drawn by ISOGEN.
The default is set to nodename:/path name/iso seed file. The default value is determined
when the ISOSEED export variable is defined.
To change the default settings for the Iso Options File and Iso Seed Design File
fields, edit the ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export statements in the PDS.CMD file.
The following are examples of typical ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export statements as
they would appear in the defaults.dat file.
export ISOSEED=$ENV{'ISOSEED'} = 'pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed'
export ISOOPTION=$ENV{'ISOOPTION'} =
'pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def'

14. Select the accept button to accept the information displayed in the form and to initiate the iso
extraction process.
The system displays the message Creating ISOGEN Intermediate File and then Creating
ISOGEN Isometric. When the process is complete, the system displays the PD ISOGEN
Status form.
The ISOGEN Status form displays processing information, warning messages and error
messages. Use the scroll bar and buttons to scroll through the information displayed on the

status form. Error Messages appendix provides detailed descriptions of each error and
warning message.
15. To plot an isometric drawing using the Plot button, refer to Plot Isometric Drawing (on page
33).
16. To view an isometric drawing using the View Graphics button, refer to View Isometric Drawing
(on page 34).
See Also
Extraction Criteria (on page 30)
Iso Design File (on page 32)
Plot Isometric Drawing (on page 33)
View Isometric Drawing (on page 34)
Extraction Criteria
The following sections contain information specific to defining extraction criteria which must be
defined prior to initializing an isometric extraction. The following extraction criteria are covered in
this section:
 Model Files (on page 30)
 Pipeline Names (on page 31)
 Generation by Line Name Substring (see "Extraction by Line Name Substring" on page
31)
 Generation by Line ID (see "Extraction by Line ID" on page 32)
 Iso Design File (on page 32)
Model Files
Key in the names of the PDS Piping, Equipment Modeling and/or Pipe Support files that should be
considered for iso extraction. Up to eight model numbers can be input. Equipment model numbers
must be specified in order to generate nozzles on the isometric.
The first model number entered is treated as the primary file and therefore must be a Piping
model. Any RDB data accessed during iso extraction is obtained from the primary model (through
its type 63 data).
The RDB data that is accessed by the Iso Extraction Software and that must be properly attached
to the primary file includes:
 Specification Material Database
 Graphic Commodity Library
 Physical Dimension Library
 Piping Job Spec Tables Library
 Standard Notes Library
 Material Descriptions Library
 Specialty and Instrument Descriptions Library
 Label Description Library
 Miscellaneous data stored within the model itself
If the model number that you specify does not exist, the software displays an error message at the
bottom of the form. Press <RETURN> to proceed.
If the model number is invalid, the software displays the message Error Retrieving Model and the
fully expanded filename is displayed in the input field.

A filename is considered invalid if it does not exist in the project database.
Pipeline Names
Key in the pipe lines that are to be extracted into a single iso. Up to 8 lines can be specified. The
lines you specify must be connected together in the Piping Model files. That is, these pipelines
must be a network of piping segments. In order for the lines to be connected, the segments that
form those lines must also be connected. You cannot specify multiple disconnected piping
sections (such as, vessel trim piping).
Pipelines can be identified for extraction in two ways: extraction by line name substring and
extraction by line id (see the section Conventions and Limitations). The method you use depends
upon the options selected and set in the iso extraction options file. Refer to The Options File (see
"The Options File - PD_ISO" on page 145) for more information.
For each method, you identify the network of piping to extract by specifying piping segment
attributes. Piping segments usually correspond only to sections of piping and NOT to an entire
piping system (unless the line is trivial).
See Also
Extraction by Line Name Substring (on page 31)
Extraction by Line ID (on page 32)
Extraction by Line Name Substring

When extracting by line name substring you should key in any substring of the full PDS line name
that uniquely identifies the pipeline you want to include in the iso. This is the default way of
identifying pipelines to extract as defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the defaults.dat
file.
Example 1:
If the line name is 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 then a substring that you might use to identify this
line is OWS10111.
You probably would not want to use 1C0031 since it is the spec name component of the line
name and would probably identify more than one line in the model. Likewise, you would
probably not want to use 6IN-OWS10111, since you may want to extract sections of the line
that are not 6" NPD or because multiple 6" sections are connected together by sections that
are not 6".
Do not extract by line name substring if lines that are similarly named exist together in
the models that you are extracting from. This situation exists, for example, when the substring
you want to use is also a substring of another line name.
Example 2:
If the line that you want to extract is 8IN-OWS1011-1C0031, and you use the substring
OWS1011, you are also specifying that you want to extract 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 because
OWS1011 is a substring of OWS10111.
To ensure that you are extracting the correct line:
 specify a larger substring of the line name for the line you want to extract.
In the case above, that larger substring may be -OWS1011-. By including the
dashes the substring specified is no longer a substring of 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
 specify the line ids of the lines you want to extract. Refer to Extraction by Line ID (on page
32) for more information.

Extraction by Line ID
When extracting by line ID you key in the line ID of the lines that you want to extract. The line ID is
a user defined collection of database attributes that can be used to refer to pipelines by other than
their line names.
To extract by line ID, you must select the proper option in the Options File AND you must know the
line ID definition as specified in the options file (refer to LINE_ID_DEFINITION (on page 198) for
information on defining the line ID). To extract a line by its line ID, key in the attributes that make
up the line id and separate them by dashes.
Example 3:
One simple definition of the line ID might be fluid code followed by line sequence number. This
definition allows you to refer to the line without the NPD or spec name components the line
name. Thus, OWS-1011 will refer to line 6IN-OWS1011-1C0031 while OWS-10111 will refer
to line 8IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
When specifying the line ID of a line to extract, both the embedded dashes and the ORDER of the
attributes is important. Thus in the example above, neither OWS1011 (because the dash is
missing) or 1011-OWS (because the order is incorrect) would suffice if the line ID is defined as
fluid code followed by line sequence number.
The difference between extracting by line ID and extracting by line name substring is that pipeline
sections that are extracted are identified by EQUALITY of the line ID attributes rather than by
SUBSTRING of the line name attribute. This method of identifying lines avoids the problems that
can occur with line name substrings (provided that the line id definition is sufficient to uniquely
identify pipe lines).
Iso Design File

Key in the name of the output isometric design file. This file need not exist prior to running the
software. If the file does exist, the software replaces it with a new file when the current iso is
extracted.
To specify that each isometric sheet is to be drawn in its own design file, you can insert an asterisk
(*) as a wild card character in the output iso filename. When a wildcard character is inserted in the
filename, the software replaces it with a digit as each iso sheet is generated. If more than 9 sheets
are generated then the letters a - z are used for replacement of the wildcard.
You may also use an asterisk (*) in the output file name's extension. If you do this, the asterisk is
replaced by two digits. For example, if you key in test.i*, sheet 1 will be in file test.i01, sheet 2 will
be in test.i02, and so on. Because file names cannot have more than 14 characters, the iso design
file name is truncated to a maximum of 14 characters.
Using more than one fixed character together with an asterisk is not recommended.
MicroStation requires that all design file names be in lower case.
If an invalid iso filename is keyed in, an error message is displayed in the message field.
The name portion of this file specification (excluding any wild card character) is used by the
software to name several other files that are generated at the same time as the isometric model
number. These include:
 The Intermediate data file - iso name + .idf
 The Hits file - iso name + .h
 The Intergraph mto neutral file - iso name + sheet no. + .b# (where: # is the number of times
the line has been extracted)
 The error message file - iso name + .err

 The ISOGEN mto neutral file - iso name + .bom

 The ISOGEN message file - iso name + .msg
 The ISOGEN printed parts list - iso name + .prt
 The ISOGEN component vrs sheet file - iso name + .sed
 The ISOGEN cut pipe report - iso name + .cut
These files are all generated in the Iso Output Node:Path unless they are switched off by option
selections (refer to The Options File (see "The Options File - PD_ISO" on page 145) for more
information). Their contents are discussed in more detail in the sections entitled Options File and
Isometric Seed File.
The Plot Isometric button allows you to choose one or several generated isometric files for
plotting.
1. To plot an isometric drawing, select the Plot button from the Interactive Isometric
Extraction form.
The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2. Select one of the queues from the Queue Name pull down list.
The queues displayed in the Queue Name field are chosen first from the queues
defined in the pdiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located in the project directory). If
no queues are defined in the queue_descript file, the system generates a Queue Name list
from locally defined queues.
If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined will be displayed in
the Queue Name pull down list. To display local device queues, create a pipe queue that
points to the device queue.
3. Select the Plot Copies field and key in the number of copies that will be plotted.
4. Select the Iso Seed Plot File field and key in the nodename:path where the seed plotting
parameters file exists. The default is defined in the ISOPLOT export variable. For more
information on defining ISOGEN export variables, see Initial Setup Considerations (on page
49).

An example plot parameter file is delivered, but it should be modified before it can be
used or a print queue called laser must exist. For more information on modifying the plot
queue, see Creating Seed Files for Extraction (on page 247) .
5. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawings you want to plot. Select each subdirectory
individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made selections.
6. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawings button.
7. The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing of the
available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.
8. Select an isometric drawing(s) to plot. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view all available
drawings.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the listed drawings for plotting.
The system highlights the selected drawing(s).
OR
Select the Reset Selections button to cancel any of the previously made selections.
9. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Submit Time toggle
Select the Submit Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run time by keying
in the day of the week (Mon, Tues, etc.), the time and then select AM or PM.
10. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawings for plotting.
The system submits the selected drawing(s) to the plotter. As each drawing is processed, the
messages Processing Drawings and Selected Drawings Submitted to Plotter appear in the
message field.
View Isometric Drawing

The View Isometric Drawing button allows you to view generated graphics in the MicroStation
environment. If you are unfamiliar with the MicroStation working environment, refer to the
MicroStation Reference Guide for more information.
1. To view an isometric drawing, select the View Graphics button from the Interactive
Isometric Extraction form.

The system searches the Iso Output Node: Path (as defined earlier in the Interactive
Isometric Extraction) and displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawing you want to view. Select each subdirectory
individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made selections.
3. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawings button.
The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing of the
available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.
4. Select an isometric drawing to view. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view all available
drawings.
The system highlights the selected drawing.
5. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawing for viewing.

The system displays the message Initializing MicroStation in the message field and displays
the isometric drawing. MicroStation will automatically attach the bar and panel menus.
6. Select the exit button to exit the MicroStation environment and return to the View Isometric
Drawing form.
Conventions and Limitations

Some situations that occur commonly can be handled in more than one way by the iso extraction
software. To deal with these, a set of conventions, described below, has been adopted. Other
situations that can arise simply cannot be handled by the extraction software as it is currently
written.
See Also
Extraction Conventions (on page 36)
Extraction Conventions
This section describes the following list of extraction conventions:
Olet Type Branches (on page 37)
End-Point Components (on page 37)
Implied Materials at Line Name Changes (on page 37)
Pipe Supports (on page 37)
Type 63 Information (on page 38)

Olet Type Branches

Olet type branch components (such as olets, branch-welds, and occasionally half couplings) can
be owned by the header or branch pipeline in the 3-D model. By convention, when this type of
branch is extracted, the branch component is assigned to the header pipeline. Thus, when the
branch line is extracted, the branch component will be drawn dotted, no-mto and it will not appear
in the BOM. However, you can specify that the branch component is assigned to the branch line.
This depends on the position of the Header/Branch toggle on the Piping Data Control Form
(accessed through Project Administrator). For more information on the Piping Data Control Form,
see the section entitled Piping Data Control in the PD Project Administrator Reference Guide.
It is NOT necessary that the piping segment in the model, under the branch component,
have the same line name as the header.
End-Point Components
When a pipeline in the model changes name at a multi-connect point component then that
component is "owned" by more than one line. When this occurs, the component is always
assigned to the pipeline attached to connect point 1 of the component. For example, if three
different lines come together and join at a tee, the tee component will extract onto, and show up in
the B.O.M. of, the line at connect point 1 of the tee. When the other two lines are extracted, the tee
will show up as dotted, nomto and will not appear in the B.O.M. (Notice that it is NOT necessary
that piping segments in the model be "broken" in any way to achieve the above result.)
Implied Materials at Line Name Changes

When a pipeline name changes at a flanged connection, the bolts and gaskets generated at that
point may be assigned to either of two lines. In this situation, the bolts and gaskets are assigned to
the flange having the higher east, north and elevation coordinate. This arbitrary assignment
prevents the implied materials from being generated twice. (It is possible to override this
assignment; refer to the PDS Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide for details.)
Pipe Supports
Pipe supports in the 3-D model may be attached anywhere along the length of a pipe except at
either of the end-points. They may also be attached to the origin (connect point 0) of any
component as well as to a component tap. You may have multiple supports connected to a
component origin, but there should be at most one support attached to a component tap. When a
support is connected to a tap, there must NOT be any other piping attached to the component at
that tap. In general, supports should NOT be located at component connect points other than as
outlined above. The one exception to this rule is that supports may be located at the same point as
an olet branch (or branches) along a length of pipe.
If these guidelines are not followed, the line may not extract.

Type 63 Information
Type 63 data is read from the first model entered on the form for Interactive Extraction. When
using Batch Extraction, Type 63 data is read from the first piping model in the area specified in
each record of the batch input file.
Standard Note Codelist Values

When isometric drawings are extracted, codelisted attributes are generally resolved into the
appropriate values on the iso. However, the codelist values for standard_note_no_a and
standard_note_no_b (Piping Notes) are not resolved on the iso, because of the potential length of
the text strings involved. Instead, the number of the standard note from codelist 499 (Piping
Notes) is displayed on the iso in a TYPE_2_LABEL. For more information on codelists and
standard notes, please refer to the Reference Data Manager Reference Guide.
Extraction Limitations
This section describes the following list of extraction limitations:
Branch Nesting (on page 38)
System Isometrics (on page 38)
Tapped Piping Components (on page 38)
Flanged Pipe (on page 39)
Branch Nesting
There is a limitation on the branch nesting depth that a pipeline may have. The first branch off from
a line is level 1. If this branch in turn has a branch, then that branch would be level 2. ISOGEN will
currently handle pipelines that contain up to twenty levels of branching. If a pipeline contains more
than twenty nested branches, the extraction will fail. This limitation effectively limits the size of the
largest system type isometric that can be extracted. This generally does not pose a problem for
single pipeline fabrication type isometrics. Note, that the ISOGEN interface identifies a traversal
sequence that minimizes the number of nested branches in most cases.
System Isometrics
Spool Numbering is not supported for system-type isometrics.
Tapped Piping Components

ISOGEN requires that traversal of a pipeline never enter a component through a tap. Rather, in
traversing the line, ISOGEN requires first traveling through a component and then traversing "out"
the tap. It is possible to create a pipeline in the 3-D model that would require the ISOGEN interface
to illegally traverse into a tap. You can avoid this situation by NOT joining components through
taps. For example, a segment of pipe that begins at a component tap should not end at a tap on
different component. If this situation cannot be avoided, change the line name somewhere and
extract the network in two sections.
Other limitations having to do with tapped components include: (1) Elbows and pipe bends must
not have more than one tap. It is possible to create a model where an elbow is tapped more than
once, but this configuration will not extract. (2) Tapped tee's cannot be extracted using ISOGEN
when the components are joined through taps.

Flanged Pipe
Purchased length or fixed length FPIPE reports on the iso BOM as a quantity rather than a length
of pipe.
Taps that are placed on flanged pipe will not extract.
Refer to Intergraph option 72 for settings that impact flanged pipe.
When a line name change or sheet break occurs between a flange and a bolt-thru component, bolt
length reports may not be accurate. The accuracy of a bolt length report is based on how the
system scans the line and also the exact location of the break point. This limitation exists because
ISOGEN only receives information for the first continuation item at a sheet break.
It is recommended that sheet/line breaks not be made between flanges on thru-bolted
components. If a break must be placed between thru-bolted components, the correct bolt length
can be generated if the attribute change is made at CP2 of either flange (the non-bolted end).


SECTION 4
Batch Software Organization

This section provides an overview of the batch extraction software components and organization.
The purpose of this section is to explain to software support personnel how the software works so
that problems can be tracked down and reported.
The batch extraction software is driven by an executable pdsidf and a script file batch.cmd. When
you submit a batch job using the Schedule Batch Job form, the batch extraction is submitted to a
batch queue named PDisocreate. This queue is created with a job limit of 1 and a priority of 16.
These parameters can be modified as needed.
In order to run batch isometrics, the pd_iso.cmd file, located in ~\pdiso\bin, must define locations
for required software. This script is executed from the batch queue and allows the batch extraction
process to run on a node other than the one from which it was submitted. The following three
variables are read from the Windows registry:
 PD_SHELL
 PD_ISO

 PD_ISOGEN
See Also
The Batch Job Input File (on page 43)
Line Processing (pdsidf) (on page 44)
The ISOGEN Interface (on page 45)
ISOGEN - PD_ISO (Batch Software Organization) (on page 45)
Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) (on page 46)
Filling in the Title Block (STIB) (on page 46)
Plotting (on page 46)
Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) (on page 46)
Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) (on page 46)
Investigating Batch Extraction Problems (on page 47)

The Batch Job Input File

The input to the batch procedure is an ASCII data file generated by the Batch Environment called
the Batch Job Input File.
The first record in the file contains a file format version number and the name of the Batch Data
File from which the Batch Job Input file was generated. The software checks the version number
to see if it matches the software version number, and, if it does match, passes the Batch Data File
name on to other software modules as needed.
The second record is called an option record. The option record contains all of the batch
processing options and revision block data that was entered into the BATCH form. Each option is
separated from the others by at least one space. This record contains an exclamation point (!) in
column 1 which flags it as an option record.
The third record holds the name of the default set which was specified in the Create Batch Job
Input form. This record also contains an exclamation point in column 1.
Subsequent records, which initially contain a space in column 1, hold the model and primary line
name for an isometric drawing which will be extracted. After the line is extracted, it is marked by an
asterisk (*) in column 1 to indicate that it has been processed.
The drawing records can be repeated any number of times in the batch job input file. Each time
Accept is selected, from the Create Batch Job Input form, a set of drawing records is written to the
batch input file.
When a batch iso job is submitted using the Schedule Batch Job form, the batch job input file
name is passed to the pdsidf executable as a parameter. The system then reads the batch job
input file and drawing creation begins.

Line Processing (pdsidf)

Given the options from the batch input file and the identification of the line, two files are created,
seed.dat and pdsidf.dat. These are the same two files that are created during interactive
extraction.
The Project database is accessed to obtain the list of model files, secondary pipeline names, the
seed file names, the options file for the piping area, the output file directory, the iso design file
name and the extraction number for the drawing.
Type 63 information is read from the first piping model in the area specified in each record
of the batch input file. Note that this model may not be the piping model which contains the
pipeline being extracted.
The two files produced are different from the ones produced for interactive extraction. In
pdsidf.dat, the first line name in the line name list is followed by a backslash and the piping area
name. Following the line list is a record that contains the default set name. Next is a record that
contains batch processing options. The last record contains the extraction number for the drawing.
skiso5
skiso4
skiso6
skiso7
*skiso3
40eqp01
40eqp00
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles\380105wc.i*
380105\skiso\1
proj
N Y Y N * * Y * * 04-Aug-1998 *
13
1 0
In SEED.DAT, the seed iso design file name is followed by records containing the plot request file
name, the output file directory, the output iso file name, extraction number and number of
sections.
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc_sml.i
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles
380105
13
1.fi

The ISOGEN Interface

The ISOGEN interface performs the same function in batch extraction as in interactive extraction:
generation of the Intermediate Data File (IDF), which is the input to ISOGEN. In addition to the IDF
the interface may also produce an mto neutral file and three files containing text for the drawing
title block.
The contents of each of the title block tables file is controlled by a corresponding table in the title
block tables file map. The SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the file extension of
.seg, the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .bit and the
SHEET_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .dwg.
The title block text files are only produced if the appropriate option is set in the Intergraph options
block. Some of the entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE can only be produced when
PDSIDF.DAT contains the extra inputs that appear in the file for batch extraction. A title block
record map set up for use with batch extraction might not generate a correct output file if it is
generated by running the interactive software.
ISOGEN - PD_ISO (Batch Software Organization)

As in interactive extraction, in batch extraction, the program ISOA_BGEN must be run
immediately prior to IZOD2 in order to convert the ASCII IDF to binary. IZOD2, the ISOGEN image
which produces the iso, can then be run to generate the isometric drawings.
Isometrics generated by the batch software are always created one sheet to a design file. The iso
design file name is passed to the interface as name.i*, and so the first sheet will be in a file with the
extension .i01, the second in .i02 and so on.
When isometrics are created in batch, you must set Intergraph options block word 4 to 1. This
causes ISOGEN to create a file that identifies which sheet each component in the line is drawn on.
This file (called the sheet data file) is used downstream to split up the mto neutral file by sheet and
also to prepare the segment summary table for each isometric sheet.
Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT)

After IZOD2 runs and creates the sheet data file, Intergraph's MSPLIT executable splits up the
mto neutral file so that a separate neutral file is created for each sheet of the drawing. The sheet
data file consists of sheet numbers followed by Intergraph database occurrence numbers.
MSPLIT assigns each neutral file record to a particular sheet by matching occurrence numbers in
the sheet data file with the occurrence number on each record in the mto neutral file. MSPLIT will
not work if you have not mapped the Intergraph occurrence anywhere in the neutral file record.
MSPLIT is executed by passing the mto neutral file name (without the file extension) and the
extraction number as inputs in a foreign command line. Therefore, if the mto file name is test.b and
the extraction number for the drawing is 10, the input parameter to MSPLIT would be formed as
test 10. MSPLIT then looks for files test.b and test.sht as the input files. The current assignment
for the exported variable ISOOPTION is used to obtain the mto neutral file map name. The mto
neutral file map must be read so that the field containing the occurrence number can be located in
an mto record.
When output files are generated by MSPLIT, the output file name contains the extraction number
and sheet number. For example, for sheet 2, extraction number 10, the output file name would be
test2.b10.

Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK)

In the same way that MSPLIT assigns a neutral file record to each sheet in an isometric,
Intergraph's TBLOCK assigns segment data to a sheet for the segment data summary. TBLOCK
assigns records in the .seg file (produced by the PD_ISO interface) to each sheet. It then sorts the
records for each sheet and eliminates duplicates. Finally, TBLOCK assigns each data item in the
record a text node number and sends it as output to a new file, which is input to STIB.
TBLOCK is also executed by passing the input in a foreign command line. The only input in this
case is the isometric file name. The input files are then determined by name plus .seg and name
plus .dwg. The title block map name is obtained by reading the options file assigned to
ISOOPTION.
Filling in the Title Block (STIB)

After all of the input for each sheet has been determined, the executable that actually places text
in the drawing title block is run. Intergraph's STIB associates text in an input file with text nodes
placed in the design file.
Plotting
After drawings are created in batch they can be plotted. You can use IP_IPLOT plotting software.
To submit a plot, the batch software submits a job to the batch queue named PDisoplot. The job
that runs in PDisoplot actually launches the plot.
Since the plot jobs are launched from a separate batch queue, you can accumulate the jobs in the
queue and release them at some later time. You might also hold the jobs in PDisoplot to prevent
normal production plotting queues from getting loaded down with isometric plots.
Updating the Project Database (pdsidf)

After a line has been successfully extracted, the project database is updated. The extraction
number and date are updated each time a drawing is completed, while the revision block is only
updated if you chose to update it in the Create Batch Job Input form when you create the batch
job input file.
Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf)

Making an entry into the run log is the last activity performed. The run log file name is formed using
the file name of the batch job input file together with the file extension .job.
An entry in the log file consists of the drawing spec (piping area plus line name), an error code, a
status message, and the date and time that the run completed. This is the same information given
to you in a MAIL message when an error occurs.

Investigating Batch Extraction Problems

Since there are many steps involved in the generation of a completed isometric, there are many
ways for the process to fail. When a problem occurs and drawing generation fails, you should
follow a systematic procedure to determine the cause of the problem and, if needed, call
Intergraph support and log the problem. All files will reside in the isoerr subdirectory in the
specified output path location. Here is a suggested procedure:
1. Check the run log (.job file) to get the status code and message.
If there is no code or message, the batch procedure itself probably failed or was aborted. In
this case, go to Step 4.
2. Consult Appendix A for an explanation of the error determined in Step 1.
The explanation of the error might be enough to enable you to resolve it easily. If not, then the
explanation should narrow down the possibilities to a certain extraction facility or a certain
area within the batch procedure. For example, it could be that the ISOGEN interface failed or
that ISOGEN failed.
3. Check for error message files (.err).
Sometimes the cause of an error is reported more specifically in the error log. For example, if
the ISOGEN interface fails, it might be that the line did not exist in the model. This fact would
be reported to you in the error message log.
The .err file contains a note in the files list located near the top of the file. This note indicates
which file was read for type 63 data. If any of the type 63 data which could affect the iso (for
example: MTO Options, Design Monuments, etc.) has been changed, verify that the changes
have been made to the file that is being read by PD_ISO.
4. Check the log file for the batch run.
Occasionally, error messages are displayed here and are not reported in the error log file.
Also, if an error occurs or some module stack dumps, those conditions will be reported in this
log.
5. Rerun the line with the DEBUG and VERIFY options enabled.
If the above steps do not lead to a resolution of the problem, use the DEBUG and
VERIFY options to generate a detailed log file for the run. These options will also cause log
files to be generated for the plotting jobs in case there is a problem with plotting. If you cannot
determine the cause of the problem, the detailed log and any other pertinent files will need to
be sent to Intergraph for an analysis of the problem.


SECTION 5
Batch Isometric Extraction

This chapter describes how to set up and use the ISOGEN interface software for generating
isometrics in a batch process. Batch generation of isometrics is intended to be the primary means
for generating production drawings on a project. Interactive extraction is intended primarily for
testing the PDS interface to ISOGEN and ISOGEN itself.
Using batch Isometric extraction, you can
 Generate multiple drawings in a single job
 Automatically fill out the drawing title block
 Automatically submit the completed drawing to the plotter.
Everything that is needed to extract an isometric (except for line name) is stored in the Project
Control Database at the piping area level. The following are types of area information that can be
found in the Project Control Database:
 Area name
 Equipment Area
 Continuation Area
 User-defined information.
Within an iso area, any number of isometric drawings can exist. The following are types of drawing
information that can be found in the Project Control Database:
 The pipeline names that are included in the drawing
 Revision block data
 Extraction dates
 User-defined information.
The Project Control Database helps you manage the isometrics produced on a project. For
example, you can use the Project Control Database to keep track of when lines need to be
extracted and to record and report on drawing issue dates.
See Also
Initial Setup Considerations (on page 49)
Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics (on page 52)
Batch Isometric Generation (on page 54)
Initial Setup Considerations

The following procedure outlines the basic steps you should follow to use the batch extraction
facility.
Create a batch options file

Set up an options file to be used for batch extraction. For information on modifying the options file,
see Define Default Sets (on page 57). As part of this set-up, you should also create a Title Block
Map that is used in generating title block information. For more information on the Title Block Map,
see Mapping Attributes to the Title Block (on page 251).

Create border and extraction seed files

Create the design files that will contain your isometric drawing border and a seed file that will be
copied once for each iso produced. The seed file will contain text nodes in the drawing title block.
During the extraction process, the software attaches text strings to these nodes so that the title
block is automatically filled out.
The border file is attached to the seed file as a reference file. Refer to Creating Seed Files for
Extraction (on page 247) and Mapping Attributes to the Title Block (on page 251) for details on
setting up these files.
Set export variables

Set the export variables that define drawing border location and other information that used in
various areas of the software for batch extraction.
ISOGEN environment variables are defined in the PDS.CMD file.
The following is a list of user-defined export variables.
ISOPATH
$ENV{'ISOPATH'} = 'node:drive:directory path\';
The exported ISOPATH value is loaded by default into the output path directory slot on the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the output location, Iso output node:Path, when
extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOOPTION
$ENV{'ISOOPTION'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isoc.def';
The exported ISOOPTION value is loaded by default into the Options File field on the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the options file, Iso Options File, when extracting
an interactive isometric.
ISOSEED
$ENV{'ISOSEED'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isoc.sed';
The exported ISOSEED value is loaded by default into the Seed File field on the Add Default Set
form. It is also used as a default for the seed design file, Iso Seed Design File, when extracting an
interactive isometric.
ISOPLOT
$ENV{'ISOPLOT'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isoc_sml.i';
The exported ISOPLOT value is loaded by default into the Plot File field on the Add Default Set
form. It is also used as a default for the plot parameters file, Iso Seed Plot File, when plotting an
interactive isometric.
ISOBORDER
$ENV{'ISOBORDER'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isoc.brd';
The exported ISOBORDER value is loaded by default into the Border File field on the Add
Default Set form.
ISOBATCH
$ENV{'ISOBATCH'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isobat\';

The exported ISOBATCH value is loaded by default into the Batch Job Input File field on the
Create Batch Job Input form.
ISOREPORT
$ENV{'ISOREPORT'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isorpt';
The exported ISOREPORT value is loaded by default into the Output File field on the Batch Data
Reports form.
ISOBATCHQUE
$ENV{'ISOBATCHQUE'} = 'PDisovreate';
The exported ISOBATCHQUE value is loaded by default into the Process Queue field on the
Schedule Batch Job form.
ISO_ASCII_LOAD
$ENV{'ISO_ASCII_LOAD'} = 'node:drive:directory path\isoascii';
The exported ISO_ASCII_LOAD value is loaded by default into the Filename field on the Bulk
Load Lines From ASCII File form.
PDISOFONT
$ENV{'PDISOFONT'} = 'XX';
The defined font must be a mono-spaced font.
The exported font PDISOFONT value defines the font that will be used on the output isometric,
both on the body of the iso, and on the MTO on the face of the iso. The defined font must be a
mono-spaced font.
The delivered font style is 50.
Special characters will have some limitations in displaying the font in ISO drawings. For example,
the @ (at sign) and ^ (circumflex) characters have limitations. Irrespective of the font being used,
the '@' character will result in a 'space' inserted in the drawing in the respective place. However,
the '^' character gives different results depending on the font being used. If PDISOFONT=50, ^ is
resulted as a degree symbol in the output. If PDISOFONT = 32 is used, the '^' character displays
as it is.
SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB

$ENV{'SYMDGN'} = 'node:directory path\symbol.dgn';
$ENV{'SYMNDX'} = 'node:directory path\symbol.ndx';
$ENV{'SYMLIB'} = 'node:directory path\symbol.lib';
The exported values SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB are loaded into the Symbol Design
Node:File, Symbol Index Node:File and Symbol Library Node:File fields respectively on the
Isometric Symbol Editor form.
ISOUSRREFDIM Variable and Pointing to a Specific FW+ ASCII File

This variable overrides the setting for the data file used in generating isometric drawings with
references to gridlines or structural columns.
$ENV{'ISOUSRREFDIM'}='node:directory path\filespec.dat';
Where: filespec.dat is the name of the gridline reference data file.
For example:
$ENV{'ISOUSRREFDIM'}='pdsserv1:e:\proj1\project\fw_bldg_a.dat';

Intergraph option 71 must be enabled before data in the filespec.dat file can be
referenced. The following rules apply when using the ISOUSRREFDIM variable:
 If the variable is set and points to the proper location of a valid gridline reference data file, the
file will be used for placing structural references on the isometric drawing.
 If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is set incorrectly (for example, typos in the UNCpath or
filespec), references are not displayed on the isometric drawing.
 If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is not set in the pds.cmd file, gridline dimensions are extracted
from the fw_projname.dat file by default.
Overriding the default reference dimension file can be useful in situations where a line
passes between two buildings and you want to force the dimension from a specific building rather
than using the closest dimension point. See Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File (on
page 107) for more information on the FrameWorks Dimension File.
The MicroStation uconfigure.dat file

To avoid problems while using the batch extraction feature, edit the MicroStation configure.dat file
and comment out the command line which generates the uconfig.dat file.
#do user configure.dat(uconfigure.dat
#[ -f $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat ] && . $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat
The problem can occur when a uconfigure.dat file, generated for one project, overrides another
project's export statement. This causes the isometric extraction to fail when areas, models, and
lines cannot be located.
Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics

Define default setups
Using the information from pre-defined export variables, define a default setup. A default setup
contains the network address, directory and file specification for each of the following:
 options file
 seed file
 plot parameters file
 output path
 border file
Exported information can be overwritten.
For more information on defining a default set, see Define Default Sets (on page 57).
Select project options

Select the project options that define values throughout the project. These options include:
 Iso Name Option - sets the convention for naming iso design files.
 Drawing Number Option - sets the convention for defining drawing names.
 Project Default Set - defines the set that is used in bulk load and generating isos
 Output Path Option - uses the area name in defining the output directory path for isos. The
area name is appended to the output path assigned in the default set as sub-directory.
For more information on defining project options, see Define Project Options (on page 62).

Add drawings to the newly created iso area

For each pipeline that you wish to extract in batch you must first create a drawing. A single piping
area will normally contain many drawings; usually one per each pipeline in the design files that
comprise the area. When a drawing is created, define the name(s) of the pipeline(s) to be
associated with the drawing, the output design filename and drawing number. The data stored for
the piping area together with the data stored for a drawing provide all the same inputs you supply
when using interactive extraction.
In either method, the drawing must be defined matching the format defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file.
You can add drawings to a piping area by either keying in the data or downloading data from an
existing model. If data from an existing model is used to define a drawing, the drawing can be
created automatically. For more information see Utilities (on page 85).
Generate a Batch Job Input File

A Batch Job Input File specifies run options and drawings/line names for isometric generation.
When the batch job finishes, the Batch Job Input File can be either be deleted or edited so that it
can be resubmitted. For more information on generating a batch job input file, see Create Batch
Job Input (on page 109).
Batch Processing Considerations

To achieve optimum performance of Piping Isometrics in batch mode, it is necessary to
understand how PD_ISO processes a batch job.
As the PD_ISO software begins processing in batch mode, it creates an empty MicroStation
design file in a temporary directory on the processing machine. Then, a number of piping and
equipment models are attached as reference. The quantity of attached models is based on the
setting of Intergraph option 60 and the continuation areas as defined through the Batch Isometric
environment.
Initiate the Batch Job

The batch job is initiated by submitting the Batch Job Input File. A batch job can be submitted
either immediately or scheduled for a later time. For more information, see Schedule Batch Job
(on page 117).
Figure 1: Initial Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics

See Also
Define Default Sets (on page 57)
Define Project Options (on page 62)
Revise Iso Area (on page 65)
Create Drawing (on page 66)
Revise Drawing (on page 70)
Delete Drawing (on page 80)
List Drawings (on page 83)
Utilities (on page 85)
Create Batch Job Input (on page 109)
Schedule Batch Job (on page 117)
Reports (on page 120)
Batch Isometric Generation

This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics in batch mode.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a completed pipeline
before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1. Select a project from the project display field.
The system highlights the project.
2. Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the extraction environment.

The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts: Initializing
Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed in the field located in the
upper left portion of the form.
3. Select the Batch button from the Isometric Extraction form.

The system activates the Batch Environment form.

4. Select Option
Select one of the appropriate options from the Batch Environment form.
Define Default adds, revises, deletes or copies an isometric extraction default

Sets set(s). For more information, see Define Default Sets (on page 57).
Define Project defines a project setup from user-defined default sets, a format for
Options the Iso Name option and the Drawing Number Option, and sets an
optional path (by area name) for ISOGEN output. For more
information, see Define Project Options (on page 62).
Revise Iso Area revises the data associated with an existing area. For more
information, see Revise Iso Area (on page 65).
Create Drawing creates a new drawing and adds it into the Project Control Database.
A drawing must be added to the Project Control Database prior to
extracting it in batch mode. Each time a drawing is added to the
Project Control Database, you define which pipelines in the model
are included in the isometric drawing. For more information, see
Create Drawing (on page 66).
Revise Drawing revises single or multiple drawings. For more information, see
Revise Drawing (on page 70)
Delete Drawing deletes single or multiple drawings from an iso area. For more
information, see Delete Drawing (on page 80).
List Drawing lists all of the drawings within an iso area. Each listing includes
information such as primary line name (secondary and tertiary are
optional), drawing number, batch reference number and iso type. For
more information, see List Drawings (on page 83).
Utilities accesses the utilities menu. The utilities are provided to help simplify
the loading of drawings and/or areas. For more information, see
Utilities (on page 85).
Create Batch Job generates a batch extraction job file. The batch extraction job file
Input consists of your inputs for some batch processing options and a list
of all the drawings to be processed in a batch run. For more
information, see Create Batch Job Input (on page 109).
Schedule Batch schedules or submits a batch job for a previously created batch input
Job file. For more information, see Schedule Batch Job (on page 117).
Reports generates reports on the data in the Project Control Database. For
more information, see Reports (on page 120).

Define Default Sets

The Define Default Sets option allows you to add, copy, revise or delete iso extraction default sets.
Default sets are used by the extraction software to determine the location of:
 Option File
 Seed File
 Plot File
 Extracted Isos
 Border File
1. Select the Define Default Sets button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Isometric Extraction Default Sets form.
Initially, no default set is defined. The section Add Default Set contains the procedure
for add default sets.
2. Select the Add button to add a default set.
OR
Select an existing default set and either the Revise, Delete or Copy button.
The system activates the selected default set and returns to the Batch Environment form.
See Also
Add Default Set (on page 58)
Revise Default Set (on page 60)
Delete Default Set (on page 61)
Copy Default Set (on page 61)

Add Default Set

1. Select the Add button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
The system displays the Add Default Set form.
2. Key in a default set tag name.

The system displays the Network Address, Directory and Specification fields with values as
defined by the export variables. For more information on export variables, see Initial Setup
Considerations (on page 49).

3. Key in a default set description.
4. Key in the appropriate information for each field.

Option File
The fields associated with the options file define the name and location
of the option file to be used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file to be
used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to be used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the iso extraction files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border file to be
used.
OR
If the export statements are defined in the control shell, the above fields will be loaded
automatically. The following are examples of export statements that can be used in the control
shell.
export ISOPATH=/usr/wp114b/isocert/
export ISOSEED=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.sed
export ISOOPTION=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.def
export ISOPLOT=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc_sml.i
export ISOBORDER=/usr/wp114/isocert/isoc.brd
5. Select the accept button.
The system adds the new default set to the database and returns to the Isometric Extraction
Default Sets form.

Revise Default Set

The Revise Default Set command allows you to revise an existing iso default set.
1. Select the Revise button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be revised from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Revise Default Set form.
3. Select the appropriate fields and key in the new information.

Option File
The fields associated with the option file define the name and location of the option file to be
used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file to be
used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to be used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the extracted iso files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border file to be
used.
The system revises the default set, updates the database, and returns to the Isometric
Extraction Default Sets form.

Delete Default Set

The Delete Default Set command allows you to delete an iso default set.
1. Select the Delete button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be deleted from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Delete Default Set form.
Information displayed on this form is for review purposes only.

The system deletes the default set and updates the database.
Copy Default Set

The Copy Default Set command allows you to copy an iso default set.
1. Select the Copy button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2. Select the default set to be copied from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Copy Default Set form.

3. Key in a tag name for the new default set.

4. Key in a description for the new default set.
The system makes a copy of the selected default set with the new tag and description.
Define Project Options

The Define Project Options command allows you to define project options such as Iso Name
option, Drawing Number option, project default set and output path option.
1. Select the Define Project Options button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Isometric Extraction Project Options form.
2. Iso Name Option

Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
 By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
 By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Manager's label description library. For more information on the label description library, refer
to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting as the default
for the Iso Name Option.
3. Drawing Number Option
Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
 By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
 By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Manager's label description library. For more information on the label description library, refer
to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting as the default
for the Drawing Number Option.
4. Batch Job Options
These toggle switch settings define the default switch settings on the Create Batch Job Input
form. Refer to Create Batch Job Input (on page 109) for more information on the following
toggles.
 Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files
 Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details

 Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot

 Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number
5. Revision Option - This toggle defines if the revision character is a number or a letter.
When set to Alphabetic Revision Number, the revision number is shown as a letter in the
order of -1 (no revision), A (revision 0), B (revision 1), C (revision 2), and so forth. The
alphabetic revision number is displayed on Iso title block, in the .idf (-8 record), and on
different forms in the Batch Isometric Extraction wherever applicable. In the database tables
pdtable_185 (No_of_Revision) and pdtable_186 (revision_no), the revision character is
always displayed as a numeric.
6. Filename Option toggle
The Long Filename Available On NT Only setting allows iso filenames up to 24 characters
long. This option can only be used with isos on an NT file server.
If you are currently running an upgraded 6.3 project you must modify the DDL and
database by performing the procedure as described in ~/pdiso/upd_long.txt file.
When set to Short Filename, the software only allows iso names up to 14 characters long.
7. Iso File Option toggle
The toggle's default setting, Normal MicroStation V7 Design File overrides ISOGEN to
override the settings of ISOGEN O.S. 71 in the option file to work as normal settings of 8008 to
generate normal isos.
When set to Smart MicroStation V7 Design File, ISOGEN overrides the settings of ISOGEN
O.S. 71 in the option file to work as the settings of 18018 to generate smart isometrics. Smart
isos have linkages on the graphic elements to provide hot spotting capability on the PDS isos
published to SPF.
8. Output Path Option toggle
The toggle's default setting, Create Iso Files In Output Path, will output iso files to the main
output path.
Switched from the default setting, this toggle allows batch extracted isometrics to be output to
a subdirectory of the main output path (see Revise Default Set (on page 60) for more
information on revising default output paths and other project defaults). The subdirectory is
named after the area name for the line that is being extracted.
This setting is not unique to each default set, but is a project-wide setting.
Interactive extraction will continue to be output in the location defined in the interactive
screen.
9. Select a project default set.
If a project default set is not selected, the software will fail during the extraction
process and the bulk loading lines.
The system returns to the Batch Environment form.

Revise Iso Area

1. To revise an iso area, select the Revise Iso Area button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Iso Area form with a list of available piping areas.
2. Select an area from the list of areas.

Do not select accept until all revisions have been made.
The system highlights the selected area and displays it in the appropriate Area field.
3. Select one of the four display buttons located in the lower portion of the Revise Iso Area form.
Available options are:
Iso Area List updates forms with a list of available iso areas.
Equipment updates forms with a list of available iso areas.
Area
List
Continuation allows you to route a pipeline through multiple piping areas and
Area show line continuation from one area to another. For example,
List consider a line, P-1000, that runs through areas A and B. Area A
should be defined as the continuation area for area B and area B
should be defined as the continuation area for area A. You may
select an area only for pipeline continuation. See Intergraph
Option 60 for information concerning how PD_ISO recognizes
Continuation Area Data.
User Data allows you to define up to ten user data attributes that can be
mapped to the title block.
The system displays a list of available areas that correspond to the selected Area List button.

If the User Data button is selected, the system displays the User Data form. To define
user data, select the appropriate user data field, key in the user data and select the accept
button.
4. Select an area from the list of areas.
The system displays the selected area in the appropriate Area field.
5. Select the accept button once you have revised the iso area.
The system revises the Iso Area and updates the database.
List Iso Areas

This option displays a list of all available iso areas. Select the appropriate area(s) and select
accept to confirm the selection(s).
Create Drawing
The Create Drawing command allows you to create a drawing and add it to an existing iso area.
1. Select the Create Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Drawing form.
2. Key in a piping area name.

If the contents of the Iso Area field are changed, the system clears all the remaining fields.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.
3. Select an iso area from the form.

The system returns to the Create Drawing form with the selected area displayed in the Iso
Area field.
5. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that will be
associated with the newly-created drawing. Refer to the section Isometric Types for more
information on Type.
6. Select the Line field and key in the primary line ID, as defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION of
the options file, of the drawing you want to create.
The line ID cannot contain embedded blanks or the backslash character.
The system first checks that the line ID you key in is unique. An error message is displayed if
the line ID you key in has already been defined.
To view a list of currently loaded drawings, select the Drawing List button to activate
the List Drawings form. The drawings are listed according to area and line ID.
Once a valid line ID is entered, the system loads the appropriate information into the
Drawing Number and Iso Dgn Name fields. If the Line field is changed, the system clears all
the remaining fields.
The system displays the drawing number in Drawing Number / Iso Dgn Name. The contents
of this field depend upon the drawing number option selected in the Define Project Options
form.
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used for naming
subsidiary files created during the extraction. The contents of this field depend upon the iso
name option selected from the Define Project Options form.
7. Complete the following:

Line 2 (This field is optional.)

Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line that will be included
in the drawing. The secondary line must be connected to the line identified by the primary line
name.
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.
Number of Sections
This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns at some other
point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnected sections, then the
number of sections should be specified.
This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line. Sheet
numbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model and section
one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then the sheets from
section two will be sheets four and five of the line.
 This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionally disconnected. A
line may or may not extract if you attempt to use this field to extract a pipeline not modeled
correctly.
 The next three fields can be used as search criteria when creating batch job input. For
more information on batch jobs and search criteria, refer to Create Batch Job Input (on
page 109).
Batch Reference (The batch reference number is optional.)
Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to group drawings
within the isometric environment. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later
specify, for example, to extract all drawings in a given area with a given batch reference
number.
Model Status
Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep track of
drawing status. The following is a list of example codes:
N - Line has not been modeled
M - Line has been modeled but not checked
C - Line has been modeled and checked
A - Drawing has been extracted and approved
R - Line has been revised since last approved
If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating a batch
job input file. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted with
a given model status.
Model Revised Date
Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the lines comprising
the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows you designate for
extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.
Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field could be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text node (see the
description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction number helps distinguish between two
drawings generated on the same day.

Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics extraction
occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the drawing border.
This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date
The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an mto neutral file is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the last time
it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing is
extracted.
Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to the revision
block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file is created.
Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent MTO neutral files were passed to a material
control system. This field must be manually updated.
Revision Number
The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.
The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing is extracted.
When a batch job file is created, you must decide whether or not to increment the revision
number during the run. To increment the number, the system increments the field by one. If
the Revision Number field is -1, the system assumes that revision zero of the drawing is
being generated.
8. After you have completed your inputs to the form, select the accept button.
The system writes the data to the Project Control Database.
The Iso Area and Line are the required minimum inputs for the Create Drawing form.

Revise Drawing
This command activates the Revise Drawing form which allows you to revise single or multiple
drawings. You can select either Select by LineId (see "Select Drawings by LineId" on page 71) or
Select by Using "Search Criteria" (see "Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria" on page 72) to
open the drawing(s) for revision.
1. Click the Revise Drawing button on the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Drawing form.
2. To help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision, select the Type field gadget and
the appropriate isometric drawing type.
3. Select either the Select Drawings by LineId (on page 71) or Select Drawings by Using "Search
Criteria" (see "Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria" on page 72). Follow the procedures
in the appropriate section to select drawings for revision.
4. Select the Accept button.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
5. Select the Accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing (on page 75)
or Revising Multiple Drawings (on page 78), depending on the number of drawings selected
for revision.

Select Drawings by LineId

1. Select the Select By LineId option.
2. Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
3. Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.
The system displays the List Drawings form.

4. Select individual drawings with a data point.

OR
Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.
OR
Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.
6. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing (on page 75)
for revision.
Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria

1. Select the Select Using "Search Criteria" option.
The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Revise Drawing form.
2. To help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision, select the Type field gadget and
the appropriate isometric drawing type.
3. Define the search criteria. See Search Criteria (see "Search Criteria for Selecting Drawings"
on page 73) for more information.

for revision.
for revision.
Search Criteria for Selecting Drawings

The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate a drawing or
group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must be met before a drawing can
be included in an isometric extraction.
 Iso Area
Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.
OR
a. Select the Iso Area List button.
The system displays the Iso Areas form.
b. Select the appropriate iso area and click the accept button.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected area in the Iso Area field.
 If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as batch
reference numbers and drawing numbers.
 An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be defined.Batch
Reference

Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.
To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individual drawing records
when adding drawing records to the Project Control Database.
 Model Status Code
Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.
 Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High
These commands define, by drawing number, the range of lines to retrieve.
 Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
OR
a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low (or High) field by placing a data point.
b. Select the Drawing List button.
The system activates the List Drawings form.
c. Select the drawing that will represent the low (or high) drawing number and select the
accept button.
 The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected drawing displayed
in the Drawing Number Low (or High) field. Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised
Date High
These commands restrict, by model revision date, the list of lines to retrieve.
Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the list of lines.
 Select Subset of All Selections / Select All
This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawings.
If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or more drawings
from the list of drawings in the scroll field.
If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are selected.
Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selected.
 Review a Drawing
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single drawing. The
Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle must be set to Select Subset of All
Selections before selecting this command.
 Reset Selections

The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be revised.
 Display Selections
 The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it is defined by
the current search criteria settings.
Review a Drawing (on page 75)

Revising a Single Drawing (on page 75)
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single drawing. The Select
Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle on the previous form must be set to Select Subset of All
Selections before selecting this command.
Revising a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Single Drawing form.
1. Revise drawing information by changing the information contained in the following fields.
Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that will be
associated with the drawing.
Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line to be extracted onto
the isometric. The secondary line must be connected to the line identified by the primary line
name.
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.

Number of Sections
This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns at some other
point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnected sections, then the
number of sections should be specified.
numbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model and section
one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then the sheets from
section two will be sheets four and five of the line.
This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionally disconnected.
A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use this field to extract a pipeline not modeled
correctly.
Batch Reference (The batch reference number is optional.)
Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to group drawings
within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later specify, for example,
that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a given batch reference number.
Model Status
If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating a batch
input file. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted with a
given model status.
Model Revised Date
Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the lines comprising
the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows you designate for
extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.
Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to a material
control system. You must manually update this field.
Revision Number
The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing is extracted.
number during the run. To increment the number, the system increments the field by one. If
the Revision Number field is -1, the system assumes that revision zero of the drawing is being
generated.
Drawing Number
The system displays the active drawing number.
Iso Dgn Name
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used to name
subsidiary files created during the extraction.
The Iso design file name can be changed by selecting the Iso Dgn Name field and keying in a
new name.

Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field should be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text node (see the
description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction number helps you distinguish between
two drawings generated on the same day.
Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics extraction
occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the drawing border.
This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date
The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an MTO neutral file is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the last time
it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing is
extracted.
Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file is created. Up to 60
characters can be entered into the Description field.
User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise user data, select
the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select the accept button.
Select Revisions to Delete / Delete Selected Revisions
When this toggle is set to Delete Selected Revisions, you can select individual revisions to
be deleted. When selected, each revision is highlighted in red. When accept is selected, all
red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove red highlighting from revisions, set the toggle
back to Select Revisions to Delete.
Select All Revisions to Delete / Delete All Revisions
When this toggle is set to Delete All Revisions, all revisions are highlighted in red. When
accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove red highlighting from
revisions, set the toggle back to Select All Revisions to Delete.
2. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.

The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to the Revise
Drawing form.
3. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
Revising Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Multiple Drawings
form.

1. Revise drawing information for all of the listed drawings by changing the information
contained in the following fields.
A key-in in any of the following fields, followed by the accept button, will result in an
update of all drawings listed in the scroll area.
 Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that will be
associated with the drawing.
 Number of Sections
This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns at some
other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnected sections,
then the number of sections should be specified.
numbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model and
section one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then the
sheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.
This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionally
disconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use this field to extract a
pipeline not modeled correctly.
 Batch Reference (The batch reference number is optional.)
Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to group
drawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later specify,
for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a given batch
reference number.
 Model Status
If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating a
batch job. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted with
a given model status.
 Model Revised Date
Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the lines
comprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows you
designate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.
 Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to a
material control system. You must manually update this field.
 Revision Number
The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing is
extracted.

number during the run. To increment the number, the system increments the field by one.
If the Revision Number field is -1, the system assumes that revision zero of the drawing is
being generated.
 Revision block fields
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file is created.
 User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise user data,
select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select the accept
button.
 Delete Revision Record(s)
Select the Delete Revision Record(s) button to delete all of the revision history entries.
After selecting this option, the system prompts: Accept to delete all records. Select the
accept button to delete the records.
2. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.
The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to the Revise
Drawing form.
3. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
Delete Drawing
This command activates the Delete A Drawing form that allows you to delete single or multiple
drawings. You can select either Select by LineId (see "Select Drawings by LineId" on page 71) or
Select by Using "Search Criteria" (see "Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria" on page 72) to
select the drawing(s) for deletion.
Deleting a drawing will also delete any associated files that were created in the output
location as defined in the default set.
1. Select the Delete Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Delete A Drawing form.

2. Select the Type field gadget and select the isometric drawing type that is associated with the
drawing.
3. Select either the Select by LineId (see "Select Drawings by LineId" on page 71) or Select by
Using "Search Criteria" (see "Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria" on page 72) option,
and follow its procedures to select a drawing(s).
The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
for revision.

Delete a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for deletion, the system displays the Delete A Drawing form that
contains drawing information for the selected drawing.
1. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawing.

The system deletes the drawing and returns to the Delete A Drawing form.
If you have never extracted the displayed line with the Increment Revision No toggle
option (see Create Batch Job Input (on page 109) for more information), only the database
drawing record will be deleted. The isometric file will not be deleted. The system will display a
warning message box if this situation occurs.
See Also

Delete Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for deletion, the system returns to the Delete A Drawing form
which contains a listing of the selected drawings.
1. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawing.

The system deletes the drawing and returns to the Delete A Drawing form.
If any of the lines selected for deletion have never been extracted using the Increment
Revision No toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input (on page 109) for more information), only
the database drawing records will be deleted. The isometric files will not be deleted. The system
will display a warning message box if this situation occurs.
See Also
List Drawings
This command allows you to list all drawings within a piping area.
1. Select the List Drawings command from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the List Drawings form.
2. Key in the piping area that contains the drawings you want to list.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

3. Select an iso area from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the List Drawing form with the selected area displayed in the Iso Area
field.
The system displays the drawings that are within the selected piping area. If the area does not
exist, the system displays an error message.
Utilities
Utilities options are used to simplify building and maintaining the Project Control Database and in
defining areas and drawing information.
1. Select the Utilities button from the Batch Data Environment form.
The system displays the Utilities form.
See Also
Bulk Load Lines (on page 86)
Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File (on page 93)
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment (on page 97)
Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type (on page 106)

Bulk Load Lines

The Bulk Load Lines command allows you to load multiple lines by defining a specific model,
area or group of line numbers.
1. Select the Bulk Load Lines button from the Utilities form.
The system activates the Bulk Load Lines Form.
2. Select the Iso Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that will be
loaded. Refer to Isometric Types (on page 321) for more information on Iso Type.
3. Key in a Default Batch Reference Number.
This field input is optional.
4. Set the Iso Name Option toggle to the appropriate setting.
Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use the project
default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more
information on defining the project default set, see Define Project Options (on page 62).
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the project
default set, see Define Project Options (on page 62).
Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data Manager's
label description library; not the label library referred to in the Files section of the ISOGEN
options file.
5. Set the Drawing Number Option toggle to the appropriate setting.
Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use the project
default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more
information on defining the project default set, see Define Project Options (on page 62).
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the project
default set, see Define Project Options (on page 62).

Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data Manager's
label description library; not the label library referred to in the Files section of the ISOGEN
options file.
6. Select the Default Set field to select another default set from the Isometric Extraction
Default Sets form.
7. Select a default set from the form, and select the accept button to return to the Bulk Load
Lines form.
8. Select one of the following methods of bulk loading lines.
Load by Area - creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Area.
Load by Model - creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Model.
Load by Line - creates drawing records for selected pipelines within a selected Iso
Model.
See Also
Load by Area (on page 88)
Load by Model (on page 89)
Load by Line (on page 90)

Load by Area
After the Load by Area button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form and
prompts you to select the area(s) that contain the lines to be loaded.
1. Select the appropriate area(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all lines associated with the selected area(s) and the area definition if it does
not currently exist.
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalid lines.
An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section
of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into
..\temp\ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalid iso line log file
will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command is exited.

Load by Model
After the Load by Model button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form and
prompts you to select an area.
1. Select the area that contains the appropriate models.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that reside within the
selected iso area.

2. Select the appropriate iso model(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all lines associated with the selected model(s).
Load by Line
After the Load by Line button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form and
prompts you to select an area.
1. Select the area that contains the appropriate model.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that reside within the
selected iso area.
2. Select the appropriate iso model and select the accept button.
The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso lines that reside within the
selected iso model.
3. Select the appropriate iso line(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all selected lines.


Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File

Since this command does not create ISOGEN areas, the ISOGEN area you are loading
lines into must exist before running this command. For more information on creating a 3D
piping/ISOGEN area, refer to the section Creating 3D Areas and Models in the PDS Project Setup
Technical Reference.
1. Select the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File button.
The system activates the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
2. Key in the filename which contains the pipeline information to be loaded.

If the export statement is defined in the control shell, the above field will be loaded
automatically. For example: export ISO_ASCII_LOAD=/pdssk:/usr/50cert
The system generates a log file using the system filename with a .log file extension. This file
contains error or warning messages and also information about which areas and lines, if any,
have been added to the database.
The system checks the file for syntax errors and undefined areas. If no errors are detected, the
system adds the lines to the existing ISOGEN areas (as defined in the ASCII file) and returns
to the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
If no errors are detected, but warnings occur, the system displays the warning messages and
adds the areas and their respective lines to the database.

If any errors are detected, the system displays the errors and any warnings, and does not
update the database.
The following options are only used when warnings and/or errors are detected during the
loading process.
Revise File
1. Select the Revise File button to edit the current file using the default editor.
The system creates an editor window based on the text editor defined by the PDEDITOR
export variable in the control shell.
The following is an example of a typical ASCII file.
If Iso Type is not defined, ISOGEN defaults to Fabrication. Refer to Isometric Types
(on page 321) for more information on Iso Type.
Projectname ! required - must be 1st line, 1st

column
Begin Area ! required - Begin Area 1
IsoAreaName ! required
#E EquipmentContArea ! optional - up to 5
#C PipeContArea ! optional - up to 10
#Un "Area User Data" ! optional - data must be between
double quotes
- where n is a number: 1 - 10
"IsoType" ! optional literal string double

quotes
LineId ! required
#L2 LineId2 ! optional
#S NumSections ! optional
#B BatchRefNum ! optional
#M ModelStatusCode ! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between
double quotes
"IsoType" ! optional literal string double

quotes
LineId ! required
#S NumSections ! optional
#B BatchRefNum ! optional
#M ModelStatusCode ! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between
double quotes
End Area ! required - End Area 1

Begin Area ! Begin Area 2
PIPE01 ! Iso Area Name
AF7701PQ ! Line ID
End Area ! End Area 2
Where the keyword:

Begin Area is the beginning of an area record.

End Area is the end of area record.
#E is the continuation equipment areas.
#C is the continuation pipe areas.
#Un is user data and a number 1 - 10.
#L2 is LineId 2.
#L3 is LineId 3.
#S is the number of sections.
#B is the batch reference number.
#M is the model status code.
! is a comment line
 The keywords listed above must precede any information they are associated with. For
example, a batch reference number called steam unit would have to appear in the ASCII file
as: #B STEAM_UNIT
 No spaces are allowed between the # and the letters.
 KEYWORDS are not case sensitive. For example, Begin Area = BEGIN area = BEGIN AREA,
#E = #e
 User data, #Un, must be enclosed in double quotes.
 Tabs, spaces and blank lines are allowed anywhere within the file.
 The project name will be used as a check to verify that the file belongs to the current project.
The project name must be on the first line in the first column.
 Comments may be included on any row by using a !. Anything after the ! up to a newline is
considered part of the comment.
Process another file

Select the Process another file button to dismiss the displayed warning/error messages and
display the Filename and Log Filename fields. Return to step 2, above.
Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors"

Select the Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors" button to continue processing areas that
have the correct syntax.
Isometric Symbol Editor

ISOGEN provides an extensive library of symbols that you can select to map PDS symbol names
to isometric drawing symbols. If the drawing symbology for some of these symbols is inadequate,
you can redefine them to have new symbology.
It is recommended that you copy the provided design files and index files when creating
new symbols. These files are the symbol.dgn and symbol.ndx files that are located in the directory
˜/pdiso/dat.
The symbol definition process consists of the following steps:
1. Draw the symbol in graphics by using the Symbol Definition Software.
2. Create a symbol library from the graphics generated in step 1.
3. Add the symbol library to the options file.
4. Change the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map, as needed, so that PDS items are mapped to the
appropriate ISOGEN SKEY.
The working units of the copied symbol.dgn file are defined as the following:

Master Units : M
Sub Units : MM
sub units per master unit : 1000
uor per sub unit : 1000
The Data readout accuracy is set to .02. The scale and angle locks and grid display may be turned
ON to make symbol construction easier.
The following grid setup works well and can be saved using the MicroStation file designed
option:
GU=0: .10
GR=10
See Also
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment (on page 97)
Input Area Options (on page 98)
Assembling an Isometric Symbol (on page 100)
Creating a User-defined Symbol Library (on page 106)
Using the Newly-created Symbol Library (on page 106)
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment

1. Select the Iso Symbol Editor button from the Utilities form.
The system displays the Isometric Symbol Editor form.
2. Define the Symbol Design, Symbol Index and Symbol Library fields to define the location of
those files. Use the format nodename:path to define the location of each file. For example:
mynode:c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\symbol.dgn.

You can set the PDS Environment Variables: SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB to
define default values for these fields.
 You can key in the name of a previously-created, symbol index file name by two methods.
You can key in the name when revising a symbol that has been defined in a previous
session. Also, you can key in the name when adding a new symbol to a 2-D design file
that already contains one or more user-defined symbols.
 If a single index file is not maintained for each design file that contains user-defined
symbols, you will have difficulty converting the design file graphics into an ISOGEN
symbol library.
 It is recommended that all symbols be defined in one design file with one corresponding
index file.
3. After defining the fields in the previous step, select the Symbol Editor button to enter the
MicroStation environment and activate the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
Input Area Options

Various components of the isometric symbol can be created and/or revised using the commands
in the Input area and the Symbol Origin command located on the Isometric Symbol Definition
form.
Old Skey
Select the Old Skey field, and key in an old skey for the symbol you are defining. The old skey is
an existing symbol key chosen from the Alias ISOGEN Tables (see the appendix).
When defining a new symbol, some of the default properties of the new symbol are
inherited from the old one. The basic skeleton or connect point geometry of a new symbol may not
vary from that of the old symbol. For example, you must not define a new angled fitting based on a
straight-through fitting.

New Skey
Select the New Skey field, and key in a new skey. The new skey is the symbol key of the symbol
that is currently being defined.
 If you leave the new skey blank, the old symbol will be redefined. If the old skey is variable end
prep (that is, the old skey ends with the characters **), the symbol will be redefined for all end
preps. If the old skey is specified with a specific end prep, only the symbol with that end prep
will be redefined.
 If you specify a new skey, a new symbol of that name will be created. The new skey may end
with the characters ** to indicate that the symbol is variable end prep.
 If the old skey is a valve operator and the new skey is left blank, all valve symbols that
currently use that operator symbol will be redefined with the new operator.
 If the old skey is a valve operator and a new skey is specified, the operator must be explicitly
attached to new valve symbols (using the spindle key input field).
 The new skey must never be the same as one of the old skeys that have been previously
defined for ISOGEN.
The system checks the index file to see if the current combination of old and new skey already
exists.
THEN
If the combination exists, the software recognizes that an existing user-defined symbol
definition is being revised. The software will then perform a window area about the redefined
symbol graphics that you previously placed in the design file.
OR
If the combination does not exist in the index file, the software knows that the symbol is being
redefined for the first time.
Symbol Origin
If you are revising an existing iso symbol, do not define a symbol origin.
The Symbol Origin command defines an area in which the new iso symbol will be created. All iso
symbol graphics must be contained within the defined area.
Select the Symbol Origin button from the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
The symbol origin is the lower left hand corner of a rectangular area in which the new symbol will
be drawn. The rectangular area is approximately 20 x 25 mm.
Position the rectangular area and place a data point to place it. Once the area is placed, you must
draw the iso symbol using only MicroStation Line and Linestring commands.
 No circles or closed shapes can be used. Keep the symbol as simple and as symmetrical as
possible. Use approximately one-fourth of the block for the right proportion of your new
symbol.
 Do not move or change the area once it is placed.
Spindle Key
Spindle Key defines the operator subsymbol that will be attached to this symbol when it is drawn
in the isometric. There are 12 existing spindle keys defined in the table in Appendix B: Alias
ISOGEN Tables. You can also define new spindles (operators). If the symbol does not require a
spindle, this field can be left blank if the symbol does not require a spindle.

ScaleFactor
ScaleFactor is used to scale the plotted shape up or down relative to the dimensions used in
drawing the symbol. A value of 100 (which is recommended) will give a scaling factor of 1.
Orientation
Orientation is used to define the type of fitting drawn. This number is used for automatically
creating a mirror image symbol. Available options include:
Symmetrical - none (symbol is symmetrical)
Flow Direction Dep - flow direction dependent (for example, check valve)
Large to Small Bore - large to small bore (for example, reducer)
Flange Start - flange start (for example, has a gasket to the left)
Flow Arrows
Flow Arrows defines the flow arrow for the symbol. Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
No - never has a flow arrow
Yes - has a flow arrow
Dimensions
Dimensions control how the fitting or symbol is dimensioned. Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
Off - dimensions off
On - dimensions on
Lagging/Tracing
Lagging/Tracing controls the insulation and heat tracing display on the fitting. Available options
include:
Use Old SKEY - same as old skey
Both Off - both off
Lagging On - lagging on
Tracing On - tracing on
Both On - both on
Setting values in option block words 61 and 62 causes ISOGEN to draw insulation and
tracing on every component. These symbols definition options enable you to override the
options block switches. For example, even though insulation and tracing on components are
enabled, the previous options allow you to specify that for a specific component neither value
should be displayed.
Assembling an Isometric Symbol

The different components that make a user-defined isometric symbol include:
Symbol Origin Dynamically displays a drawing symbol area (discussed
previously).

Start Point The in point of the symbol; analogous to a connect point in PDS
terminology. The point where the symbol will connect to adjacent
symbols.
End Point The out point of the symbol. Also, a point where the symbol will
connect to an adjacent symbol.
Spindle Point The point where a valve operator attaches to a symbol. Similar to
the symbol origin in the PDS world.
Tap Points Branch points on a symbol. Points where other piping components
can be attached to the symbol. Tap points are not exactly
analogous to PDS taps. A redefined symbol will usually have
several tap points; however, when a drawing is created normally,
only one or two will be used.
Symbol Symbol graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are
always drawn when a symbol is drawn in a drawing.
Lagging Lagging graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the lagging on the symbol is enabled.
Tracing Tracing graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the heat tracing on the symbol is enabled.
The following are guidelines that should be used when assembling components into a symbol.
1. In this example, the symbol is created in a coordinate system where the x-axis is horizontal
and the y-axis is vertical. The origin of the coordinate system should fall on a point of
symmetry of the symbol. Thus, the y-axis will bisect the symbol. The symbol start point will
usually fall on the x-axis.
2. The only valid connect point geometries that you can define are the following:
 End point (for example, caps, plugs, blind flanges)
 Straight through (for example, valves, flanges)
 Offset (for example, eccentric reducer, flange)
 90 degree change of direction (for example, angle valve)
 3-way (for example, 3-way valve)
 4-way (for example, 4-way valve)
Other geometries must be obtained through the use of fitting taps. This requirement impacts
the definition of symbols in the PDS environment.
When defining a symbol in PDS, you must consider the ISOGEN symbol to which you will map
when selecting the connect point geometry. If any connect point geometry does not map to an
ISOGEN connect point geometry, extraction will not be performed properly.
Example:
In this example, a specialty item that resembles a lateral needs to be defined in both PDS and
within ISOGEN, so that it properly extracts to a drawing.
Appendix B states that no symbols exist with connect point geometry that satisfies the
requirements of the specialty item. (In fact, you can map the specialty item to a TEXX (which
is a tee); however, the symbology for a TEXX is not acceptable, and the TEXX cannot be
redefined.)
In one solution, you can define the basic connect point skeleton of the item in both PDS and
ISOGEN as a straight-through component. Although, the branch off the side can be a tap, you

cannot draw graphics that extend from the ISOGEN symbol for the branch. This is because
you cannot force ISOGEN to use a specific tap on the iso symbol. You must define several tap
points and allow ISOGEN to choose the one that gives the best graphic representation of the
component and connecting piping.
3. When defining graphics that are drawn between the end prep symbols, your symbol definition
should not contain any end prep graphics.
4. When defining an offset fitting, the flow should go from top left to bottom right in the symbol
coordinate system. For example, an eccentric reducer would be drawn with the large end on
the left and the small end on the right, with the flat side down or at the bottom of the symbol.
Flanged offset fittings must be created with the end prep graphics drawn integrally with the
symbol.
5. If angled fittings consist of two or more legs, all legs of a redefined angled fitting must be
identical. When you define the angled fitting, you draw only a single leg. The other legs are
created automatically by ISOGEN. The leg that you draw must be symmetrical about the
x-axis of the symbol coordinate system. The start point of the leg must be to the left of the
y-axis and the end point must be the pivot point or the origin of the symbol. All legs of an
angled fitting must have a common pivot point (this requirement excludes redefinition of
symbols like the angle block BA**).
6. A symbol can have up to nine tap points. When distributing tap points, observe the following
rules.
 No more than three tap points can be placed on the x axis.
 No more than three tap points can be placed on the y axis.
 No more than three tap points can be placed above the x axis.
 No more than three tap points can be placed below the x axis.
 No more than three tap points can be placed left of the y axis.
 No more than three tap points can be placed right of the y axis.

The previously-listed rules are not checked during symbol creation, but are verified
when the symbol is written to the symbol library. The symbol will not be written if any of the
limits are exceeded.
To use tap points that are not on the x or y axis, when the symbol is drawn, observe the
following rules:
 Outer tap points in the y-axis direction must be located at least 5 mm from the y-axis if
they are to be used.
 Outer tap points in the x-axis direction must be located by at least the greater of 5 mm or
10% of the symbol length down the x-axis if they are to be used.
When a component with taps in the model is mapped to a symbol without taps, the tap point is
assumed to be at the center of the symbol. None of the default ISOGEN symbols have defined
tap points.
A symmetrical symbol should have symmetrically distributed tap points so that ISOGEN
always finds an appropriate tap point no matter how the symbol is oriented in a drawing.
7. Redefined symbols cannot be too large. Otherwise, problems may occur with graphic
interferences within the drawings.
The amount of space reserved in a drawing for a symbol is always based on that of the old
skey. Therefore, you should keep your symbol approximately the same size as the one it is
based on. Using this criteria, most symbols should be between 8 and 12 mm long and 4 to 8
mm tall. Sketches of several of the original ISOGEN symbols appear in the appendix,
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions.
8. In redefining a valve operator symbol, you must follow these rules:
 The start point of the symbol must be the point where the operator attaches to the valve.
 The operator must be defined on its side with the stem lying along the x-axis and the hand
wheel lying along the y-axis.
9. Two alternatives exist for defining pipe supports:
 The pipe support symbol does not have an orientation (like the default ISOGEN pipe
support symbol). In this case, the start and end points of the symbol should be located at
the same point. The graphics should be symmetrical about the x-axis.

 The pipe support symbol has an orientation much like a valve operator does.
In this case, the symbol definition should take place in two steps.
a. Redefine the pipe support so that it consists of only a start point, an end point, and a
spindle point all located at the same place. The spindle key for this pipe support should be
set so that a valve operator is attached when the symbol is placed.
b. Define the valve operator that will actually be the pipe support graphics.
With these guidelines, you should select commands from the tutorial and locate the various
symbol components. Each tutorial command is described in the following sections.
See Also
Start Point (on page 104)
End Point (on page 104)
Fit Symbol (see "Fit Symbol Command" on page 104)
Solid Line (on page 104)
Lagging (on page 105)
Tracing (on page 105)
Spindle (see "Spindle Point" on page 105)
Tap Points (on page 105)
Accept (on page 105)
Clear (see "Clear Command" on page 105)
Delete (see "Delete Command" on page 105)
Exit (on page 105)
Start Point
You use this command to specify the start point of the symbol. After you select the command, you
must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol must contain one and
only one start point.
The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.
 You can use the MicroStation view manipulation commands while drawing the symbol
graphics. You must cancel out of view commands, however, before making subsequent
tutorial selections.
 You can use the MicroStation element manipulation commands to modify graphics that you
place to build the symbol.
End Point
Use this command to define the end point of the symbol. After you select the command, you must
identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol must contain one and only
one end point.
Fit Symbol Command

The Fit command is used to perform a fit operation on the symbol definition area. Select the Fit
command and place a data point in the view to fit the symbol.
The system responds by doing a window area about the box that encompasses the current
symbol definition.

Solid Line
Select this command just prior to drawing symbol graphics with the MicroStation place line and
place linestring commands. Symbol graphics can consist of lines and linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to solid.
Lagging
Select this command just prior to drawing insulation graphics using the MicroStation place line and
place linestring commands. Insulation graphics can consist of lines and linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to long dash.
Tracing
Select this command just prior to drawing heat tracing graphics using the MicroStation place line
and place linestring commands. Heat tracing graphics can consist of lines and linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to dot dash.
Spindle Point
Use this command to define the spindle point of the symbol. After selecting this command, you
must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can contain only one
spindle point.
Tap Points
Use the Tap Points command to define tap points on the symbol. After you select this command,
identify a point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can contain up to 9 tap points.
Accept
Choose Accept to indicate that the symbol definition is complete.
The system responds by checking your definition to confirm that it contains a start point and end
point. The system then adds a new record to the symbol index file.
Clear Command
Choose Clear to stop work on the current symbol and reinitialize the tutorial.
The system responds by erasing all tutorial inputs and a fit operation is performed on the design
file.
Delete Command
Choose Delete to delete the current symbol.
The system responds by deleting all of the symbol graphics and any record that may have been
written to the symbol index file.
Exit
Select the Exit command when you are finished redefining symbols.
The system responds by closing the symbol index file and deactivating the symbol definition
tutorial.

Creating a User-defined Symbol Library

After drawing the symbol graphics with the Symbol Definition Software, you must generate a
symbol library. To create the symbol library, select the Update Symbol Library button from the
Isometric Extraction Utilities form.
Before Using This Command

You must have created a design file containing user-defined symbols, and you must also have the
corresponding symbol index file. The system performs the following processes when updating the
symbol library.
The system verifies that the symbol file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form)
exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to the Isometric
Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system verifies that the index file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form) exists.
If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to the Isometric
Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system displays the following messages at the start of each phase of processing.
Stroking design file contents...
Converting ASCII symbols to binary...
Upon completion, the system prompts
Symbol library successfully created
If any errors are encountered during processing, refer to the log file that is written to the
~/pdiso/dat directory.
Using the Newly-created Symbol Library

To use the newly-created symbol library, you must first perform three actions:
1. Edit the options file, and add the binary symbol library file name to the FILES table. Refer to
The Options File (see "The Options File - PD_ISO" on page 145) for more information on the
FILES table.
2. Edit the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table in the options file where necessary. Refer to The
Options File (see "The Options File - PD_ISO" on page 145) for more information on the
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table.
3. Modify the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map so that PDS symbols map to the newly-defined
ISOGEN symbols.
Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type

This command deletes all isometric drawings that do not have an associated Type (fabrication,
Spool, etc.). If you need to assign a Type to a drawing, one can be assigned by using the Revise
Drawing command.
All records that have been written to pdtable_185 in the project database must have an
assigned iso Type or they cannot be extracted.

Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File

The FrameWorks Reference Dimension File command allows you to generate an ASCII file that
is used by Intergraph option 71 to place reference dimensions in the isometric drawing. For more
information on Intergraph option 71 refer to the section, The Options File.
The ASCII file contains the names and locations of all structural columns and grids in the PDS
project. The created ASCII file is saved to the PDS main project directory and named
fw_projname.dat.
A single structural data file (ASCII file) is created for the entire project, but you can use options on
the Generate FrameWorks ASCII File form to specify the models included in the ASCII file. You
can edit the file and split out the information into separate files or you can move the prp files you do
not want to process to a different location. You can then add a variable to the pds.cmd file to select
which ASCII file to reference when generating isometric drawings.
Using unique column and grid label names makes it easier to locate the element in the model.
To use this variable, add the following line to the pds.cmd file:
$ENV{'ISOUSRREFDUM'} = 'path\file.dat';
where path is the path to the project directory and file.dat is the name of the ASCII file you want to
use.
Editing the ASCII File

If you have generated the ASCII file and want to use the variable to control which structural
columns and grid lines are referenced, you need to edit the file and save the individual structural
models (or groups of models) into separate files.
The default grid line reference data file is in the project directory and is named fw_projname.dat.
Open this file using any ASCII editor.
The first column of each line describes the type of data that line contains:
0 - The line contains the name of the structural model and its UORs extents.
1 - The line contains structural column information with the column name and the beginning and
end column points in UORs.
2 - The line contains East/West gridline information with the gridline label and beginning and end
points in UORs.
3 - The line contains North/South gridline information with the gridline label and beginning and end
points in UORs.
When splitting the generated file into smaller files, be sure to keep all model information together
(that is, cut from one "0" line to the line before the next "0" line).
 Structural elements are placed in FrameWorks Plus by using one of ten available cardinal
points. Each cardinal point represents a different point on the cross-section of a structural
member. For example, an I-beam can be placed using cardinal point 5 (CP5)which is the
center of its cross section or it can be placed by CP6 the right-center point on the beam‘s
cross-section. The choice of cardinal point takes on additional relevance when using the
Isometric Column Reference (Intergraph option 71) because this is the point that the pipeline
will use as a reference.

 In the following graphic, the same pipeline is extracted twice. In the top extraction, column
C_25 was placed using CP5 (center-center) while the bottom extraction was placed using CP6
(right-center). In both cases, the referenced column is in the same physical location and the
position of the pipeline is unchanged. However, note that the easterly dimension varies by half
the thickness of the column.
Since the Structural Column Reference option (Intergraph option 71) references
structural elements according to their active cardinal point at the time of placement. It is highly
recommended that structural columns be placed by CP5 (center-center).
1. Select the Frameworks Reference Dimension File button from the Isometric Extraction
Utilities form.
The system activates the Generate FrameWorks ASCII File form.
The Generated ASCII Filename field displays the nodename and location to which the
dimension file will be written.
You can specify the name of the file generated by this command. However, the
isometric extraction process will always use either the project directory\fw_projname.dat file
or the user defined file specified by the environment variable ISOUSRREFDIM. Thus, in order
to use a file with a different name, you must either rename the file to project
directory\fw_projname.dat or set the environment variable to match the different filename.
2. Specify the set of areas and models to be processed.
All Models will process all the FrameWorks Plus models in the project.
Selected Areas will process all the models in the selected areas.
Selected Models will process only the selected models.
3. Set the Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle.

Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run time by
keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then selecting AM or PM.
4. After the Submit Batch toggle has been set, select the Accept button.
The system generates the FrameWorks ASCII Data file and log file.
Create Batch Job Input

To extract isometrics using the batch software, you must create a batch job input file. The batch
job file is an ASCII data file that is submitted to the batch extraction software as an input file.
You create the batch input file by identifying which lines to create drawings for and setting the
options that determine how the job will be processed. Lines can be selected for the batch input file
using one of two methods. These include defining search criteria to select large groups of lines
and selecting lines by line ID.
Once a batch input file is created, it can be scheduled by using the Schedule Batch Job command.
Refer to Schedule Batch Job (on page 117) for more information.
1. Select the Create Batch Job Input button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Batch Job Input form.
When the accept button is selected on this Create Batch Job Input form, line ID
records will be written to the batch job input file using this form's current search criteria. Be
sure that you do not select accept on this form unless you have set the appropriate search
criteria. Select cancel (X) to exit the form without writing line records.
2. Batch Job Input File

Key in the batch job input file name. If a file name is not keyed in, the system options to the
exported variable ISOBATCH.
The system checks that the existing file is a valid batch job input file and that it was generated
from the same Project Control Database.

If the file already exists the system will display the Overwrite, Append and Review/Edit
buttons. Select Overwrite to overwrite the batch input file, or select Append to append the
information to the existing batch input file information. Select Review/Edit to display the batch
input file in the default editor.
The default editor is notepad. You can use the export variable PD_EDITOR to define a
different default editor.
3. Default Set Option
Select the Default Set Option field to select another default set from the Isometric
Extraction Default Sets form.
Select a default set from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form and displays the selected default set
and description in the Default Set Option field.
4. Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files toggle
If the Delete Existing Files option is selected, the system will overwrite all miscellaneous files
that were created as a result of a previous isometric generation. These files include any
ISOGEN output you have enabled using the options file and error message files produced by
the ISOGEN software.
If the Save Existing Files option is selected, the system will not delete any of the generated
miscellaneous files.
This toggle will not purge old versions of the MTO neutral files. The batch extraction
software uses the extraction number to name the neutral files.
Example:
The MTO neutral file named as follows:
iso name + sheet number + .b + extr number
indicates that an MTO file named CW10022.b7 is the MTO neutral file for iso CW1002, sheet
2, from extraction number 7.
As shown in the above example, the MTO neutral file generated by the ISOGEN interface is
split up into multiple files by the batch extraction software. Each new MTO file contains the
material associated with a single isometric drawing sheet.
If you choose not to delete the existing files, the existing iso will be copied to "output
path"/isolast/.

5. Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details toggle

If the Do Not Save Details option is selected, the system ignores any previously added
graphics.
If the Save Previous Details option is selected, the system adds all manually added
MicroStation graphics of the previous isometric drawing version to the new version.
Before using the Save Previous Details option, the MicroStation file, edg.exe, must
be loaded locally to the workstation that will be used to process the isometric drawings.
The software looks in the output directory (as specified in the area level data) for each
drawing sheet as it is produced. If a drawing sheet is found, then all graphics that reside on
levels 0 and 60 through 63 are merged into the new version of the drawing. This allows you to
add manual details that will be retained from version to version of the drawing.
Some changes, particularly those made to the isometric drawing itself, will not be
acceptable or correct when merged into a new version of the drawing.
6. Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot toggle
If the Submit for Plotting option is selected, the selected isometric drawings will be
submitted for plotting.
A Plot Request file name must be specified in the default set. For more information,
see Define Default Sets (on page 57).
If the Do Not Plot option is selected, none of the isometric drawings will be plotted.
7. Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number toggle
If the Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will update the drawing
revision block when an isometric is successfully generated.
If you plan to export the isometric drawing documents to PDME (Plant Data
Maintenance Environment), the revision toggle must be set to Increment Revision Number.
For more information on exporting isometric drawing documents, refer to the PD Project
Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide.
If the Do Not Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will not update the
revision block. You will encounter problems later when attempting to delete a drawing if a
revision history does not exist for a drawing. Refer to Delete Drawing (on page 80) for more
information about deleting drawings.
When the batch job is run, the system will use the inputs for By, Chk, Date and Descr to
update the revision block for the drawing in the Project Control Database.
8. By, Chk, Date, Descr
To increment drawing revision numbers, key in information to these fields to specify the
revision block data.
The data will be written back to the Project Control Database only if the isometric is
successfully extracted. If you leave the Date field blank, the current date will be used.
The Date field allows you to specify an issue date for the isometric that is different from the
current date. If, for example, you are extracting a number of drawings over a period of a few
days for issue on a given date, you should key in that issue date to this field.
Rather than key in Chk initials at extraction time, you might want to update the Project
Control Database with Chk and Aprv initials after the drawing has been plotted.
Up to 60 characters can be entered into the field "Desc", which will be written to the third line of
the Batch Job Input File and, if the batch extraction succeeds, will be written to the table
pdtable_186 in the project database.
9. Search Criteria

Search criteria can be used separately or together to locate a drawing or group of drawings
within an iso area. All defined search criteria must be met before a drawing can be included in
an isometric extraction.
 Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Using this
option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
 Iso Area
OR
i. Select the Iso Area List button.
ii. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected area in the Iso
Area field.
To restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as batch
 Batch Reference
To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individual drawing
records when adding drawing records to the Project Control Database.
Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, the
range of lines to extract.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR
i. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
ii. Select the Drawing List button.

iii. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the accept
button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected drawing
displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.
iv. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
10. Do Not Use Model Revised Date / Use Model Revised Date toggle.
The Model Revised Date is an attribute of pdtable_185 and works in conjunction with the Use
Model Revise Date option for extraction. Select the Use Model Revised Data option to
specify that only lines whose Model Revised Date is greater than or equal to the last drawing
revision date can be included in the list of lines to extract.
 The Model Revised Date attribute is not used when making modifications inside the piping
designer (pdtable_113, for example). If you make any changes in the model, this attribute
is not used to extract those modified lines.
 To change the Model Revised Date, select Revise Drawing > Select the iso drawing >
Change the Model Revised Date on the Revise Single Drawing form.
11. Once all of the necessary search criteria has been set, select the accept button to begin
processing.
If enabled, the system displays the Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form.
12. Select the accept button to begin posting the list to the batch input file.
The Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form is an added feature to help
prevent new users from writing an unnecessary number of lines to the batch input file. To
prevent the form from being displayed, add the following environment variable:
In the pds.cmd file, $ENV{’NO_CONFIRM_WRITE_BJ’} = ’anything’;
13. Select By Line ID

The Select by Line ID button can be used instead of the various search criteria to select lines
for the batch input file. It allows you to select individual lines for extraction as opposed to
defining different search criteria to select a specific group of lines.
a. Select the Select By Line ID button.
Select an iso area and the accept button.

The system displays a second Create Batch Job Input form which lists all lines contained
within the selected iso area.
The Rev No field displays the number of the last extracted revision. If the line has
never been extracted, the revision number displays as –1. After the line is extracted the
first time with the Increment Revision Number option turned on, the revision number
displays as 0. After the second extraction, the revision number displays as 1, and so on.
b. Select the lines to be included in the batch file.
OR
option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for selection.
OR

Select the Select All button to include all of the listed files in the batch file.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button to select a different iso area from the List Iso Areas form.
Use the Reset Selection button at any time to cancel all previous line selections.
c. Select the accept button once all of the appropriate lines have been selected.
The system activates the third Create Batch Job Input form. The By, Chk, Date and
Description fields will be initialized with the input values that were entered in step 8.
d. If necessary, select the By, Chk, Date, and Description fields on the form and key in the
appropriate information for each line.
If any of the previously mentioned fields are revised, each line is posted to the
batch input file with separate option lines. If the fields are not revised, all of the selected
lines will be posted to the batch input file under the same option lines.
e. Select the accept button.
The system posts the list to the batch input file.
14. Iso Type
This field is for review purposes only. It displays the type of drawings that are listed.
15. Iso Area List
This button displays the List Iso Areas form. When an Iso area is selected from the form and
accepted, the system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the iso area in the Iso
Area field.
16. Drawing List
This button displays the List Iso Areas form. Once an area(s) is selected and accepted, the
systems displays the List Drawings form. Select the cancel button to dismiss the form and
return to the Create Batch Job Input form.
17. Schedule Batch Job
This button displays the Schedule Batch Job form. Refer to the next section, Schedule Batch
Job (on page 117), for more information.

Search Criteria
 Type
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Use this
option to help limit the number of drawings displayed.
 Iso Area
OR
b. Select the appropriate iso area and click the accept button.
The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected area in the Iso Area field.
 If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as batch
 An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be defined.
 Batch Reference.
These commands define, by drawing number, the range of lines to retrieve.

 Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
OR
a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low (or High) field by placing a data point.
c. Select the drawing that will represent the low (or high) drawing number and select the
accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected drawing displayed
in the Drawing Number Low (or High) field.
Schedule Batch Job

The Schedule Batch Job command allows you to schedule a batch job for isometric extraction.
1. Select the Schedule Batch Job button from the Batch Environment form.
The system activates the Schedule Batch Job form.
2. Batch Input File
Key in the name of the batch input file that was previously created using the Create Batch
Job Input command from the Batch Environment form. Blank fields in the file specification
will be defaulted according to the current default directory.
If the file name does not exist, an error message will be displayed at the bottom of the form.
If the file name is valid, the remaining fields in the form will be given default values with the
exception of the Run Time fields.
3. System Log File
Key in the name of a log file.
This field allows you to create a log of the command execution as the job processes in batch.
This log is useful when you are having difficulties getting the batch software to operate. It
contains a log of all error messages issued by the various software modules used to create an
isometric.

The System log file (.job file) is different from the batch log file (.log file) created by the batch
procedure. The system log file is named using the batch input file name together with a file
extension of .job. The batch log file contains an entry for each attempted run together with an
error code and/or message when the run fails.
 All .job and .log files are written to the same directory as the batch job input file. If this is
not the case, have your system administrator check the hosts.nqs file to verify write
permissions.
 If the batch job input file name remains the same, the .log file will maintain a cumulative
history of each successive run.
4. Job Name
Key in a batch job name. This is the name for the batch run which will show up in the batch
queue when you key in the qstat PDisocreate command. The default job name is the
batch input file name.
5. Process Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. The selected batch queue will extract the
lines as defined in the batch input file.
 The queues displayed in the Process Queue field are chosen first from the queues
defined in the PDiso_batch portion of the queue_descript file (located in the project
directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descript file, the system
generates a Process Queue list from locally defined queues.
 Valid queue names include: PDiso_batch, PDiso_bat_1, PDiso_bat_*.
6. Mail Notify
Key in the email path of the machine that will be sent a mail message when the batch iso
processing completes. A default for this field is provided by your system manager when the
iso extraction product is installed on your system.
The mail message contains the identification of the batch job input file, the Project Control
Database name, a brief error message, and an error code. The error code is explained in
more detail in the appendix.
7. Plot Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. This field is only displayed if the file defined in
the Batch Job Input File field was created with the Submit for Plotting toggle turned on.
Refer to Create Batch Job Input (on page 109) for more information on defining batch job input
files.
 The queues displayed in the Plot Queue field are chosen first from the queues defined in
the PDiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located in the project directory). If no
queues are defined in the queue_descript file, the system generates a Plot Queue list
from locally defined queues.
 If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined will be displayed
in the Plot Queue pull down list. To display local device queues, create a pipe queue that
points to the device queue.
 Valid queue names include: PDiso_plot, PDiso_plot_1, PDiso_plt_*.
8. Plot Copies
Key in the number of copies to be plotted for each extracted line.
9. Do Not Generate PDME Data / Generate PDME Data

When set to Generate PDME Data, ISOGEN creates a

<isogen_drawing_name>.p<sheet_no> file for each extracted iso sheet in the iso output
directory. The resulting .pXX file is used when exporting data to PDME (Plant Data
Maintenance Environment). Refer to the Export to PDME command in the PDS Project
Administrator document for information.
When using this option, Intergraph options 4 (ISOGEN component vs sheet number
file) and 20 (Intergraph MTO Neutral File) must be set to 1 (active).
10. Do Not Extract Existing Sheets / Re-Extract Existing Sheets
When set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line and determines the
amount of information that will be placed on each sheet and splits them accordingly.
When set to Re-Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line normally. However,
unlike the previous toggle setting, the system honors the previous extraction's pagination.
Refer to Repeatability (on page 285) for additional information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets if extensive changes are
being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a line and the previous pagination
is honored, the result may be a sheet that contains too much information to decipher.
11. Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data / Save Sheet Extraction Data
When the toggle is set to Save Sheet Extraction Data, the system generates and stores
repeating data in the project and design databases. Repeating data includes such information
as: traversal startpoint (saved to the project database) and the extracted item's iso sheet
number (saved to the design database). Refer to Repeatability (on page 285) for additional
information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data until the design is
stable and your isometrics are ready to be issued for the first time.
12. Verify On / Verify Off toggle
Select the Verify On option to turn on batch job verification.
Select the Verify Off option to turn off batch job verification.
When verification is on, a log of all system commands executed by the batch extraction
procedure is saved in the iso output directory.
Do not enable verification when large numbers of isos are being created since the
resulting log files will use a large amount of disk space.
13. Debug On / Debug Off toggle
Select the Debug On option to enable the debugging logic in the batch job.
Select the Debug Off option to disable the debugging logic in the batch job.
The debugging logic causes the values of several batch procedure variables to be displayed
in the system log file. This option is useful for tracking down problems or submitting problems
to Intergraph.
14. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle
Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run time by
keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM or PM.
15. After all fields contain the appropriate information, select the accept button.
As described earlier, a batch job log file (containing an entry for each attempted extraction) is
created and updated as the batch job executes. Examine this log after the job finishes to see

that all drawings were successfully completed. When drawings fail, consult the appendix for a
more detailed explanation of the error code and message found in the log file. Also, check the
.err files produced by the ISOGEN interface to make sure that the drawings do not contain
errors.
The batch shell marks each entry in the batch job input file as it is processed. Therefore, the
batch procedure can be stopped and then restarted at any later time without causing drawings
that have already completed to be rerun. If the system goes down and the job is not restarted
automatically, it can be restarted using the Schedule Batch Job command. Drawings that
have already been created will not be re-executed.
Reports
The Reports command allows you to define the report type and to choose whether or not an area
or drawing will be included in the report.
Before reports can be printed, a pipe queue named PDprint must exist. For information on
creating pipe queues for PDS, refer to the section Printer/Plotter Setup in the PD Project
Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide.
1. Select the Reports button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Batch Data Reports form.
2. Key in the report filename in the Output File field. If the system default variable,
ISOREPORT, is exported in the control.sh file, the system will default to that value. For
example: ISOREPORT=node:/usr/directory.
3. Choose a report type.
Area Summary
creates an area summary report which shows all of the data associated with one or more
piping areas. This report lists information such as:
 Equipment Areas

 Continuation Areas
 The Current Default Set
 User Data
Default (Options) Summary

creates an options summary report which shows all default sets. This report lists information
such as:
 ISOGEN Project Options
 Information on Each Default Set (such as the seed file, plot file, the default output path
and border file defined for each default set)
Drawing Summary
creates a drawing summary report which shows selected data about each drawing that you
are reporting. This reports lists information such as:
 Drawing Number
 Revision Number
 Most Recent Revision Date
 Drawing Number
 Number of Sheets
 Most Recent MTO Date
Drawing Revision History

creates a revision history report which shows the revision dates for each revision of the
drawings being reported. This report lists information such as:
 Line Number
 Type of Isometric
 Drawing Number
 List of Drawing Revision Dates (up to the last five)
Search Criteria:
The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate a drawing or
group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must be met before a drawing
can be included in the report list.
If no search criteria is defined, the system generates reports on the entire project
control database.
Iso Area
OR

b. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Batch Data Reports form with the selected area in the Iso Area
field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as batch
Type
option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
Batch Reference
OR
Select the List Drawing button for a list of batch reference numbers.
Model Status Code

Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High

1. Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, the range of
lines to extract.
2. Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR

a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
c. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the accept
button.
The system returns to the Batch Data Report form with the selected drawing displayed in
the Drawing Number Low field.
d. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
3. Model Revised Date toggle field
Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose Model Revised
date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in the list of lines to extract.
4. Select one of three print options.
Print/Delete Print/Save Save

If the Print/Delete or Print/Save option is selected, the system displays a scroll field that lists
available printing queues.
Select a print queue. If there is no queue connected to the client workstation, the system
defaults to the Save option.
The system initiates report generation.

SECTION 6
Interpreting the HITS Report - PD_ISO

The HITS report is a diagnostic tool generated by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN. You can
use this report to analyze the data collected from the 3-D piping model when a problem extracting
an isometric occurs. This report can help you determine whether or not the problem exists in your
model, in the ISOGEN interface or in ISOGEN itself.
The HITS report filename is formed from the output isometric design filename. Isometric design
filename is concatenated with the file extension .h. For example, if the isometric design filename is
OWS1101.ISO then the HITS report filename will be OWS1101.h. The report is created in the
default directory at the time the iso is created.
One of the options in the ISOGEN interface defaults file allows you to generate a HITS report only
and not an intermediate data file (IDF). You may not always want to generate an IDF with a HITS
report. The run time to generate both an IDF and a HITS report is significantly longer than the run
time to generate a HITS report only.
See Also
Example HITS Report (see "Example HITS Report - PD_ISO" on page 125)
Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data (see "Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw
Design File Data - PD_ISO" on page 129)
Section 2: Design File Data Stored by Coordinate (see "Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by
Coordinate - PD_ISO" on page 130)
Section 3: Tracing Data (see "Section 3: Tracing Data - PD_ISO" on page 131)
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo (see "Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo -
PD_ISO" on page 131)
Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order (see "Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order - PD_ISO"
on page 138)
Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems (see "Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems -
PD_ISO" on page 143)
Example HITS Report - PD_ISO

The following section discusses an example of a HITS report. The HITS report is composed of 5
basic sections. Refer to the following figure for an illustration of each of the five sections.

The example HITS report in this section was generated using the following line.

Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53

Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01


Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data -

PD_ISO
The first section of the HITS report consists of basic input data and raw design data. The basic
input data consists of the date the report was executed, project name and a list of model names
that were extracted.
Each column of the raw design file data is described below.
Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters
of the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be
output.
occ The component database occurrence number (excluding the partition
number).
Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number greater
than 30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached to
a pipe. The software breaks these pipes into multiple sections. The newly
created pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range
to distinguish them from the original pipe.
cp# The connect point number
x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is not adjusted
for the global origin
node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A
special node number, -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Two connect
points that have the same node number are connected to each other in
the model.
direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those
connect points that lie together on a straight line.
sect Section number [always 0]
flags A bit mask used internally by the software
topo Topos [always 0]
branch Branch flag [always 0]
sg_occ The segment occurrence number. All connect points belong to or are
owned by a segment in the piping model. This is the occurrence number
of that owner segment.

Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate -

PD_ISO
The second section of the HITS report consists of raw design file data for each connect point of the
piping components that make up the network that is being extracted. The database search criteria
(as defined in the options file LINE_ID_DEFINITION) from section 1 is used to find all of the
appropriate segments. Once the segments are found, the software collects all of the components
that are attached to the segments. Section 2 is the result of this activity.
Section 2 contains several columns of data. Each column is described below:
Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters
of the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be
output.
occ The component database occurrence number (excluding the partition
number).
Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number greater
than 30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached to
a pipe. The software breaks these pipes into multiple sections. The newly
created pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range
to distinguish them from the original pipe.
cp# The connect point number
x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is not adjusted
for the global origin
node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A
special node number, -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Two connect
points that have the same node number are connected to each other in
the model.
direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those
connect points that lie together on a straight line.
sect Section number [always 0]
flags A bit mask used internally by the software
topo Topos [always 0 here]
branch Branch flag [always 0 here]
sg_occ The segment occurrence number. All connect points "belong to" or "are
owned" by a segment in the piping model. sg_occ is the occurrence
number of that owner segment.
Section 2 is primarily used for examining the amount of data pulled in from the models through the
database search criteria. Some of the data for a specific connect point is sometimes useful,
particularly the occurrence number.

Section 3: Tracing Data - PD_ISO

Section 3 of the report, Tracing Data, is a record of the actions the software is taking in building the
internal data structure of the piping network. This section is primarily useful to Intergraph for
investigating software problems.
The last statement in section 3 states how many disconnected sections of piping exist in the
network identified in the database search criteria. If the number of sections is greater than 1 then
the line is not extracted and the intermediate data file is not generated. ISOGEN does not allow
multiple, disconnected sections of piping to be extracted into a single iso.
The following is a list of possible reasons why a network might be disconnected and some
suggested solutions:
1. The database search criteria identified more than one pipeline and the pipelines are not
connected together. The solution here is to change the search criteria so that only the piping
that you really want to extract is pulled in.
2. The pipeline being extracted is incomplete and portions of it do not have components on it.
The solution is to place all of the components on the line.
3. Although the line is finished, there is a part of it that appears to be connected, but is not. For a
line to be considered connected the connect points from two different components must be
within 20 uors of each other.
In this case you should examine section 2 of the HITS report to find a connect point whose node
number is -1 (which indicates that it is a line endpoint) even though you know it should be
connected to something. This is usually quite simple when the line is small. When you find the
connect point, use the coordinate to view and repair the disconnected graphics. When the line is
complicated, you can use section 4 of the HITS report (see the section Tracing Data) to make a
sketch that identifies the disconnected point.
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo - PD_ISO

Section 4 of the HITS report is probably the most important one. This section is really a printout of
the internal data structure that represents the piping network. This data is organized on the basis
of topos.

A topo is a construction used to group the data representing the pipeline topology. By definition a
topo is a string of piping that starts at a network endpoint or a branch point and ends at a network
endpoint or another branch point. A pipeline network may consist of a single topo or dozens of
topos depending upon its configuration.
The line in the figure above consists of one topo because it does not contain any branch points.
The beginning of the topo is a line endpoint as is the end of the topo.

The line in the figure above contains two topos due to the branch component in it (the tee). The
first topo consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 2 (the header of the pipeline). The second
topo consists of the piping from the center of the tee to line endpoint 3.
The line in the figure above contains three topos because there are two branches in it. The first
topo again consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 4. The second topo consists of the line
from connect point 1 of weldolet 1 to endpoint 2. The third topo consists of the line from connect
point 1 of weldolet 2 to endpoint 3.
The line in the figure above consists of two topos. One topo is comprised of the line header from
endpoint 1 to endpoint 2. The other topo starts at the center of one tee and goes to the center of
the other tee.
The data in section 4 of the HITS report is sorted primarily by topo number. At the very beginning
there are several lines where the topo number is zero. These are component origins which do not
receive topo numbers or node numbers they should be ignored. Subsequent to the lines where
the topo number is zero are lines for the first, second and subsequent topos.
The secondary sort key for the data in section 4 of the report is node number. Thus, within a topo
the data is sorted by node number. This results in connect points with the same node number
being adjacent to each other in the report. The result is that section 4 of the HITS report contains
a trace of each topo of the line.
Example 1:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:

Name cp# node topo

E90L 1 -1 1
E90L 2 1 1
PIPE 1 1 1
PIPE 2 2 1
E90L 2 2 1
E90L 1 3 1
PIPE 2 3 1
PIPE 1 4 1
GATR 1 4 1
GATR 2 5 1
PIPE 1 5 1
PIPE 2 -1 1
This trace consists of a single topo. The first endpoint is connect point 1 of a 90 degree elbow.
Connect point 2 of the elbow is connected to connect point 1 of a pipe. Following this logic, the
sequence of components starting from the top is: elbow -> pipe -> elbow -> pipe -> valve -> pipe.
This same procedure may be followed to sketch out each network topo. Topo sketches are useful
if you are interested only in the sequence of components in a particular region of the line. If you are
interested in the entire network, connect the topos together.
The topos are connected together by the branch column in section 4 of the report. The branch
column is used together with the last column. The last column in section 4 is a report line number.
You can see by looking back at Figure 6-1 that the last column starts out at 1 and is incremented
for each line in section 4. When the branch column contains a nonzero value then this indicates
that the node is a branch point. The value of branch refers you to the line number of the report
where the connecting topo begins.
Example 2:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:
Name occ# cp# node topo branch
PIPE 10 1 -1 1 0 1
PIPE 10 2 1 1 5 2
PIPE 30001 1 1 1 5 3
PIPE 30001 2 2 1 0 4
WOL 15 1 1 2 -2 5
WOL 15 2 3 2 0 6
PIPE 35 1 3 2 0 7
PIPE 35 2 -1 2 0 8

The network is composed of two topos. Topo 1 is simply two pipes. Topo 2 consists of a weldolet
connected to a piece of pipe. Note that the occurrence number of the second pipe in topo 1
indicates the model contains a single pipe which the software split into two at the olet. Figure 6-5
shows the Network for Example 5.
The value for branch at node 1 is 5. Looking at line 5 in the report we see that it is the first line of
topo 2. Thus topo 2 connects to topo 1 at node 1. This is confirmed by the fact that the node
numbers where topo 2 connects to topo 1 match. That is, the WOL cp1, PIPE (occ 10) cp2, and
PIPE (occ 30001) cp1 are all node number 1.
The value of branch for cp1 of the WOL is -2. The negative sign indicates that this is a "back
pointer". The back pointer is exactly the same as any other branch value except that it (usually)
points back to a previous topo rather than forward to a subsequent topo. Note that where two or
more topos are connected together the branch numbers must agree. In Example 5 they do. The
back pointer on topo 2 points back to line 2 while the forward pointer on topo 1 points to line 5.
In Example 2, the branch flag pointed to the start point of the connecting topo. It can also happen
that the branch flag points to the endpoint of the connecting topo. In this case you traverse the
topo in reverse order.
Example 3:
Name occ# cp# node topo branch
.
.
.
PIPE 10 1 2 3 0 20
PIPE 10 2 21 3 0 21
90E 35 2 21 3 0 22
90E 35 1 22 3 0 23
PIPE 46 1 22 3 0 24
PIPE 46 2 23 3 53 25
PIPE 30003 1 23 3 53 26
PIPE 30003 2 24 3 0 27
.
.
.
PLUG 76 2 -1 7 0 46
PLUG 76 1 10 7 0 47
BLV 82 1 10 7 0 48
BLV 82 2 11 7 0 49
NIPL 103 2 11 7 0 50
NIPL 103 1 12 7 0 51

SOL 110 2 12 7 0 52
SOL 110 1 23 7 -25 53
.
.
.
In Example 3, topo 3 consists of pipe, elbow, pipe, pipe. Topo 7 is a typical drain assembly plug,
block valve, nipple, sockolet. Topo 7 connects to topo 3 at line 53 in the report (the value of branch
on line 25 is 53 and the value of branch of line 53 is -25). In this case, the value of branch on topo
3 points to the bottom of topo 7 and the network structure is obtained by moving up topo 3 rather
than down (See Figure 6-6).
Example 4:
The following data is from section 4 of a HITS report:
Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch
90E 37 1 -1 1 0 1
90E 37 2 1 1 0 2
PIPE 101 1 1 1 0 3
PIPE 101 2 2 1 0 4
FLWN 22 2 2 1 0 5
FLWN 22 1 3 1 0 6
GAT 54 1 3 1 0 7
GAT 54 2 4 1 0 8
FLWN 11 1 4 1 0 9
FLWN 11 2 5 1 0 10
T 36 1 5 1 15 11
T 36 2 6 1 15 12
PIPE 11 1 6 1 0 13
PIPE 11 2 -1 1 0 14
T 36 3 7 2 -11 15
PIPE 12 1 7 2 0 16
PIPE 12 2 -1 2 0 17
In Example 4, the tee is slightly different from the olet type components. Branch flags are set on
both connect points 1 and 2 of the T and the node numbers do not match where topo 2 connects to

topo 1. This is a consequence of the fact that node numbers are not assigned to component
origins. See Figure 6-7 which shows the Network for Example 4.
Example 5:
Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch
PIPE 23 1 -1 1 0 1
PIPE 23 2 1 1 0 2
REDE 24 1 1 1 7 3
REDE 24 2 2 1 11 4
PIPE 13 1 2 1 0 5
PIPE 13 2 -1 1 0 6
SOL 56 1 3 2 -3 7
SOL 56 2 4 2 0 8
PIPE 42 1 4 2 0 9
PIPE 42 2 -1 2 0 10
PIPE 26 1 5 3 -4 11
PIPE 26 2 -1 3 0 12

In Example 5, topo 1 consists of a pipe connected to an eccentric reducer which in turn is

connected to another pipe. Notice, however, that the branch flag is set to two different numbers on
the reducer. This indicates that the reducer is tapped twice. The branch flag on the first connect
point points to the topo connected at the first tap while the branch flag on the second connect point
points to the topo connected to the second tap. A tap is always a branch starting point and thus is
always the start point of a new topo. Refer to Figure 6-8, which shows the network for Example 5.
If you generate some HITS reports and practice sketching out the pipeline networks, you will
become familiar with the report contents and better understand the concepts presented in the
examples above.
Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order - PD_ISO

Section 5 of the HITS report contains a record of how the network is traversed as the intermediate
data file is being generated. The software examines the network of piping and chooses the best
(that is, the one least likely to result in problems from ISOGEN) topo to begin the network traversal
on. ISOGEN prefers certain navigation sequences over others and the interface software tries to
choose the optimal sequence.
ISOGEN also requires that the traversal of the network be branch first order. This means that
whenever a branch is encountered in the network, the traversal must head down the branch
before continuing down the header.
To traverse the network in branch first order manner you start on the header topo and travel
connect point by connect point until the value of branch is greater than 0 at some node. When
branch is positive then you jump down to the new topo and start traversing it until you come to
another branch or to the end. If you encounter another branch then you must jump again to
another topo. When the end of the topo is found then you return to the topo from which you jumped
and continue tracing.

Example 6:
The following is an example of a network:
In Example 6, topo 1 consists of a header, two pipes, and the run of a tee. Topo 2 consists of a
branch, the branch leg of a tee and a branch pipe. Following the rules given above for traversal of
the network would yield the following trace:
Step 1 travels from one end of the first pipe to the other. Following the first pipe we travel into the
tee. Notice that although the origins do not have node numbers they appear in the traversal
whenever a change in direction occurs. This means that, for the tee, the traversal occurs from
connect point 1 to the origin in step 2. At this point the branch flag is positive and so a jump occurs
to topo 2. On topo 2 we travel from the origin of the tee to connect point 3 (which is the branch
connect point) in step 3. In step 4 we travel down a pipe which is the last component on the topo.
We then jump back to topo 1 and in step 5 travel from the tee origin to connect point 2. Finally, in
the last step we traverse the remaining pipe on topo 1. Refer to the next picture for an illustration of
this traversal.

The header topo number can be found by examining the first line in the traversal. In this case the
first line consists of PIPE occurrence 10. Looking at the network description, observe that PIPE
occurrence 10 is on topo number 1. This makes topo 1 the header topo.
In ISOGEN terminology one step in the above trace is termed a component leg. Straight through
components like pipe, flanges, and valves consist of one leg. Change of direction components like
elbows, angle valves and so on consist of two legs. Branch components like tee's, olets, 3-way
and 4-way valves and crosses consist of three or four legs. In Example 9, the last leg of the tee is
given a leg number of 4. By definition only 4-way components have a leg 3 (which would
correspond to the 2nd branch leg).
Branches off from components formed by taps are termed branch legs and are not given a
number. Branch legs are treated as other branches are though. When a tapped component is
encountered in the network then all the tapped legs must be traced before continuing down the
topo. Although olet type components have a different connect point skeleton than tee's do they are
treated similarly in the network trace. This is highlighted in the next example:

Example 7:
The following is a network:
The network trace for this network is:
In Example 7, the first leg of the olet goes from connect point 1 to connect point 1. It is analogous
to the step with the tee where traversal goes from connect point to the origin. In this case the
traversal does not go anywhere and therefore is called a zero length leg. The second leg traverses
from cp1 to cp2 analogous to the previous example's traversal from the tee origin to cp3. After the
branch topo has been traversed we return to the olet for leg 4 which again goes from cp1 to cp1
another zero length leg. This step is analogous to going from the origin to cp3 in the previous
example.
Notice also the traversal through the elbow. Since the elbow causes a change of direction, it is
traversed in two legs: 1) from cp1 to the origin and 2) from the origin to cp2.
Sometimes the traversal of the network requires traveling into the branch leg of a branch
component. When this happens the leg numbers are assigned somewhat differently on the branch
component.

Example 8:
The following is a partial network:
In Example 8, a lower numbered topo (topo 4) contains a back pointer to a higher numbered topo
(topo 7). Whenever this happens, the traversal will enter branch.
The trace for this part of the network would be:

In this example, the branch leg of the tee is leg 1 since it is traversed first. Legs 2 and 4 are
assigned arbitrarily in this situation and so tracing may go either way (ISOGEN has no
preference). Refer to Figure the following figure which shows this network traversal.
Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems - PD_ISO

When you have difficulty extracting a line, the first thing you should do in analyzing the problem is
to sketch out the network. Often this is enough to identify the problem. If the structure in section 4
of the report is incorrect that is, the topos are not correctly defined and connected or the pointers
appear incorrect then ISOGEN's input will be wrong and the drawing will definitely be incorrect.
When the data structure represented in section 4 of the report is incorrect then you can conclude
that either the interface has a bug or there is a problem in the model. Typical model problems
include such things as disconnected sections and overlapping components or pipes.
When the modeler has inadvertently placed two pipes on top of each other you will get an error
message at the top of the HITS report stating this. The message will also report a node number
where the problem was detected. By getting the coordinate of the node you can pinpoint where in

the model the problem occurs. This can also occur where the connect points of components
overlap each other and are not properly connected.
Notice that one of the columns in section 4 of the report is called section. In a correct network all of
the topos should have a value of 1 in this column. When the network is composed of multiple
disconnected sections, however, some topos will contain a value other than 1. In this case the
network for each section should be sketched out. It should be apparent after doing this where the
different sections should have been connected in the model and, therefore, where the trouble spot
is.
Another problem that might occur is that components that should all be colinear are not. This is
detected by examining the direction list number. If the direction list changes for example from one
pipe to another then a problem exists in the model and the line cannot be extracted properly.
Mismatches between the design file and database can also cause iso extraction failures but these
types of problems should be trapped and reported adequately in other areas of the software. You
should not need to rely on the HITS report to find these kinds of problems.
When the data structure in section 4 of the report is correct then the traversal in section 5 should
be examined. Even if the network is correct, some other bug can cause the network traversal to
fail. Again, if the traversal is incorrect then ISOGEN will definitely fail. When both the network and
the traversal are correct, there is most likely a problem with ISOGEN.
When ISOGEN is at fault, then one of the following scenarios is true:
1. The drawing appears correct for the most part but some aspect of it is incorrect.
When this happens there is usually some option or combination of options that have been
enabled that resulted in the problem. The best way to find the cause of the problem is to start
with a basic drawing generation setup that contains few "special" options. Then add a few
options at a time until the problem is reproduced. Finally, through a process of elimination
identify the option that is causing the problem. All failures of this type should be reported to
Intergraph.
2. The drawing or one sheet of it is scrambled a total failure. When this happens it is usually the
case that disabling options will not result in the drawing working though sometimes it does.
The best thing to do when this happens is to try and re-extract a smaller portion of the line if
possible. The failure should also be reported to Intergraph.
When any sheet of an ISOGEN drawing fails, ALL sheets from the same pipeline may
contain errors and are suspect.

SECTION 7
The Options File - PD_ISO

The options file consists of a set of options and tables that drive the interface to ISOGEN. You can
modify the options file to customize the drawings that are produced by ISOGEN. See the
appendices for an example of an options file.
Information contained in the remainder of this manual assumes that you have knowledge of the
following:
 The PDS database structure
 PDS Reference Database
 The Label Description Library Utility
 The Standard Note Library
 Material Description Libraries
In This Section
File Structure ................................................................................. 146
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK ........................................................ 147
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK ............................................... 149
The Files Table .............................................................................. 187
USER_DEFINED_WELDS ............................................................ 188
WELD_PREFIX ............................................................................. 189
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY ........................................................ 190
PIPELINE_HEADER ...................................................................... 191
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................... 196
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ................................................ 197
LINE_ID_DEFINITION ................................................................... 198
TYPE_1_LABELS .......................................................................... 199
TYPE_2_LABELS .......................................................................... 202
TYPE_3_LABELS .......................................................................... 204
START_POINT_NOTES................................................................ 206
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS ......................................... 208
NOZZLE_NOTE ............................................................................. 209
PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE ................................................ 210
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE ......................................... 211
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES......................... 212
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................................... 213
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ...................................... 214
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ............................ 215
MOVABLE_TEXT .......................................................................... 216
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS .................................................................. 219
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT ............................................................ 219
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX .......................................... 220
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM ...................................... 221
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM .............................. 224
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM ....................................... 226
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS ............................................. 228

File Structure
The options file is composed of two sets of options and several tables. Each option block and table
is preceded in the options file by a keyword that identifies it. The keyword must begin in column 1
and should NOT be surrounded by single quotes. The keywords and data that follow them can
appear in any order in the options file.
You can put comments to the right of any table entry but not to the right of a keyword. You can also
have comments preceding any keyword or following the last entry in a table. Comments either
preceding a keyword or following the last table entry must have an exclamation point (!) in column
1 to identify it as a comment.
Keywords are always followed by a number - starting in any column - that identifies the number of
table entries. It is valid for the number to be zero, indicating that there are no table entries. If the
number that precedes a table does not match the number of entries in the table, a warning
message is generated at the time the table is read in.
Entries in tables consist of a row of numbers and sometimes character strings that are separated
by commas ( , ). Character strings that are part of a table entry MUST be surrounded by single
quotes (' ') or double quotes (" ").
A typical table in the options file might appear as:
Where:
TABLE_KEYWORD is the table key word discussed above.

Nrows is the number of table entries.
n1, n2, ... are numbers in the first table entry.
'c1' is a character string in the first entry.
m1, m2, ... are numbers in the last table entry.
'cm' is a character string in the last entry.
The options file keywords consist of the following:
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK (on page 147)
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK (on page 149)
FILES (see "The Files Table" on page 187)
USER_DEFINED_WELDS (on page 188)
WELD_PREFIX (on page 189)
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY (on page 190)
PIPELINE_HEADER (on page 191)
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS (on page 196)
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS (on page 197)
LINE_ID_DEFINITION (on page 198)

TYPE_1_LABELS (on page 199)

START_POINT_NOTES (on page 206)
PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE (on page 210)
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE (on page 211)
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS (on page 208)
NOZZLE_NOTE (on page 209)
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 212)
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 213)
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 214)
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 215)
MOVABLE_TEXT (on page 216)
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS (on page 219)
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT (on page 219)
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX (on page 220)
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM (on page 221)
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM (on page 224)
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM (on page 226)
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS (on page 228)
When an option in an option block is set to 1, it is enabled.
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK
The ISOGEN options block is a group of options that are input directly to ISOGEN. These options
do not affect the ISOGEN interface, but control the different characteristics of drawing output.
However, some options selected in the ISOGEN options block might require that entries be
defined in certain of the options file tables in order to work properly.
The ISOGEN options block consists of 140 numbers arranged in 10 rows of 14. Each number is
referred to as a "word" in the options block. Row 1 contains words 1 through 14, row 2 contains 15
through 28 and so on. The positioning of a number within a word is important. Thus, in editing the
options block be sure to keep the units digit of the entry in the same column.
Some Intergraph options have multiple switch settings (such as A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch
settings are read from right to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if an option is set to 21, 1 represents
switch position A and 2 represents switch position B. When setting an option with multiple
switches, leading zeroes may be omitted, but trailing zeroes must be included.
The following options should not be changed from their default settings. These options are not
used in the Intergraph environment.
Words Function
1 Plot length control

7 Drawing control
31 Iso output file
32 Plotter scale factor

33 Pipe detailed
43-51 Wastage factors
52 Equipment trim drawings
55-57 Diagnostic printing
58 Clear screen
69 Terminal type identification
79 Site assembly identification
125 Reserved
126 Reserved
129 Interactive editing
131 Test parameter
 Be careful when changing words 34 (picture scale) and 38 (split control). Values other than the
default sometimes result in drawing failure.
 Be careful modifying words 115 (angular tolerance) and 116 (linear tolerance). Large values of
these options can cause sloped lines to be shown incorrectly.
 The Drawing control option (word 7) must be left at 0. ISOGEN will sometimes fail if forced to
put more information on a sheet than it determines it can fit. You can minimize the number of
sheets produced by increasing the sheet size.
 Option 8 (dimension line distance) does not work when it is set to give a dimension standout
greater than 25 mm.
 In general, ISOGEN is more successful with a large sheet size than a small one.
 You can create virtually any size sheet - including one with a user-defined title block by using
the drawing margin options (words 10-13) and the drawing size options (words 14-16).
User-defined graphics in reference files must be positioned in drawing margins or in a
reserved strip along the bottom of the drawing (option 35) in order for stacking of multisheet
drawings to work properly.

INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK
The Intergraph options block is a group of options, numbered in the same way as the ISOGEN
options (see the appendix titled Alias ISOGEN Tables), that directly control the actions of the
ISOGEN interface. The specific meaning of each option is outlined below:

Word Value Meaning
1 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN MTO neutral file.

1 Produce the ISOGEN mto neutral file. (isoname.bom)
2 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO
3 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN printed parts list.
1 Produce the ISOGEN printed parts list. (isoname.prt)
4 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number file. This
setting will not split the MTO neutral file.
1 Produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number file,
isoname.sed. If the MTO map file includes component occurrence
numbers and record types, this setting splits the MTO neutral file by
sheet. Neutral files created by the split are named:
isoname(sheet#).b(extnum).
5 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report.
1 Produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report. (isoname.cut)
When any of options 1-5 are set 0 (not generating a file), the files are in fact still
created. However, the command procedures which run ISOGEN delete these files after the
drawing is generated.
6 0 Disable the "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line
endpoints where no connecting component is found.

1 Enable "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line end points

where no connecting component is found. (Does not apply to plugs,
caps, and blind flanges.) This option can be Used to highlight the fact
that no connecting component was found at a line endpoint. When no
connecting component is found then implied materials cannot be
generated at that endpoint. This option can make checking of the
drawings easier.
7 0 Do not adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange.

1 Adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange. In the piping

model, component connect points are placed midway through the
gasket at flanged connections. When this option is disabled,
dimensioning on the iso also goes to the center of the gasket. When
the option is enabled, dimensioning is to the face-of-flange.
8 This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such as A, B, C,

D). Intergraph switch settings are read from right to left (D-C-B-A).
For example, if this option is set to 21, 1 represents switch position A
and 2 represents switch position B. When setting an option with
multiple switches, leading zeroes may be omitted, but trailing zeroes
must be included.
Position A Bolt Length
0 Output bolt lengths in inches in the BOM printed on the iso.
1 Output bolt lengths in millimeters in the BOM printed on the iso.
Position B Bolt Diameter
0 or blank Output bolt diameter in the default units (as defined in ISOGEN option
switch 41 and Intergraph option 43) in the BOM printed on the iso.
When using this setting, AText -359 must be left blank.
1 Output bolt diameter in inches in the BOM printed on the iso. This
setting overrides the setting defined with ISOGEN switch 41 (position
A). When using this setting, AText -359 should be set to NPD and
ISOGEN switch 65 (position B) must be set to 1.
2 Output bolt diameter in millimeters in the BOM printed on the iso. This
setting overrides the setting defined with ISOGEN switch 41 (position
A). When using this setting, AText -359 should be set to NPD and
ISOGEN switch 65 (position B) must be set to 2.
9 val Tolerance for considering valve operators and eccentric reducers to
be skewed. Val is the maximum direction cosine times 1000. The

default value is 10 (or .01).

10 0 The commodity code description includes consideration of
component schedule. Therefore, do not append the component
schedule to the material description.
1 Commodity code description does not include consideration of

schedule. Therefore, the component schedule is appended to the
material description. The default value for the component schedule is
‘SCHEDULE‘, but this value can be redefined using
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION 17.
Option 10 is not needed if label description library numbers, which

output schedules, are embedded ([ ]) within material descriptions
found in the Material Description Library. During extraction, the labels
are expanded in the material description.
For more information on the Label Description Library and the
Material Description Library, refer to the Reference Data Manager
document.
The material description for an elbow appears as follows in the
material description library where label 403 is defined to Output
Component Schedule:
"WELD ELL BE [403] CS ASTM A234-WPB"
At extraction time, the label description library number [403] is
expanded so that the description placed in the drawing is:
"WELD ELL BE STD WT CS ASTM A234-WPB"
These embedded attributes can also be included in the material
descriptions for implied items like bolts and gaskets.
11 val Piping component connection tolerance in UOR. The default value is
20 UOR. The minimum value is 20 UOR if val is set to less than 20. If
the space between connect points is greater than the value defined
by this option, the pipes/components are not considered connected.

12 val Number of characters after which a line feed should be inserted in

instrument tag numbers for display in an instrument bubble. (See also
ISOGEN option number 123.)
The following example assumes that the instrument tag number is
INST-001.
1 When set to 1, a line feed is inserted after the first character.
10 Replace an embedded dash within the tag number with a linefeed.
11 Replace all dashes defined in the instrument tag with line feeds.
The following example assumes that the instrument tag number is
INST-001-ST.
13 0 Display all valve operators on the isometric regardless of whether or

not they are displayed in the piping model.
1 Do not display valve operators on the isometric that are turned off
within the model.
This option can also be used in conjunction with Intergraph
options 59 and 48 that deal with valve operator display and
orientation notes.

14 0 Generate implied materials. These include bolts, gaskets and field

welds.
1 Do not generate implied materials.
This option allows you to do testing without incurring the overhead of

generating implied materials. Execution of the ISOGEN interface
takes a significantly longer time when bolts and gaskets must be
generated.
15 0 Spool Numbering On (Uses consecutive numbering)
1 Spool Numbering Off
10 Spool Numbering On (This option uses consecutive numbering with
the exception that spool numbering is set back to 1 for each new
sheet.)
16 0 Generate the HITS report and the intermediate data file.

1 Generate only the HITS report.

When generating only a HITS report an iso cannot be generated
since no input to ISOGEN is produced.
2 Generate only the intermediate data file for batch extraction. (DO
NOT generate the HITS file)
Setting two should only be used with batch extraction. If DEBUG is
ON for batch extraction, position A is reset to 0. The HITS file is
automatically generated when using interactive extraction.
17 0 Continue trying to extract the line if a component is encountered that
is not in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
1 Stop extraction if a component is encountered that is not in the PDS
to ISOGEN symbol map.
18 0 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate system.
1 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system.

3 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate system
using large coordinates.
4 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system using large
coordinates.
Option 3 or 4 should be used if any coordinate can be outside the
range plus or minus 13.3 miles in an English project or plus or minus
21.4 kilometers in a metric project.
Coordinate System data is stored in the type 63 data of the
piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software reads the type
63 of the first model entered on the form. For Batch Extraction, the
software reads the type 63 data from the first piping model in the area
specified in each record of the batch input file.
19 1 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO 1.
20 0 Do not generate an Intergraph mto neutral file.
1 Generate an Intergraph mto neutral file. The naming convention:
isoname+sheet number.b# (where # is the extraction number) is used
when an Intergraph mto neutral file is generated. MTO neutral file
generation is discussed in detail in the section The MTO Neutral File
Record Map.
Intergraph option 4 must be set to 1 in order to generate an
mto neutral file.
21 0 Do not generate welds in the mto neutral file.
1 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed on the
mto do not appear on the corresponding isometric sheet.
2 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed on the
mto appear on the corresponding isometric sheet. As a result, using
this option setting slightly increases run time and generates a larger
intermediate data file.

22 0 Extract by substring of the line name attribute.

1 Extract by equality of the line ID attributes.
The meaning of this option is discussed at length in the section
Interactive Isometric Generation.
Option 22 must be set to 1 when running batch isometric
extractions
23 0 Use the system-defined nozzle connection note.
The system-defined nozzle connection note is formatted as follows:
NOZ: xxx - where xxx is the nozzle tag
ITEM: xxx - where xxx is the equipment tag
For flanged and female ends: size - rating - facing
For male ends: size - facing - SCH
1 Use the NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file to form the nozzle
connection note.
24 0 Generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.

1 Do not generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.

25 0 Show bare branch weld as a length of pipe - with coordinate label

pointing to CP2 of branch weld.
1 Show bare branch weld as a dot - with coordinate label pointing to

CP1 of branch weld.
26 This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such as A, B, C,

D). Intergraph switch settings are read from right to left (D-C-B-A).
For example, if this option is set to 21, 1 represents switch position A
and 2 represents switch position B. When setting an option with
multiple switches, leading zeroes may be omitted, but trailing zeroes
must be included.
Position A Inspection Number
0 Do not extract inspection numbers.
1 Extract inspection numbers. Do not display blank inspection number.
2 Extract inspection numbers. Display blank inspection numbers as
defined by INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION 16 (default as ****).

Position B Inspection Number Enclosure type

0 bubble (default)
1 rectangle
2 rectangle with arrowed ends
3 rectangle with rounded ends
4 triangle
5 diamond
27 0 Generate component tags as -37 records in the intermediate data file.
1 Generate component tags as -22 records in the intermediate data file.
This option must be set to 1 in order to generate instrument bubbles
properly on both in-line and off-line instruments.
28 0 Do not replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol (IDPL or IDFL)
with the instrument balloon.
1 Replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol with an instrument

balloon.
Regardless of which setting is used, the instrument tag number is

displayed inside of a circle.
29 0 Do not make off-line instruments no-mto.

1 Make all off-line instruments no-mto.
Offline instruments are defined as any instrument mapped to the

ISOGEN symbol IDPL or IDFL.
30 0 Do not show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.

1 Show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.
A reinforcing pad can only be shown in the ISOGEN BOM when the
PDS branch component in the model is mapped to the ISOGEN
component named TERF. The component in the model should have
the commodity code and material description for the reinforcing pad.
In PDS reference data, a reinforcing weld (RWeld) is defined
as a component; however, ISOGEN software treats an Rweld the
same as other welds included as part of a pipe. Therefore, an Rweld
will not appear separately in the MTO on the face of the isometric
drawing.
For example, if the isometric drawing is extracted for any pipe having
a branch with an Rweld, then the isometric drawing displays the
Rweld symbol the same as that of other welds. In addition, the MTO
does not display a description of the Rweld.

The B file, which is output along with the isometric drawing and
reports all the pipes and components, reports the Rweld.
31 0 Do not access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbol names and
valve operator names to ISOGEN symbols.
1 Access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbols and valve operators
to ISOGEN symbols. This option is provided because there are two
ways to map a PDS symbol and valve operator to an ISOGEN
symbol. One way is through the VALOPR table described in the
section The Valve/Operator Table. The other way is through the
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map discussed in the section The
PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map. When this option is set to 1, the
ISOGEN symbol name obtained from the symbol map is replaced by
an entry in the VALOPR table if it exists.
A reinforcing pad can only be shown in the ISOGEN BOM when the
PDS branch component in the model is mapped to the ISOGEN
component named TERF. The component in the model should have
the commodity code and material description for the reinforcing pad.
32 0 Do not generate implied materials from the reference database using
table 212.
1 Generate implied materials from the reference database using table

212.

This option must be enabled (set to 1) in order to generate implied

materials in the mto neutral file and/or to generate a note on the
drawing for the implied materials. Also, see Intergraph option 45.
The generation of implied items from the Implied Material
Data Table is triggered by special definitions you make in the
reference database. Refer to the Reference Data Manager document
for details.
Refer to the Material Take-Off Options material i n the Project
Administrator’s Reference Guide for more information.
Material Takeoff Options that could affect the implied material output
on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of the piping model. For
Interactive Extraction, the software reads the type 63 of the first
model entered on the form. For Batch Extraction, the software reads
the type 63 data from the first piping model in the area specified in
each record of the batch input file.
33 0 Do not generate chain wheel operators, extension stems or floor
stands.
1 Generate chain wheel operators, extension stems and floor stands.
Output information is based on the setting of Intergraph option 45.
The prefixes for these items are defined by
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS 4, 5, and 6.
This option must be set in order to generate chain wheel operators,
extension stems and floor stands in the mtoneutral file or to generate
a note on the drawing.
The generation of chain-wheel operators, extension stems and floor
stands is triggered by definitions you make in the model for specific
valves. Refer to the Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide for
details on making these definitions. For these items the material
description library is accessed by adding the operator number to the

following strings:
Item Prefix Example
Chain Operators CHAIN_ CHAIN_1001
Extension Stems XSTEM_ XSTEM_2001
Floor Stands FSTAND_ FSTAND_3001
34 0 Do not generate the title block data files.
1 Generate the title block data files.

The title block data files are used by the batch extraction software to
fill out drawing title blocks. If this option is enabled you must also
specify a title block tables File under the FILES section of the options
file (refer to Files Table (see "The Files Table" on page 187) for more
information).
35 0 Use the design database to expand embedded attributes in bolt or
gasket material descriptions. These attributes come from generating
component (that is, the flange).
1 Use the spec database to expand embedded attributes in bolt or
gasket material descriptions. These attributes come from the spec
entry of the applicable gasket or bolt.
If this option is set to 1, you can embed attributes from the
spec database into material descriptions for bolts and gaskets
instead of attributes from the components that generated the bolts
and/or gaskets. When this option is set to 1, your label library
numbers must refer only to attributes that also exist in table 202 of
the spec database.
36 0 Do not remove unexpanded attribute specifications from material
descriptions.

1 Remove unexpanded material descriptions from material

descriptions.
This option allows you to remove any embedded attribute

specifications (labels) that are not expanded when the material
description is generated. Thus, if a material description contains
labels that refer to unrelated tables, the unused label can be
removed from the description. However, labels that cannot be
expanded because of error will also be removed - leaving the
description incomplete although it may appear complete on the
drawing.

37 0 Disable use of the alternate index into the material description

libraries.
1 Enable use of the alternate index into the material description

libraries.
This option allows you to access the material description libraries by

using an attribute other than commodity code or specialty tag number.
Library access is first attempted using the commodity code or tag
number. If no material description is found, the attribute defined in the
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table (discussed in the section
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX) is used to retrieve a
description from the appropriate library.
This option also allows you to establish a generic description for
instruments, specialties and pipe supports. This can be used as an
alternative to creating a material description library entry for each item.
38 val Format of date strings output in the title block text files. Set val as
follows:

0 - DD-MMM-YYYY 5 - DD MMM YYYY

1 - DD-MMM-YY 6 - MM/DD
2 - MM/DD/YY 7 - DD/MM
3 - DD/MM/YY 8 - YYYY-MM-DD
4 - MMM DD, YYYY 9 - YY-MM-DD
39 0 Disable flow arrows on pipe.
1 Enable flow arrows on pipe. Bi-directional flow arrows are also

enabled.
40 0 Assign pipe flow arrows during traversal.
1 Assign pipe flow arrows by segment.
When assigned during traversal, the first pipe receives a flow arrow.
Arrows are then generated on the first pipes downstream of branch
components. When assigned by segment, the first pipe encountered
on each segment receives a flow arrow.
41 0 Disable multi-endprep components.
1 Enable multi-endprep components.
This option controls the display of end-prep graphics on components

that have more than one end-prep such as the flanged and welded
valve shown above.

42 0 Disable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.
1 Enable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.

This option allows you to show tag numbers on the isometric for
commodity items (that is, items other than specialty items, instruments
and pipe supports).

43 0 Output all bores in inches on the isometric.

1 Reserved for future use
2 Output all bores in millimeters on the isometric.
The settings for Intergraph option 43 should correspond with the

settings for ISOGEN Option 41, Position A (Dimensional Units).
In order to report the NPD in the BOM in Imperial units on a metric
project, or to report the NPD in metric units on an Imperial or mixed
project, it is necessary to define the diameter table DB001 in the Piping
Job Spec Library. This table is hard-coded in the PD_ISO interface.
44 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.
45 val These options determine how implied materials from the reference
database (other than bolts and gaskets) are handled.
0 Do not generate either a note in the drawing (based upon the
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table) or an entry in the ISOGEN bill of
materials.
1 Generate an entry in the bill of materials, but not a note in the

drawing.

2 Generate a note in the drawing based upon the

GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table, but not an entry in the bill of
materials. (This option does not apply to implied items from the
spec.)
3 Generate a note in the drawing and an entry in the bill of materials.

(This option will not result in a note for implied items from the spec.)

Material Takeoff Options that could affect the implied

material output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of the piping
model. For Interactive Extraction, the software reads the type 63 of
the first model entered on the form. For Batch Extraction, the
software reads the type 63 data from the first piping model in the
area specified in each record of the batch input file.
46 0 Do not label the drawing with segment node numbers.
1 Label the drawing with segment node numbers for those segments
where data originated from the P&ID.
47 0 Do not generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the
iso.
1 Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the iso using
Imperial Units (raw weight).
Metric Units (raw weight).
Metric Units (raw weight). Generate dimension information on the
face of the iso using Metric Units.
Imperial Units (raw weight). Generate dimension information on the
face of the iso using Metric Units.
Metric Units (raw weight). Generate dimension information on the
face of the iso using Imperial Units.
Imperial Units (raw weight). Generate dimension information on the
face of the iso using Imperial Units.

Raw weight implies that the insulation of the component is

not included. Intergraph option 47 should be used in conjunction with
ISOGEN option switch 41.
48 0 Disable secondary orientation notes for valve operators.
1 Enable secondary orientation notes. See also the section

SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE.

50 0 Disable induction bend groups.
1 Enable induction bend groups.
For Intergraph option 50 to function properly, pipes and pipe
bends must be grouped so that they are included in an induction
bend group with the Data/Revise/Component Group command from
within PD_DESIGN.

51 val Nozzle connection tolerance scaling factor. The default nozzle

connection tolerance is 4 mm. The default will be scaled according
to the val entered divided by 100. Thus, to double the tolerance set
val to 200.
52 0 Do not append the number of nuts per bolt to the material description
of bolts.
1 Append the number of nuts per bolt to the material description of
bolts.
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ATEXT number 3 allows
for a comment to be appended to the numeric value. For example,
nuts per bolt.
54 0 Use the pipe support tag number as the index into the specialty
material description library for pipe supports.
1 Use the pipe support commodity code, which must be upper cased,
as the index into the specialty material description library for pipe
supports.

55 0 Do not alter extraction criteria case.
1 Convert extraction criteria to Lower-case.

2 This option performs pipeline extractions where attribute data has
been stored in a lower-case format in the database. All text
generated in the resulting isometric drawings will still be upper-case.
Note that when extracting by line ID, and code listed attributes are
involved, that the code list set must be stored in lower-case.
56 0 Form the commodity code for chain operators using the operator
type attribute.
1 Form the commodity code for chain operators using the chain
operator number.

57 0 Do not generate labels consisting of segment node numbers.
1 Generate labels consisting of segment node numbers to assist flow

sheet checking. However, if the node number is blank, labels will not
be generated.

2 Always generate labels consisting of segment node numbers even

when the node number is blank. An * is displayed if the node number
is blank.
58 0 Append the bolt length to the material description for bolts.
1 Do not append the bolt length to the material description for bolts.
59 Position A
0 Display valve operator and primary orientation notes when the valve
operator is not in a primary direction.
1 Do not display valve operators and primary orientation notes.
2 Display valve operators and primary orientation notes, whether or
not the valve operators are in a skewed direction.
Position B
0 Display skewed pipe support orientation note.
1 Do not display skewed pipe support orientation note.

This option is used in conjunction with ATEXT -213 for
spindle direction, and the PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE table.
Please refer to Intergraph option 48 for secondary orientation notes.
60 0 Search continuation areas defined in the Add Iso Area or Revise Iso

Area forms for continuation items only. The database partitions of

the models contained in the primary area (the area listed in the batch
input file) are the only models scanned for the pipeline to be
extracted as defined by the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the
options file. The remaining models that are attached as references
are scanned for continuation items, both pipeline and equipment
nozzles. If the same pipeline, as defined by the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into another area, a continuation
note is displayed on the iso that points to the same line name as the
iso being extracted.
1 Search continuation areas for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs and

continuation items. Any items that match the line ID will be included
in the output isometric. All of the models from all of the pipeline
continuation areas defined in the Revise Iso Area form is scanned
for the line to extract. Also, all of the reference models are scanned
for continuation items (both pipeline and equipment nozzles). If the
same pipeline, a defined by the LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues
into another area, and the area is listed in the Revise Iso Area form,
the pipeline is included in the extraction.
When set to 1, option 60 increases iso extraction time. It is
recommended that option 60 be set to 0 unless the line to be
extracted extends across multiple areas.
2 Search all areas of the project for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs and
continuation items ignoring the continuation settings in the Revise
Iso Area form. ISOGEN searches every piping model in the project
for the pipeline to be extracted and also searches every equipment
model for nozzle continuation items.
Because there is no direct control over the number of models
scanned by the software, setting 2 will take longer to process that
setting 0 or 1.
61 0 Generic item names such as COMP, INST, and SUPP will be
generated in the HITS file until the last section "Design file data in
IDF order" is printed. This section will print four characters of the
actual item name from the database.

61 1 Item names from the database will be generated for all sections of
the HITS file. Setting this option to a 1 will increase extraction time
by approximately 25%. Intergraph recommends this option be
used for debug purposes only.


Word Value Meaning
62 1 This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such as A, B, C, D).

Intergraph switch settings are read from right to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if
this option is set to 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 represents switch
position B. When setting an option with multiple switches, leading zeroes may
be omitted, but trailing zeroes must be included.
Position PDS Weld Number Display on Iso
A
0 Do not display PDS generated weld numbers on isometric
drawings.
1 Display PDS generated System Weld Numbers on isometric
drawings.
2 Display PDS generated User Defined Weld Numbers on isometric drawings.
PDS generated System Weld Numbers are weld numbers at each
welded connect point. PDS generated User Defined Weld Numbers are Weld
IDs on Segment, defined by label number 355, appended with a dash (-) and
the weld number at each welded connect point.
Position Weld Report in the Bill of Materials
B
0 Do not report welds in the bill of materials (BOM).
1 Report welds in the bill of materials.
Position Weld Display at Line Name Breaks
C
0 Place the weld at the line name break on the sheet containing the component
that owns the weld, as set in PD_Design. If weld ownership is not set for
connecting components, the weld will be placed on the sheet containing the
component that has the higher east, north and elevation coordinate.
1 Place the weld at the line name break on both sheets. The weld is displayed as
non-dashed on both isometrics and appears in the BOM and MTO for both
lines.
Intergraph option 62, position C, must be set to 1 for ISOGEN option 22 (Field
Fit Length) to work properly.
Position C is not intended for sheet breaks on a single isometric.
ISOGEN option 53, Weld Numbers, must be turned on in order to display the
generated weld numbers on isometric.
By default, this option generates a normal un-boxed arrowed message. If an
enclosure is chosen using ISOGEN option 75, switch position A, only options 1,
2 and 5 should be used.
Information on the Drawing and/or the parts list will be as follows:
COMMODITY CODE (-20 record): ‘SHOP‘ or ‘FIELD‘ or ‘OFFSHORE‘

DESCRIPTION (-21 record): ‘Weld Type, Material A, Material B‘

For example:
63 0 Do not calculate the isometric center of gravity and the total isometric weight.
1 Calculate the isometric center of gravity and total isometric weight, excluding
no-MTO components.
2 Calculate the isometric center of gravity and total isometric weight, with
no-MTO components included.
A center of gravity weight library must be defined in the ninth entry under
the FILES section of the Options file for option 63 to function properly. Refer to
The Files Table (on page 187) for more information.
64 0 Uses the standard MTO-Neutral file length of 256 bytes.
1 Uses the expanded MTO-Neutral file length of 1024 bytes.
65 0 Dimensions on supports are determined by the ISOGEN option switches 8, 9
and 40 and the NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS section of the Intergraph
options file.
1 Disable dimensioning for all supports.
66 0 Do not use the detail sketch facility.
1 Use the detail sketch facility with a static cell library.
2 Use the detail sketch facility with a dynamic cell library. When option 66 is set to
1 or 2, the section DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY must exist in the options file.
The syntax of this section is similar to the TYPE_2_LABEL section. A note,
referring you to the appropriate sketch, will be automatically generated and
placed on the iso.
ISOGEN switch 71 must be set to 8000 for option 66 to function
properly.
67 0 Do not generate shop welds.
1 Generate shop welds.
2 Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipe-to-pipe
connections.
3 Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipe-to-bend
connections.
4 Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipe-to-pipe and
pipe-to-bend connections.
The pipe bend must be mapped to record 30 in the PDS to ISOGEN
symbol map.
68 Position Start Point
A

0 Extract drawing even if the original start point from the previous run cannot be
used.
1 Stop extraction for a drawing if the original start point from the previous run
cannot be used.
Position Spool Number
B
0 Spool number will be assigned in the order of numeric value.
1 Spool number will be assigned in the order of alphabetical value.
Position Piece Mark Prefix
C
0 Only the spool number, not including the piece mark prefix, will be written back
to the design database as the piece mark number.
1 The full piece mark number, including the piece mark prefix and the spool
number, will be written back to the design database.
This option is used in conjunction with ISOGEN‘s repeatability function.
In order to use position B and/or position C of this option, ISOGEN option 109
must be set to 111112. ISOGEN option 39 must be set to 2 in order to have an
alphabetical spool number. Please refer to the repeatability functions described
in Sections 5 and 15.
69 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.
1 Produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.
70 0 Generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in the intermediate data file
(IDF) file as defined in PD_Design
1 Do not generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in the intermediate
data file (IDF).
71 This option allows you to place reference dimensions from a structural column
or grid line to one item on the isometric.
Before using option 71 you must have an up-to-date FrameWorks
Reference Definition File that provides the location of all structural components
and grid lines in the project. See Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension
File (on page 107).
This option references structural elements according to their active cardinal
point at the time of placement. It is highly recommended that structural columns
be placed by CP5 (center-center) if it is anticipated that the Iso Structural
Reference feature will be used. See Generate FrameWorks Reference
Dimension File (on page 107).
Since a single reference file is used for the entire project, no structural
models can be excluded from being referenced. Hence, there is no selectivity
as to what structural column or grid line will be referenced on the iso. The
referenced structural element will always be the one nearest to the start of the
pipeline being extracted.
If a FAIL message appears on the isometric drawing and the .err file is
reporting a (35:2012) DATA FAULT, DOUBLEBACK PIPE error, refer to
ISOGEN message file errors section of this document for information on the

nature of this error.

This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such as A, B, C, D).
Intergraph switch settings are read from right to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if
this option is set to 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 represents switch
position B. When setting an option with multiple switches, leading zeroes may
be omitted, but trailing zeroes must be included.
Position Reference Dimension Control
A
0 Do not place reference dimensions.
1 Place structural reference dimension at the first component encountered from

the start point.
2 Place structural reference dimension at the start point of the pipeline.
Position Reference Location
B
0 Reference to the closest column.
1 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines ignoring elevation
changes.
2 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines and display elevation
changes.
Position Skew Box Display
C
0 References with skewed movements will not be displayed with a skewed box.
1 References with skewed movements will be displayed with a skewed box.

Position Enclosure Type
D
0 No enclosure for the reference.
1 Use a rectangle for an enclosure.
2 Use an arrow-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
3 Use an arrow-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
Position Line Style
E
0 Use the default line type. (short dash line)
1 Use style 1 line type (long dash/short dash line)
2 Use style 2 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
3 Use style 3 line type (dotted line)
4 Use style 4 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
72 This option controls whether fixed length pipe, such as flanged pipe, bell and
spigot pipe, etc., will report as one piece or will break at pipe supports or olet
branches.

0 Break fixed length pipe into pieces when there is a pipe support or olet branch
along the pipe.
1 Report fixed length pipe as one piece even when there is a pipe support or olet
branch along the pipe.
If this option is set to 1, Intergraph option 75 must be set to 1 to list pipe
in quantity.
If this option is set to 1 and there are olet branches on the flanged pipe, the
weldolets (WOL) are mapped to ISOGEN symbol key WTBW and represented
with coupling record 126 in the Intermediate Data file (.idf file).
73 For a tee‘d elbow or tee‘d bend, its tapped branch lies in the same direction as
one of its legs. Since ISOGEN has a different logic to better display tee‘d
elbows and tee‘d bends, use this option to choose between different logics.
0 symbol map for elbows and bends with tapping sections. This setting is the
default for an elbow or bend with one or more taps.
1 Map a singularly tapped elbow or bend to a tee‘d elbow or tee‘d bend by the
TAP NAME defined in the PDS-to- ISOGEN map table.
Set ISOGEN switch 122 to 1 to display tap coordinates on the iso.
74 0 Default to display centerline elevation when elevation changes in a pipeline.
1 Display bottom of pipe (B.O.P) elevation when elevation changes in a pipeline.
Bottom of pipe elevations are output only at tee intersections and
changes in direction, where the pipeline is moving in a vertical plane. Any
bottom of pipe elevation not at such points will be ignored. ATEXT –450 has
B.O.P. as the default value, but this setting can be changed by the user.
75 This option controls pipes to be listed as either quantity or length on the bill of
materials of the isometric drawing.
0 List pipes and pipe lengths on the bill of materials of the isometric drawing. Use
this option for normal pipes which have no value defined in the
PDS_sort_code attribute and both end preparations as male.
1 List pipes and pipe quantities on the bill of materials of the isometric drawing.
Use this option if the PDS_sort_code attribute for the pipe has a value or if
there is one end preparation on the pipe that is not male. ISOGEN Option
Switch 74 Position 7 must be set to 0.
2 List pipes and pipe lengths on the bill of materials of the isometric drawing. Use
this option if the PDS_sort_code attribute for the pipe has a value or if there is
one end preparation on the pipe that is not male. ISOGEN Option Switch 74
Position 7 must be set to 1.
The PDS_sort_code (table 50, column 16) attribute of the fixed length pipe is
defined by having a value in the commodity data in the piping specification.
The end connection of the fixed length pipe shown on the isometric drawing
respects the end preparation defined in the model.

76 This option allows you to specify the source of material description for bolts.
This option only affects the source of material description for bolts, not the
material description for other components. In addition, it only applies when the
Bolt Commodity Code Table is selected in Material Takeoff Options of the
Revise Model Data command in Project Data Manager, for the first model in the
area, or the model whose type 63 will be used to extract the isometric. Also
note that this option does not affect the commodity code reported, only the
description for the bolts.
0 Use the commodity code specified in the Source of Material Description
command in the Material Takeoff Options form to search for material
description for bolts. If set to "System," use the System Commodity Code from
the spec to search for material description for bolts. If set to "Size Dependent,‖
use the commodity code from the Bolt Commodity Code Table to search the
material description for bolts.
1 When the Commodity Code option is set to "Size Dependent" in the Material
Takeoff Options form, use the commodity code from the Bolt Commodity Code
Table to search the material description for bolts.
77 This option allows you to specify whether Item Codes and Material
Descriptions are converted to uppercase.
0 Convert Item Codes (record –20) and Material Descriptions (record –21) to
uppercase in the Bill of Materials on the isometric.
1 No case conversion for Item Codes and Material Descriptions in the Bill of
Materials on the isometric.
For this option to work properly, it is necessary to make sure the font has
uppercase and lowercase letters (for example, font 108), and that the fast font
attribute is disabled in the ISOGEN seed file.
2 In addition to Item Codes and Material Descriptions, also does no case
conversion for all iso labels, records, ATEXTs, Title Block data, and Bill of
Materials on the isometric. All text for these displays in the same case (UPPER
or lower) as defined by the user. You must use a FONT which supports both
upper case and lower case by defining the environment variable PDISOFONT
in pds.cmd. See Commands Set in PDS.CMD in the Project Setup Technical
Reference Guide for more information on setting environment variables.
78 Position
A
0 Do not check clash detected by PDS Interference Checker.
1 Check and generate a note on extracted item having clash(es) from

Interference Checker.
2 Check and output a note on the extracted item with Approved IFC clashes.
3 Check and output a note on the extracted item with all IFC clashes except
clashes with Cleared status.
The default PDS Interference Checker format is:
'IFC CLASH [UNIQUE_CLASH_ID(132,1)]
$[if_approval_status(132,2) defined by standard note 1203]

$[DISCIPLINE NAME]
$[PRIMARY DESCRIPTION] (non-blank)
$[SECONDARY DESCRIPTION]' (non-blank)
where
Unique_clash_id is table 132, column 1.
The clash discipline name (table 132, column 8) is 'PIPING', 'EQUIPMENT',
and so forth.
The primary description (table 134, column 5) is the Item Name in the PDS
Interference Report (for example, 'GAT', 'PIPE', and so forth). The secondary
description (table 134, column 6) is the secondary description in the PDS
Interference Report.
'$' is a line separator.
The default text 'IFC CLASH' can be changed by using the
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table using index 18 in the option file
Position This option allows you to display an RDB conflict message
B
0 Do not check for RDB conflict (do not display message).
1 Check and generate a note on extraction item having RDB conflicts.
The default RDB note is RDB CONFLICT. The default text can be
changed by INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table, index 19 in Options file.
79 This option allows you to get the field fit length in the .b file.
0 Do not adjust pipe length with Fit Field Weld in MTO neutral file.
1 Added extra pipe with the Fit Field Weld in MTO neutral file.
The amount of extra pipe is set in ISOGEN Option 22. The original pipe
length field is defined by Table 50, Column 22 in the
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table of MTO Neutral File Record Map.
80 This option allows you to run standalone Stress Analysis.
0 Do not run standalone Stress Analysis.
1 Run standalone Stress Analysis with extracted ISO line name used as the
search criteria.
When using this feature, Intergraph Option 12 in the Stress Option file, Stress
Option 12 must be consistent with the line name used to extract ISO.
This feature works both in Batch ISO Extraction and Interactive ISO Extraction.
Stress Option file must be set in the environment variable STRESSOPTION
that can be set in pds.cmd.
The Stress output directory can be set in the environment variable
STRESSPATH that can be set in pds.cmd. If the environment variable
STRESSPATH is not set, stress files will be output to the ISO output directory.

When Stress and ISO are output to the same directory, ISO‘s .dat, .err, and .h
files will be renamed as .dati, erri, and .hi to prevent conflict with Stress files.
82 This option allows you to write the current revision number in the .IDF file.
0 Do not generate record -8 for the current revision number in the IDF file.
1 Generate record -8 for the current revision number in the IDF file.
The Files Table

The Files table contains the names of several external files which are used by the ISOGEN
interface. The entries in this table are order dependent and must be in the order shown below.
All files may be defined as: network address: /directory path/file name. For
example: pdscert: /usr/isofiles/symbol.map
1. The PDS to ISOGEN symbol map
This table maps PDS component names to ISOGEN symbol names. The format and contents
of the table are discussed in more detail in the section PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map.
This library is required and must be specified.
2. The ISOGEN user-defined symbol library
This is a library of ISOGEN symbols that has either been translated from the VAX (see the
README file for translation information) or has been added to those delivered with the
ISOGEN product.
This library is optional and need not be specified.
3. The label description library
This is a library of user-defined labels which are based on database attributes. Creation of
library entries is discussed in the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
This file specification is redundant in that a label description library is already referenced by
piping model files. However, if you specify it here, you can have a separate library that is used
specifically for iso extraction and for no other purpose.
If this entry is left blank then the library referenced by the piping model file is used instead.
4. The valve / valve operator symbol map (VALOPR table)
This file contains a table that can be used to map a PDS valve and valve operator combination
to a different symbol than that mapped by valve alone. This table is discussed in the section
The Valve/Operator Table.
In order to use this file, Intergraph options block option 31 must be set to 1.
This is an optional file name.
5. The mto neutral file map
This file contains the tables which govern the format of the Intergraph mto neutral file. Refer to
The MTO Neutral File Record Map (on page 265) for more information.
In order to use this table, Intergraph options block option 20 must be set to 1.
6. Reserved
7. The Title Block Tables File
This is an optional file containing tables that govern the generation of text that is to be inserted
into a drawing title block by the batch extraction software.

When you specify this table, you must also enable option 34 in the Intergraph options
block.
8. The Notes Table
This file is optional and contains data that can be mapped to the title block by the batch
extraction software. The table is accessed through the Title Block Tables File. he Notes Table
allows you to map data to the title block which is not stored in the database.
9. Center of Gravity Weight Library
This is an optional library that generates center of gravity calculations for ISOGEN. For more
information on center of gravity calculations, see Center of Gravity Calculation (on page 307).
In order to use this library, Intergraph options block option 63 must be set to 1
10. Detail Sketch Facility Cell Library
This is a cell library which contains the cells specified in the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY
section of the options file.
11. Drawing Definition File
This file allows you to customize line weight, size and output level of the data on the isometric
drawing.
12. Welds Definition / Format File
This file specifies the format of the weld box that will be appear on the isometric drawing. It is
also used to define the weld report.
13. Material List Definition File
This file allows you to define the format of a STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Take Off.
14. Basic Bending Parameters File
This file can be used as a basic set of input to a bending machine. The 14th entry in the FILES
section of the options file will contain the name of this file. If the first character of the entry is *,
the generated file will be isoname.bnd; where isoname is the name used in creating the
isometric design file name.
If this entry contains a node, directory and filename, the bending information is appended to
that filename for each extracted line.
If this entry is left blank, a bending parameters file will not be generated.
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
This table allows you to assign a weld symbol to a particular weld type.
 ISOGEN, versions 5.0 or later, allow you to create a user-defined weld symbol by using the
symbol definition software. Once created, the new weld symbol graphics should be
proportionate to other user-defined symbols.
 The newly created symbol should be mapped to a specific weld type in the
USER_DEFINED_WELDS section of the options file. Note that the weld symbol is not mapped
in the isomap.tbl file.
By using the following table format, you can define which SKEY is used with each weld type. For
example, if a weld type codelist number is defined to use the SKEY FFWT, ISOGEN generates the
appropriate text and adds extra material as defined in the ISOGEN section of the options file.
The format of a table entry is:
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ...,VALn, WELDTYPE, SYM
Where:

VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow (maximum of 20

values per line
VAL1-VALn are the weld type attribute values that VALn will be mapped to the symbol
defined (SYM).
WELDTYPE is a number 1-3 where:

1: SHOP
2: FIELD
3: OFFSHORE
SYM is the ISOGEN weld symbol name.
If the table is not defined or a weld type code list value is not included in the table, the
following action is taken. For more information, see Weld Types and Mapping (on page 292).
codelist value (from codelist 1100, Weld Type)
1 = No weld
11-20 = 'WW' (shop weld)
else = 'WF' (field fit weld)
Example 1: Generating a user-defined weld from codelist values

Show the required entries to generate the following welds:
 a site weld symbol when codelist value 22 is used. This is a field weld, but does not require
extra material to be added.
 an offshore field fit weld symbol for code list values 30-33 inclusive.
 a mitre offshore weld symbol for codelist value 40.
The format of the table entry is:
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
1, 22, 2, 'WS'
4, 30, 31, 32, 33, 3, 'WOF'
1, 40, 3, 'WM'
WELD_PREFIX
This table is used to add a prefix to an isometric weld number that is contained within an
enclosure. The WELD_PREFIX table also allows the prefix to be positioned on the drawing frame
as a form of general note about weld identification. The weld prefix may also be included as part of
the output in the user-defined weld summary report.
WELD_PREFIX
1
#, 'TEXT'
Where:

# is a number 0 through 3 where:

0 - is a general weld prefix to apply to all weld types
1 - is a shop weld prefix to apply only to fabrication welds
2 - is a site/field weld prefix to apply only to erection welds
3 - offshore weld prefix to apply only to offshore welds
'TEXT' is the actual prefix to be used
If all four prefixes are defined, the general weld prefix (setting 0) will be ignored.
Example 1: Defining a Weld Prefix

Determine the table entry that would have all offshore welds have the prefix 'OFFSHORE-' on the
iso drawing. The table entry would be:
WELD_PREFIX
1
3, 'OFFSHORE-'
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY
This table is used to generate a detailed sketch or information note for specific item. Any
component meeting the specified value defined in this table generates a defined detail sketch or
note. The defined value must exactly match the attribute or label.
You can generate general or specific notes for components and spools. The general information
note places a note on each isometric sheet of the pipeline. The specific information note only
places a note on the specific isometric sheet that contains the item generating the note.
You can define up to 300 Detail Sketch Facility table entries. Details are always placed
starting in the upper left of the iso drawing. If the line with the -700 record in the
MOVEABLE_TEXT section of the options file is removed, the north arrow will display in the upper
left and details will appear in the upper right of the iso drawing area.
TABLE, COL, LABEL, 'COL VAL', 'DET NAME', SKETCH TYPE
Where:
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be
checked and compared with ‘COL VAL‘.
LABEL is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note that will be checked and compared with ‘COL VAL‘. When
using LABEL, TABLE must be set and COL must be 0.
‘COL VAL‘ is the value that when equal to TABLE,COL or TABLE,LABEL will
trigger the detail to be placed on the isometric.
‘DET NAME‘ is the name of the detail cell from the cell library (defined by the
tenth entry under the files section of the options file) to place on the
isometric. For dynamic sketches, the system will override the
specified name
SKETCH TYPE is a number that indicates whether the sketch is static or dynamic.
Valid values for sketch type are 0 (static) and 1 (dynamic).
Required if Intergraph option 66 is set to 2.

Information Note Entries

Two types of information notes are available:
 General Notes are indicated by a _N at the end of the cell.
 Specific Notes are indicated by a _S at the end of the cell.
All cell names that end with _N or _S are treated as Information Notes and placed accordingly.
ATEXT numbers -541 and -542 also effect these criteria.
-541 _N is used as the delimiter/identifier in the general note name.
-542 _S is used at the delimiter/identifier in the specific note name.
Example 1: Example of the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY Table
PIPELINE_HEADER
The pipeline header table is used to generate records in the intermediate data file that cause
attribute change graphics to be generated in the isometric drawing. Attribute change graphics can
be used at changes in piping materials class, insulation type, and so on, along a pipeline. This
table allows you to control the database attributes that are used to generate attribute breaks on
the drawing.
This table is also used to generate a note when some database attribute of a component overrides
that of the pipeline. For example, a new pipeline might contain an existing valve. This table can be
used to generate a note on the drawing that points to the valve and identifies it as existing.
The format of a row (or a single entry) in this table is:
RECNO, ST, SC, SN, DFLT, PREFIX, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
Where:

RECNO is the ISOGEN record number used for an attribute whose value can
change along the length of a pipeline. Record numbers from the following
table must be used for this item
ISOGEN Rec. No. Attribute ATEXT No.
-6 Line name -288

-7 Spool number prefix n/a
-11 Piping materials class (spec) -289
-14 Date Record -250
-15 Insulation type -290
-16 Heat tracing type -291
-17 Paint code -292
-41 User-defined 1 -293
An entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table with an ISOGEN record number
of -7 is used to define a spool number prefix. If defined, the prefix is used
by ISOGEN to form spool number labels in the drawing.
When defining spool number prefixes, use a single ? symbol to generate
spool numbers only. Use two ? symbols for the spool number prefix to
generate spool numbers and sheet numbers.
attribute change are preceded by some clarifying text. That text is
"MATL," which identifies that the attributes shown are piping materials
classes. For information on modifying this text, refer to
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS (on page 196).
The Atext numbers you will need in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table
to change the clarifying text are shown above. In the case of the
user-defined attribute changes the default Atexts are blank. In order to
generate attribute change graphics in the drawing you MUST define
nonblank Atexts that correspond to the ISOGEN record numbers you use.
For example, if you want to use ISOGEN record number -41 for a
user-defined attribute change then you must define ATEXT number -293
with a nonblank value if you want to see the attribute change on the
drawing.
The Atext numbers shown above modify only the clarifying text shown
with the attributes in the drawing. They do not modify the title block entries
for these attributes. Different Atext numbers are used to modify this text.
Refer to the appendix , ATEXT Facility - by Number for details.
ST, SC is a table, column specification for the segment attribute whose value
might change along the pipeline. This attribute specification can be any
segment level attribute in the material database. The segment level table

is table 12. The specification for piping materials class, for example, would
be table 12, column 12.
SN is an optional label description library number that you can use to specify
the segment attribute(s) that might change. By using the label description
library number rather than ST, SC (above) you can define composite
attributes that are combinations of 2 or more database attributes.
The label description library holds a definition of each label description
library number. The number and its description in the label library can be
used to form a text string (a label) that is formed from database columns.
You define which columns are used in the label as well as the label format
when making a definition in the label library.
Iso extraction treats a string based on a label library number as a pseudo
attribute. A pseudo attribute can be used to generate attribute breaks just
the same as regular database attribute can.
DFLT is an optional string used to define a default value for an attribute or label.
When the attribute defined by ST,SC or SN is undefined (blank) then
DFLT will be used. This shows attribute breaks for attributes that you
normally do not want to provide values for. If you do not provide a value for
this field the string "UNDEFINED" is used for undefined attributes.
PREFIX is an optional prefix used in forming a note from a database attribute when
a component attribute overrides a segment attribute. The override note is
formed by appending the database attribute to the prefix defined here.
The note formed in this manner points to the appropriate component in the
drawing.
When the ISOGEN record number for the spool prefix is -7, PREFIX is
used as a separator between the spool prefix and the spool number.
CT, CC is the table, column specification for the component level attribute that can
override the pipeline level attribute defined by ST, SC. These items are
optional. Some pipeline level attributes cannot be overridden at the
component level (pipeline name and piping materials class are
examples). When there is no override attribute these items should be set
to 0.
Attribute specifications for CT, CC apply to the component table (34) in
the design database.
CN is the component level counterpart to SN. If the label generated by CN
differs from that generated by SN then an override note will be generated.
In order to avoid generating override notes on every component you must
either define CN in exactly the same way as SN except for the table and
attribute numbers or not use the component override feature.
PT, PC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies to
pipe rather than components. Attribute specifications can only refer to
table 50 in the design database.
PN is the same as CN except that it applies to pipe.
IT, IC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies to
instruments rather than components. Attribute specifications are from the
instrument table (67).

IN is the same as CN except that it applies to instruments.
Example 1: Breaking Supply Responsibility Along a Pipeline

Since there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for supply responsibility, you must use one
of the user-defined records. Record -41 is used in this example. Referring to the database table
format, the following database attributes apply:
Segment 12, 39
Component - does not apply -
Pipe - does not apply -
Instrument - does not apply -
The table entry would appear as follows:
-41, 12, 39, 0, '', 'SUPPLIED BY', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Example 2: Changing Construction Responsibility Along a Pipeline

As in the previous example, there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for construction
responsibility. So, you must use one of the user-defined record numbers. Record -42 is used in
this example.
The applicable database attributes are:
Segment 12, 38
Component - does not apply -
Pipe - does not apply -
Instrument 67, 29
The appropriate table entry would be:
-42, 12, 38, 0, '', 'CONSTR BY', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 29, 0
Example 3: Breaking Composite Attributes by Combining Insulation Purpose and Thickness

For this example, we can use ISOGEN record number -15. Since the change that will be shown is
made up of multiple attribute changes, we must use the label description library to form a pseudo
attribute. Using the label library utility we have defined the following library numbers:
956 - segment insulation purpose and thickness
957 - instrument insulation purpose and thickness
The table entry for this case would be:
-15, 0, 0, 956, '', '', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957
 The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table MUST be for line name (using the -6 record).
Otherwise, the ISOGEN interface will stop with an error.
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box in the lower right
hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line name attribute (table 12, attribute 2) or
the line ID (specified by using table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to
LINE_ID_DEFINITION (on page 198) for information on how a line ID differs from a line name.
 The table entries should be in order of increasing absolute value of ISOGEN record number.
 Attribute changes in the drawing can be inhibited by either removing the entry for the attribute
from this table or by setting the Atext for the clarifying text to blank in the
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table.
 When attributes are specified, the label library number should be 0. When the label library
number is specified then the attribute specifications should be 0.
 The line ID (COL = -2) can be used for the spool prefix.

 ISOGEN word 39 must be set to 0 in order to display spool number labels formed using the
spool prefix.
 If ST is less than 0, the attribute is checked for component overrides but no segment level
breaks will be shown in the drawing. When ST is made negative, set RECNO to an undefined
record number (such as -99).

ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that ISOGEN puts on drawings. A table entry
can also "turn off" a text string so that it does not appear. The format of a table entry is:
ATEXT number, 'new text'
Where:
ATEXT number is one of the ATEXT numbers defined in the appendix, ATEXT
Facility - by Number, of the ISOGEN Facilities Guide.
'new text' is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number. The 'new
text' will be used instead of the text defined in Appendix B of the
facilities guide.
A particular text string can be turned off by setting its ATEXT value to blank.
ATEXT entries -237 " (inch indicator) and -238 ' (foot indicator) are exceptions to the
allowance for single or double quote delimiters. These values (" and ') are the default values for
the ATEXT entries, and do not need to be specified in the options file. If you do want to specify
these values in the options file, use the following syntax:
 -237, '"' (single quote, double quote, single quote)
 -238, "'" (double quote, single quote, double quote)
Example 1: Modifying Text

Modify the clarifying text that precedes a piping materials class that is generated at a spec change
by changing "SPEC" to "MATL".
The table entry would be:
-289, 'MATL'
Example 2: Modifying Text for an Eccentric Reducer

Turn on the "FLAT SIDE DOWN" message that points to eccentric reducers (this message is off
by default). Refer to the appendix, ATEXT Facility - by Number, of the ISOGEN Facilities Guide,
for further explanation.
-243, 'FLAT SIDE DOWN'
 The table entries must be in order of increasing absolute value of ATEXT number. That is,
-206 should precede -207 and so on. If one specification is out of order then all of the following
entries will be ignored.
 In order to turn off all ISOGEN generated title block data, the following ATEXT specifications
can be used:
-250, ' '
-253, ' '
-270, ' '
-271, ' '
-272, ' '
-317, ' '
-318, ' '
-400, ' '
-401, ' '

-402, ' '

-403, ' '
-404, ' '
-405, ' '
-406, ' '
-407, ' '
-410, ' '
-411, ' '
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that PD_ISO puts on drawings. The format of
a table entry is:
ATEXT number, 'old text', 'new text'
Where:
ATEXT number is 1-15
'old text' is the text string to be substituted.
'new text' is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number.
The 'old text' value is used if the 'new text' value is left blank or if the
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION record is omitted from the Options file. No value is used if the
string 'blank' is assigned as the value of 'new text'.
1, ‘NOT FOUND‘, " !Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209
2, ‘BOLT LENGTH‘, " !Used based on Intergraph option 58
3, 'NUTS PER " !Used based on Intergraph option 52
BOLT',
4, ‘CHAIN_‘, " !Used based on Intergraph option 33, 56
5, ‘FSTAND_‘, " !Used based on Intergraph option 33
6, ‘XSTEM_‘, " !Used based on Intergraph option 33
7, ‘HOR‘, " !Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
8, ‘VOR‘, " !Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
9, ‘DEG‘, " !Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
10, ‘E‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes

11, ‘N‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
12, ‘U‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
13, ‘W‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
14, ‘S‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
15, ‘D‘, " !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
16, ‘****‘ " !Used based on Intergraph option 26 Position A set to 2

17, ‘SCHEDULE‘ " !Used based on Intergraph option 10 set to 1‘‘
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
This table is used to define the format of the line ID. The line ID is a composite attribute that should
be formed from a subset of those attributes which are used to form the line name attribute. The
line ID is intended to be a simpler way of referring to a pipeline.
ST, SC, 'SUFFX'
Where:
ST, SC is the table, column specification for one of the attributes making up the line
ID. Any attribute from the segment level (table 12) can be used.
'SUFFX' is an optional, single character, suffix used to terminate the attribute in the
line ID. A null entry (two successive single quotes) is valid.
The line ID itself is formed by linking all the attributes together with their suffixes if defined. The
result is the line ID label.
In order to use the Display Iso feature from an interactive piping session, this table and
column must be set to 12, 3.
Example 1: Defining a Line ID

Define a line ID composed of fluid code, sequence number and unit code. The column numbers
involved are:
Fluid code 12, 9
Sequence no 12, 10
Unit no 12, 4
The table is defined as:
12, 9, '-'
12, 10, ''
12, 4, ''
Using the previous line ID, what is the line ID for a line named 16IN-P12002-1C003?
Assuming that a single digit unit number follows sequence number in this line number, the line ID
would be P-12002.
The suffix character defined in the table is used only in generating the text string for display
purposes. When inputting line names for extraction every attribute forming the line ID MUST be
separated by dashes. For instance, to input the line ID in Example 8 you must key in P-1200-2.

TYPE_1_LABELS
This table is used to generate notes on drawings that point to specific components. This table
causes a note to be generated when some database attribute which you define in the table has a
value. When the attribute is undefined (that is, does NOT have a value) then no note is generated.
When a line is extracted, each component is processed one at a time. This table allows you to
generate a note, based on the value of a component's attribute, at the time it is being processed.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 1 Labels.
COMP TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
COMP TYPE is the component type to which the note should apply. Allowable values
for component type are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for the attribute that should be checked.
If this attribute is defined, the note will be generated. An attribute is
considered undefined based on its data type as follows:
Integer - set to 0
Real - equal to -32768
ASCII - blank or null
Coded - 0 or 1
Any attribute that is not undefined is defined and will cause a note to be
generated.
You can also specify that a Real attribute be considered undefined if it
contains the value 0.0. To do this, make the value of TABLE negative in
the table (such as use -34 instead of 34 to designate table 34).
LDL NO is the label description library label number that defines the format of the
note that is to appear on the drawing. You must define this note in the
label description library as defined in the PDS Reference Data Manager
document. If the label references attributes from the database, the
attributes must be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated
table.
ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that trigger the
different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not required, use 0
as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle an unlimited

number of characters on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
Type 3 Enclosure
Type 4 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle a maximum of
three characters on a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
Example 1: Defining Type 1 Labels

Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the REMARKS field
attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, we have defined label 910 as
shown below:
The attribute referred to is table 34, column 46. The table entry would be:
1, 34, 46, 910

Where:
910 is the label number which defines the exact format of the note to be generated. The note
would point to the item (or items) in the drawing that corresponds to the component(s) in the model
whose remarks attribute has been defined.

Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the
standard_note_no_a field attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, we
have defined label 913 as shown below:
The attribute referred to is table 34, column 47. The table entry would be:
1, 34, 47, 0
Where:
913 is the label number which defines the exact format of the note to be generated. The note
would point to the item (or items) in the drawing that corresponds to the component(s) in the model
whose standard_note_no_a attribute has been defined.
 The database table defined by TABLE must correspond to the component type identified by
COMP TYP. Thus, the following restrictions exist:
COMP TYP Allowable values of TABLE
1 12, 34
2 12, 34
3 12, 50
4 12, 67
5 12, 80
 When LDL NO is set to 0 in the table, no note is generated.

 The note that is defined by LDL NO need not use the attribute that is defined in the table as
TABLE, COL. TABLE, COL is only the trigger in the note generation process.
 A dollar sign ("$") embedded in a label is treated as a line feed by ISOGEN.
TYPE_2_LABELS
This table is used to generate notes that point to specific components. Use this table to generate a
note whenever a specific attribute (user-defined in the table) is defined with a specific value (also
defined by you in the table).
Notice the difference between this table and the TYPE_1_LABELS table. Note that generation
from the TYPE_1_LABELS table is triggered by an attribute having ANY value. This table is more
selective in that you specify the value of the attribute that is to trigger note generation.
You can define up to 99 table entry lines for Type 2 Labels.
TABLE, COL, ’COL VAL’, LENGTH, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be checked and
compared with ‘COL VAL‘.
‘COL VAL‘ is the value of TABLE, COL that will trigger note generation. If ‘COL VAL‘
is the same as the value of TABLE, COL then a note will be generated
that points to the item.
LENGTH is an optional specification of the number of characters from the
database attribute that should be compared with ‘COL VAL‘. If set to 0, all
characters of the attribute will be compared with ‘COL VAL‘.
LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format of the note
that will be generated when the attribute identified by TABLE, COL has
the value ‘COL VAL‘ or the first 1 through LENGTH characters of the
attribute are the same as ‘COL VAL‘. If the label references attributes
from the database, the attributes must be from the table defined by
TABLE or its associated table.
different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not required, use 0
as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
Type 2 Enclosure
Type 3 Enclosure

Type 4 Enclosure
Type 5 Enclosure

Define a table entry that would generate a note (with a type 3 enclosure) that points to all blind
flanges.
One way to accomplish this would be to check the value of the PDS commodity_name attribute for
the string "6Q2C08", the PDS commodity name for a Blind Flange. The appropriate attribute is
table 34, column 3. The table entry would be:
34, 3, '6Q2C08', 0, 911, 3
Where 911 is the label description library label number which defines the format of the note. Label
911 is defined as follows:


Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the
standard_note_no_a field attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, we
have defined label 913 as shown below:
The appropriate attribute is table 34, column 47. The table entry would be:
34, 47, '201', 913, 0
Where 913 is the label description library label number which defines the format of the note.
 Refer to notes 2, 3, 4, and 5 under the description of the TYPE_1_LABELS table. These notes
also apply to the TYPE_2_LABELS table.
 To test on code list number values rather than code list text, set LENGTH to 0 and set
COLVAL to the code list number. For example, to generate a note when the fabrication
category 50(table), 14(col) is 25 use: 50, 14, '25', 0, 986.
TYPE_3_LABELS
This table is used to generate a note when the value of a code-listed attribute matches one of the
values specified in the table entry. This table is similar to TYPE_2_LABELS except that, rather
than being triggered by a single value, a note can be triggered by one of several values.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 3 labels.
The format of a table entry is as follows:
TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, NVALS, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALN, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:

TYPE is the component type that the note should apply to. Use the following
values for TYPE:
1- Commodity item
2- Specialty item
3- Pipe
4- Instrument
5- Pipe Support
TABLE,COL defines the attribute that triggers note generation.
TABLE must correspond to TYPE as follows:
TYPE ALLOWABLE TABLES
1 12, 34
2 12, 34
3 12, 50
4 12, 67
5 12, 80
LDL NO Defines the format of the note to be generated if triggered. If the label
references attributes from the database, the attributes must be from
the table defined by TABLE or its associated table. If LDL NO is set to
0, the value of TABLE,COL is generated as the note.
NVALS Defines the number of code list numbers in the list to follow.
VAL1...VALn Code list numbers that should trigger note generation.

Show the table entry needed to generate a note when the component fabrication category is set to
code list values 5, 7, or 17.
1, 34, 10, 994, 3, 5, 7, 17
Where:

Label 994 would define the format of the note that would be generated.
When LDL NO is set to 0 so that the code listed text is generated as the drawing note,
the short form of the code list text (that to the left of the "=" in the code list source) can be
generated by making COL negative. Therefore, in the previous example, the following would
be used to generate the short form of the code list text as the note.
1, 34, -10, 0, 3, 5, 7, 17
START_POINT_NOTES
This table is used to generate notes at the beginning of a pipeline. The format of a table entry is as
follows:
TYPE, TABLE, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TYPE Currently, TYPE must be set to 0.

TABLE TABLE defines the tables that will be referenced by LDL NO as
follows:
TABLE Valid tables in label LDL NO
12 SEGMENTS
34 COMPONENTS
50 PIPE
67 INSTRUMENT
LDL NO Label library number which defines the format of a note to be
generated on the first component of the pipeline..

different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not required, use
0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle an
unlimited number of characters on a
single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
single line
Type 4 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle a
maximum of three characters on a single
line.
Type 5 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle a
maximum of three characters on a single
line.
Example 1: Defining Start Point Notes

Define a table entry that would generate the line name attribute at the start of a pipeline.
0, 12, 900, 0
Where:
Label 900 returns the line name (T12C2) followed by a dash and the text, "Starts Here".

END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS
This table is used to define the format of notes that are generated at line endpoints when the line
endpoint connects on to another pipeline. The note defined by this table is NOT generated at line
endpoints that are not connected to other pipelines. The note itself is formed from the attributes of
the connecting component.
Each entry in the table is used to form one line of the note. Multiline notes are shown as a block of
text on the drawing. The format of a table entry is:
'PREFIX', CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box in the lower right hand
corner of the drawing. You can use either the line name attribute (table 12, column 2) or the line ID
(specified by using table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to LINE_ID_DEFINITION (on page
198) for information on how a line ID differs from a line name.
Where:
'PREFIX' is a short prefix for the attribute that will be displayed at the line
endpoint.
CT, CC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be displayed
when the connecting component is a commodity item or a specialty
item.
CN is a label description library number that defines the format of the note
line when the connecting component is a commodity item or a
specialty item. When CN is used then CT should be set to a value that
defines the tables referred to in the note description, held in the label
library. That is, if the note definition uses table 12 then CT should be
set to 12. If the note definition uses table 34, then CT should be set to
34. In generating a line in the line endpoint note either column CT, CC
is appended to PREFIX or the line is generated using the label
description library note identified by CN. When CT, CC is defined then
CN should be 0. When CN is not 0 then CC should be set to zero.
PT, PC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be displayed
when the connecting item is a pipe. These entries are analogous to
CT, CC for components.
PN is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note line when the connecting component is a pipe. PN is analogous
to CN for components. When using PN you must set PT to a value
that reflects the tables used in the note definition. For example, if the
note uses table 12 then PT must be set to 12. If it uses table 50 then
PT must be set to 50.
IT, IC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be displayed
when the connecting item is an instrument. These entries are
analogous to CT, CC for components.
IN is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note line when the connecting component is an instrument.
IN is analogous to CN for components. When using IN you must set IT to
a value that reflects the table used in the note definition. For example,
if the note uses table 12 then IE must be set to 12. If it uses table 67

then IE must be set to 67.
Example 1: Defining Continuation Notes

Define the table entries that would generate a continuation note that consists of one line for the
connected line's line name. For the note, the applicable database attribute is table 12, column 2.
'LINE:', 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0
Example 2: Defining Continuation Notes

Redo example 1 using label description library numbers rather than column numbers. The table
entry for the line name would be:
'', 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951
The label description library number option is useful when you want to display more than
one attribute on a single line in the note. CT, PT, and IE are restricted as follows:
 CT- 12 or 34
 PT- 12 or 50
 IT- 12 or 67
NOZZLE_NOTE
This table is very similar to the END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS table except that it is used
to form a note when the line endpoint is connected to an equipment nozzle. The primary difference
is that with the NOZZLE_NOTE table some lines in the connection note can be generated based
on the generic termination type of the nozzle.
GEN TYP, TABLE, LDL NO
Where:
GEN TYP is a number that indicates those generic termination types for which this
note line should be generated. The allowable values of GEN TYP are:
-1- to indicate that the note line should be generated for ALL generic
termination types.
1- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when the
generic termination type of the nozzle is FLANGED.
generic termination type of the nozzle is FEMALE.
generic termination type of the nozzle is MALE.
TABLE is the database table from which attributes are taken in defining the
label description library entry that is identified by LDL NO. If the
attributes defined in the note are from the equipment table then TABLE
should be 21. If the attributes used in defining the note are from the
nozzle table then TABLE should be 22.
LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note.

Example 1: Defining a Nozzle Connection Note

Define a table that generates a nozzle connection consisting of the following lines:
Line 1 Equipment item name
Line 2 Nozzle tag number
Line 3 A line that depends on end prep as follows:
A) Flanged - size-rating-facing
B) Socket weld - size-rating-facing
C) Welded - size-schedule-end prep
The appropriate database attributes are:
Equipment name table 21, column 2
Nozzle tag table 22, column 2
size table 22, column 4
rating table 22, column 5
end prep table 22, column 6
schedule table 22, column 17
The table would be:
-1, 21, 952
-1, 22, 953
1, 22, 954
2, 22, 954
3, 22, 950
A note formed by this table for a flanged nozzle might be:
ITEM: 2103-C
NOZ: N11
6"-CL150-RFFE
If TABLE < 0 (such as -21 or -22) then the line will be appended to the previous line in the
table without a linefeed. This allows you to combine attributes from tables 21 and 22 onto a single
line in the note block.
The Intergraph Options_Block word 23 controls whether the software uses the ISOGEN default
nozzle note or the note defined by this keyword.
PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE
This table is used to define valve operators as primary orientation labels. For each operator, it also
defines the prefix for the primary orientation label.
A table entry is as follows:
'OPER_NAME', 'NOTE_PRFX'
Where:
OPER_NAME is the symbol name of the valve operator.
NOTE_PRFX is the prefix that should be used for primary orientation note.
Example 1: Defining Primary Orientation Notes

Define the table entry that would result in a primary orientation note for the valve operator OP_3.
'OP_3', 'HANDWHEEL'

The above table entry creates the following note in a drawing:
where 'STEM' is defined by the Atext -213 for the direction of a spindle on a valve.
Use Intergraph Option 59 to control the display of the valve operators and primary
orientation notes when the orientation is skewed or in a primary axis.
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE
This table is used to define valve operators that require a secondary orientation in order to install
them. For each operator it also defines the prefix for the secondary orientation label.
A table entry is as follows:
'OPER_NAME', 'NOTE_PRFX'
Where:
OPER_NAME is the symbol name of the valve operator which requires a
second orientation.
NOTE_PRFX is the prefix that should be used for second orientation.
Example 1: Defining Secondary Orientation Notes

Define the table entry that would result in a secondary orientation note for the valve operator
OP_9. The table entry would be:
'OP_9', 'ORIENT WRENCH'
The above table entry creates the following note in a drawing:
The Intergraph Options_Block word 48 controls whether the software uses the ISOGEN
default secondary orientation note or the note defined by this keyword.

DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
This table is used to allow the values of certain database attributes to determine whether the
piping in the isometric should be shown in dotted symbology. By using this table you can, for
example, make all "existing" piping show up in the iso in dotted symbology rather than with solid
lines.
Only code-listed attributes can be used to determine whether or not a section of piping or a
component is to be dotted. Code-listed attributes are displayed as text strings when the Piping
Review Attributes command is used. Attributes are displayed as having an integer data type in the
database table format.
The format of an entry in this table is:
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value
might cause the piping to be dotted.
CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value
might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be dotted.
PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be dotted.
IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might
cause an instrument to be dotted.
VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will force the
symbology to be dotted.
Example 1: Defining Dotted Symbology

Determine the table entry that will result in dotted symbology on the isometric when the
construction status is "existing". The relevant database attributes are:
segment: table 12, column 20
component: table 34, column 32
pipe: table 50, column 27
instrument: table 67, column 29
Looking at the code-list number 130 (the construction status code-list) we can find that the
code-list number for "existing" is 3.
Thus, the table entry would be:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
Whenever the value of the segment level attribute matches one of those in the list VAL1
through VALn, all of the components attached to the segment will be drawn with dotted symbology
in the isometric. When the value of a component level attribute (defined by CT,CC, PT,PC, or
IT,IC) matches a value in the list, only that item will be drawn with dotted symbology.

Example 2: Defining Dotted Symbology

Determine the table entry that will result in the dotted symbology on the isometric when the
construction status is EXISTING, REVAMPED, RELOCATED, TEMPORARY, DISMANTLE or
FUTURE.
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES
This table is very much the same as the DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST table except that
it is used to imply a status of no-mto based on the value of a code-listed attribute. When a
component has a status of no-mto then it does not appear in the ISOGEN bill of materials. This
table can be used in addition to the no-mto attribute that explicitly defines a component to be
no-mto.
Again, only code-listed attributes can be used in this table. Refer to
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 212) for information on identifying a
code-listed column.
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value
might cause the piping to be no-mto.
CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value
might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be no-mto.
PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be no-mto.
IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might
cause an instrument to be no-mto.
ST, SC pipe supports column (from table 80). Pipe supports will appear in
the MTO.
VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.

VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will force the
symbology to be no-mto.
Example 1: Defining Components as No MTO

Determine the table entry that would result in all components with the construction status of
existing to be no-mto. This example is very similar to the example covered in the section
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES and requires an identical table entry:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections for
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES, the
item defaults to field.
This table is used to identify those values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be
interpreted as meaning shop. This is necessary because ISOGEN only allows the two options of
either shop or field and does not distinguish (as PDS does) between supplier and fabricator of a
component.
"SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" or "OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES"
the item will default to field.
ISOGEN lists shop materials separately from field materials. In erection-only isometrics ISOGEN
does not list shop materials. Also, some end-prep graphics are changed to distinguish between
connections made in the shop and those made in the field. Field connections are implied when the
fabrication category changes from shop to field or vice-versa.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be interpreted
as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating Fabrication Categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories Contractor supplied, shop
fabricated (codelist value 5) and Shop supplied, shop fabricated (codelist value 15) being
interpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
1
2 5, 15
If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of code-listed values
per row exceeds 25.

Example 2:
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES, the
item defaults to field.
The OFFSHORE section is optional and is not required in the options file.
Also, refer to Offshore Material Category (on page 235) and Offshore Fabrication Category (on
page 292) for related material.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-VALn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be interpreted
as meaning offshore by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating fabrication categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories contractor supplied, offshore
fabricated (code list value 39) and shop supplied, offshore fabricated (code list value 49) being
interpreted as offshore by ISOGEN.
The table entry is:
1
2, 39, 49

If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of code-listed values
per row exceeds 25.
MOVABLE_TEXT
This table allows you to relocate or turn off certain text strings and the north arrow generated by
ISOGEN. If an item is not turned off, it can either be moved to its proper position in the drawing title
block or moved into a drawing margin so this it is not a part of the plotted drawing.
The maximum number of movable text entries is twenty five.
This table is also used to set-up/ define a table or matrix of spool numbers that you locate in your
drawing. The format of a table entry is:
RECNO, X, Y, TXTHGT, XOFF, YOFF, DIR
Where:
RECNO is the record number of the item to be moved or turned off. When setting
up a spool number table you set RECNO to -7. Other valid entries
include any of the header record numbers defined for the
PIPELINE_HEADER (on page 191) table or one of the following:
Recno Item
-25 System ID for multi-line isometrics
-700 drawing north arrow
-701 (reserved)
-702 sheet number on a drawing
-703 number of sheets on a drawing
X is the x offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the sheet.
Y is the y offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the sheet.
Use x and y equal to 0 to turn off a text string.
TXTHGT is the text height of the string being moved in 1/100‘s mm (that is, text in
mm X 100). 0 is the default setting as defined in the ISOGEN option
switches.
XOFF is the horizontal distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers in a
spool number table. XOFF also defines the direction of travel for
locating the next table entry in the row. If XOFF is negative the next
table entry is to the left, otherwise it is to the right. Should be set to zero
if RECNO is not -7.
YOFF is the vertical distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers in a
spool number table. YOFF also defines the direction of travel for
locating the next table entry in the column. If YOFF is negative then the
next entry is located below the current one, otherwise it is located above
it. Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.
DIR is a compound number that define the size and filling order of a spool
number table as follows:

ROWS defines the maximum number of rows in the spool number table.
COLS defines the maximum number of columns in the table. TABLE
DIRECTION defines the order in which the table is filled with values. If
TABLE DIRECTION is set to 0 then rows of the table are filled in
succession. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to 1 then columns are filled in
succession.
This parameter should be set to 0 if RECNO is not -7.
Example 1: Defining Movable Text

Define table entries that would turn off the system ID for multi-pipeline isometrics and any title
block text generated by -41 through -45 records in the PIPELINE_HEADER table.
The following table would accomplish this:
-41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-42, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-43, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-44, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-45, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

Example 2: Defining Movable Text

The following spool table would result from the values XOFF=-700, YOFF=800, and
DIR=1003004 (such as Table entry -7, 100, 100, 0, -700, 800, 1003004).
 Certain ISOGEN text strings like the line name (-6 record) cannot be turned off. Do not set X
and Y to 0. You can move these items outside the plotted area of the drawing to eliminate
them.
 Text is justified by the lower, left corner of the string.
 If the number of spools on an iso sheet exceeds the number of table entries defined for a spool
number table then the table is filled and an error message is written to the error file.
 To position the default spool numbers (that is, where the spool number is surrounded by
square brackets) in a spool number table you should not have a -7 entry in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table. If you want to position only the number (without the square
brackets) then insert an entry into the PIPELINE_HEADER table for the -7 record but set ST,
SC, and SN to 0. Also set PREFIX to a blank. If you have defined a spool prefix in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table then the entire spool number, including the prefix, will be
positioned in the table.

NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
Certain ISOGEN interface logic depends on the ISOGEN symbol name. When ISOGEN symbols
are redefined and renamed, this logic cannot be properly executed. This table allows you to tell the
interface software which user-defined symbol your new symbol is based upon so that the special
logic can be properly executed.
'SYMBOL KEY', 'OLD SYMBOL KEY'
Where:
SYMBOL KEY is the name of your new ISOGEN symbol
OLD SYMBOL KEY is the name of the ISOGEN symbol upon which your symbol is based
Example 1: >Defining ISOGEN Symbol Keys

Define a table entry which indicates that the symbol RVXX has been redefined and named RRVV:
'RRVV', 'RVXX'
An entry in this table is only required when the old symbol key (or the symbol upon which
your symbol is based) is one of the following CVXX, SVXX, MVXX, HVXX, XVXX, RVXX, IIXX,
OPXX, PRXX, DRXX, CTXX or any symbol which you redefine and intend to map to a
multi-endprep component in the model.
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
This table is used to format notes for items that imply materials through the Implied Material Data
Table and for valves with chain wheel operators, extension stems or floor stands.
This table is enabled by Intergraph option 45.
The table can contain up to four entries that are used to format notes.
 The first entry is for valves with chain wheel operators.
 The second entry is for valves with floor stands.
 The third entry is for valves with extension stems.
 The fourth entry is for the note pointing to a component that generates implied items through
the specification database. One note is formatted for each item implied through the
specification database.
A table entry is a text string as follows:
Label Definition
Where:
The label definition is formed from text together with embedded specifications for attributes
pertaining to the implied item. An embedded specification is formed by a number within square
brackets (such as [n]). Valid numbers that can be used together with their meanings are:
[1] The item code or commodity code of the implied item.
[2] The quantity of implied material.
[3] The material description of the implied material.
[4] The chain operator number, for chain wheel operators.

Example 1: Defining General Item Notes

Show a note format that would display item code and quantity for an implied item:
'INCL. [2] - [1]'
When an implied item is generated through the reference database, the following example note
might be generated in the drawing:
INCL. 1 - WBAAACFHNB
Example 2: Defining General Item Notes

Show an example note format for a chain wheel operator.
'INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. [1]$WITH [2] CHAIN'
The note generated on the iso might be:
INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. CHAIN_3001
WITH 21'-0" CHAIN
 The note formats should be defined with upper case characters.

 A dollar sign ($) embedded within the note will act as a line feed.
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
This table is used to define which database attributes should be used as a secondary or alternate
index into the material description libraries.
Intergraph option 37 controls the use of this table.
TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO
Where:
TYPE is a number that indicates the component type that is to have an
alternate index into a material description library. Valid values for type
are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that is to serve as the
alternate index into a material description library. TABLE must
correspond to TYPE as follows:
TYPE ALLOWABLE VALUES OF TABLE

1 34
2 34
3 50

4 67
5 80
LDL NO is a label description library number that defines a composite attribute

that should be used in place of TABLE, COL for the alternate index.
Example 1: Defining Secondary or Alternate Indices for the Material Description Library
Show the table entry that defines the secondary index for a pipe support to be the fixed string
"PSUPPORT".
5, 80, 0, 972
Where:
Label 972 returns the string "PSUPPORT". It does not reference any attributes in the database
record for the support.
 The attribute used as the primary index into the material description libraries is shown for each
type below:
Primary Index
TYPE (TABLE, COL)
1 34, 8
2 34, 2
3 50, 12
4 67, 2
5 80, 4
 It is not possible to define a secondary index for implied materials (bolts and gaskets), for
generated items (like the stub end for a lap joint flange) from the spec or for generated items
from the Implied Material Data Table.
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM
This table is used with the user-defined material take off feature. For more information, refer to
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File (on page 229).
Fields defined in this table will write information to the -80:-89 records for bolts and gaskets. The
implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
 from the component that caused the item to be generated (e.g. flange pressure).
 from the spec entry for the implied item (e.g., for the commodity code).
 from data calculated when the item is generated (e.g. bolt length).
TYPE, CT, CC, CLBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM, COLUMN,
FLAG
Where:
TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to apply to.

TYPE TABLE ENTRY APPLIES TO

1 Gaskets Only
2 Bolts only
3 Welds only
4 All of the above items
CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that is to be mapped
when the generating component is a COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are
0, 12 and 34.
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the note format that will be retrieved and
associated with the COLUMN field.
PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that is to be mapped
when the generating component is a PIPE. Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note which will be retrieved
and associated with the COLUMN field.
IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that is to be mapped
when the generating component is an INSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note which will be retrieved
and associated with the COLUMN field.
ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the attribute is taken from
the reference database entry for the implied item. Valid values for ST are 0 and 202.
CPF is a connect point flag. When CPF is set to 1, it indicates that the attribute should be retrieved
from the generating item‘ s connect point (that is, the connect point from the item generating the
implied material).
When this flag is set, CT, PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC, and IC should be set to a
value selected from the Connect Point Attribute index in the
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM section.
ITEM: When this value is nonzero it indicates that either the attribute to be mapped is data that
was generated along with the implied item, or the attribute to be obtained from the spec. Values for
item are dependent on the implied item type as shown below.
Item Type Item Description

ALL -1 Use ST, SC to obtain the attribute from the reference
database.
BOLT 1 Number of bolts
2 Bolt Length in Project Units
English for English Project
Metric for Metric or Mixed Project
3 Bolt diameter in Project Units
English for English Project

4 Number of nuts
5 Bolt diameter - English Units
6 Bolt length in English Units
7 Bolt weight in English Units (pounds)
8 Bolt weight in English Units (kilograms)
GASKET WELD 0
1 Weld ID number
2 Weld Type
3 Material A
4 Material B
COLUMN is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING DEFINITION (MLD) file where
the value will be displayed on the iso.
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit conversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string
equivalents.
 When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and one of the
previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table, column pair is then used
to retrieve an attribute from the database.
 All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply to only one type of
item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.
 If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be used in place of the
table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.
Example 1:
1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -80, 0
This table entry maps the gasket size to the -80 record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, -81, 0
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for the bolt to the -81 record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -82, 0 T
his table entry maps the bolt length to the -82 record.
4, 34, 0, 996, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -83, 0
This table entry will generate a note to the -83 record when the current item is a bolt or gasket and
the generating component is a COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Label 996 defines the format
of the note that would be generated and in this case the label will output the generating
component fabrication category as the note.

USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
Fields defined in this table write information to the -80 - -89 records for items generated through
the reference database (Table 212 Implied Items) and for chain wheel operators. The generated
items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
 from the component that caused the item to be generated.
 from the reference database entry for the implied item (that is, for the commodity code).
CT,CC, CLBL, ET,EC, ELBL, PT,PC, PLBL, IT,IC, ILBL, ST,SC, SLBL, CPI, ITEM,
COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that
is to be mapped when the generating component is a COMPONENT.
Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
which will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.
ET, EC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that
is to be mapped when the generating component is a SPECIALTY
ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that
is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE. Valid
values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that
is to be mapped when the generating component is an INSTRUMENT.
Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
ST, SC defines a table, column specification from a generating component that
is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE SUPPORT.
Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
CPI is a connect point identifier that is used to access connect point
attributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than by attribute
number. When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT and ST should be
set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to a value selected
from the Connect Point Attributes index.
CPI Definition
1 retrieve a green connect point property

2 retrieve a red connect point property
ATT Connect Point Attributes
1 nominal piping diameter

2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
4 schedule/thickness
5 pressure rating
6 stress analysis node number
7 face to center distance
8 bolt type override
9 gasket separation
10 stress intensification
11 head loss factor
12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
ITEM When the value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be mapped is
data from the reference database. The value for CC, EC, PC, IC and SC
should be set according to the table shown below when ITEM is set to 1.
ATTR Description
1 Generated item commodity code

2 Generated item quantity
COLUMN is a number -80 - -89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING DEFINITION
(MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.
FLAG is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion of
code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. When FLAG is
set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.
Example 1:
34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 80, 4, 0, 0, 0, -80, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material to the -80
record.

0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -81, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity to the -81 record. In the case of a chain wheel
operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipe
support records.
CT,CC, CLBL, ET,EC, ELBL, PT,PC, PLBL, IT,IC, ILBL, ST,SC, SLBL, CPI,
COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
is to be mapped when the generating component is an INSTRUMENT.
Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE SUPPORT.
SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note
CPI is a connect point identifier that is used to access connect point
attributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than by attribute
number. When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT and ST should be
set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to a value selected
from the Connect Point Attributes index.

CPI Definition
ATT Connect Point Attributes

2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
5 pressure rating
8 bolt type override
9 gasket separation
10 stress intensification
11 head loss factor
12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
ATTR Description
COLUMN is a number -80 - -89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING DEFINITION

(MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.

Example 1:
34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 84, 4, 0, 0, -80, 0
This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types to the -80 record.
34, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -81, 0
This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENT and
PIPE to the -81 record. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS,
INSTRUMENTS or PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -82, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) to the -82 record.
Since PIPE SUPPORTS do not have connect point properties, no number is specified for them in
the table entry.
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -83, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) to the -83 record.
0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -84, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) to the -84 record.
12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -85, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment to the -85 record for all
items except PIPE SUPPORTS.
12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -86, 1
This table entry maps the paint code CODE_LIST VALUE from the segment to the -86 record. The
code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself because FLAG is set to 1 and the
attribute being mapped is code-listed.
34, 0, 994, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -87, 0
This table entry will generate a note to the -87 record when the current item is a component. Label
994 defines the format of the note that would be generated, and in this case the label will output
the component fabrication category as the note.
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS
This feature allows you to select all pipe supports and hangers without dimensioning that are
displayed on an isometric.
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS
1
3, PS1, PS2, PSP1
Where:
1 is the number of lines to follow
3 is the number of values to follow
PS1, PS2, are the pipe support model codes that will PS2, be displayed, but not
PSP1 dimensioned.
For more information on other ISOGEN dimensioning features, refer to Dimensioning and
Coordinate Output (on page 299).

SECTION 8
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File

The ISOGEN package allows you to define (within certain limits) the layout and content of the
ISOGEN generated Material List and related Material Control File. By making modifications to the
Material List Definition (MLD) file and options file you can:
 Revise the Material List Style.
 The current basic style with new optional column for weight - Style 1.
 Placing user-defined data in a column-type layout - Style 2. This style is defined and
controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. MTO list header information is
included in the material list definition file (MLD).
 Placing data in a column-type format (no headings) on a user-defined drawing sheet -
Style 3. This style will be defined and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD)
file. The MTO list header information is displayed in the iso border file.
 Create a user-defined Material Control File.
This file is defined and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. The MLD file is
the 13th entry in the FILES section of the ISOGEN options file.
 Create a new Offshore Material category.
 Define optional material accumulation parameters.
 Select part number ID box format on the plotted isometric
 Define the Optional output of the Length format of pipes, miscellaneous components and pipe
length.
 Define a full range of Bolt Units (size X length).
 Revise the format of the cut list.
 Define welds to be included on the material list.
 Re-position the tile block.
 Reserve an area for a user-specified title block.
 When using the new user defined formats, it is recommended that several trial runs are done.
This way, you can verify that the layout is practical and that the requested data is both valid
and available, before committing to project use.
 Validity checks will be performed on the contents of the MLD file and warning messages
output when necessary. Typical checks validate all major headings and all data identifiers. A
check is also done to confirm that all mandatory data is included in the file.
See Also
User-defined MTO - Related Information (on page 230)
Types of Material List (on page 230)
Material List Definition File (see "Material List Definition (MLD) File" on page 232)
User-Defined Material Control File (see "User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file)" on page
233)
Offshore Material Category (on page 235)
Transferring Components Between Sort Groups (on page 235)
Generating an Optional Format for Length Output (on page 236)
Bolt Units (size x length) (on page 236)
Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List (on page 237)

Welds in the Material List (on page 238)

Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output (on page 238)
Style for Material List Output (on page 239)
Positioning the Title Block (on page 239)
MLD File Content (on page 239)
MLD File Format Guidelines (on page 241)
Style 3 Material List (on page 242)
Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 (on page 244)
Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 (on page 244)
User-defined MTO - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may be manipulated
when creating a user-defined BOM or Material Control file.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix)
ISOGEN Options: 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 65, 73, 74
Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)
Intergraph Option: 8, 10, 14, 22, 29, 30, 33, 36, 37, 45, 47, 50, 52, 54, 56, 62
Related Options File Material (Section 7)
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
Also: The thirteenth entry in the FILES Section of the options file: MLD file (See Chapter 8)
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix)
-322, -323, -339, -356 - -363, -365, -367, -368 - -378, -415 - -419, -421 - -423, -455
Types of Material List

Three types of material lists are available Style 1, Style 2 and Style 3. ISOGEN option switch 23
controls which Style material list is used. The MLD file contains the definition of the content and
format of Style 2 and Style 3 Material Lists.
Style 1 - Standard Material List
To produce a material list identical to those produced prior to the 5.0 ISOGEN software release,
turn off the intermediate sub-headings (PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES, etc). This can be done by
setting the appropriate Atexts to BLANK. This will continue to provide the capability of producing a
continuous-type material list.
A 4.3 version of the ISOGEN options file can be used without any modifications to produce
an iso with the 5.0 software that looks as it did when it was produced with the 4.3 software.
Style 2 - User-defined Variation of the Standard Material List
Style 3 - User-defined Text and User-positioned Text
Only text is output. No headings are output. Style 3 works well for boxed or column type bills of
material.
The Cut List and Center Line Summary facilities are not available for Style 3.
Basic Contents of a Style 1 Material List

 Standard form Material List (as currently output and using all current sort criteria)
 New column for component weight (optional)
 New section for Offshore materials

 Revised Cut List (optional)

 New form of the Bolt size x length output
 An option for repositioning the title block when Material List on the right is used.
Basic Contents of a Style 2 Material List

 User variation of the Style 1 material list
 User-definable column headings/data content for horizontal layout (done in the MLD file)
 Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 record
identifiers in the MLD file.)
 Similar vertical layout to Style 1. (uses the same sort criteria)
 All options listed for Style 1
 Facility for User to change sort group of components. (For example, move Blank Flange from
Valve/In-Line Item group to Flange group)
Basic Contents for a Style 3 Material List

 Fully user-defined drawing backing sheet (All column, boxes, headings, etc pre-defined in the
seed isometric or border file)
 Three major categories of Materials to be identifiable (For example, FABRICATION,
ERECTION, OFFSHORE)
 No intermediate Material Type headings to be output
 User-definable data content and data output positions for all material list information in the
MLD file
 Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 record
identifiers in the MLD file
 Material Listing UP/DOWN facility For example:
listing TOP to BOTTOM
listing BOTTOM to TOP
listing Fab Materials DOWN/ Erec Materials UP
listing Erec Materials DOWN/ Fab Materials UP
If the Offshore category is used, you are restricted to using a continuous list (Top to
Bottom/Bottom to Top) and should use the column for category identification (For example,
FAB, EREC, OFF ).
 Automatic ISO overflow facility (used if there are too many parts for the given backing sheet)
See Also
Operating Requirements (on page 232)

Operating Requirements
The following requirements must be met to successfully use the user-defined BOM / Material
Control File functionality.
 Material List Definition (MLD) File
This will be a required entry when using the user-defined bill of materials (Style 2 or Style 3).
The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry) defining the
location and name of the user-defined MLD file.
 Bill of Material Columns.
You must define data to be output on the MTO for each component type in the MLD file. This
done by using new or existing data identifiers. Existing BOM identifiers are Commodity Code
(-20 record) or Commodity Description (-21 record). New BOM identifiers consist of
user-defined identifiers:
 -80 - -89 record types
 PT-NO, QTY, N.S., WEIGHT, CATEGORY, GROUP
The user-defined identifiers can contain anything from the database for a specific component.
Three sections (see below) of the Intergraph options file define reported information and the
identifier that is associated with that information (-80 - -89 record types) per item type.
 The -20 and -21 record types cannot be redefined. You will not be required to output either of
these record types on the user-defined BOM, but the .idf file will always contain these two
records.
 Type -80 identifiers, if any, will always follow the -21 record type in the .idf file.
User-defined information can be formatted by manipulating the following three sections in the
options file.
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM (on page 226) - used with components, engineered
items, pipe, instruments and supports.
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM (on page 221) - used with bolts, gaskets and welds.
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM (on page 224) - used with cap screws and chain
wheel operators.
To generate an entry in the bill of materials for generated items, Intergraph option 45 must
be set to 1 or 3.
Material List Definition (MLD) File

The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry) defining the location
and name of the user-defined MLD file. The new entry in the FILES section will be verified,
mounted and included as a -122 record type in the .idf file. This entry is required when using the
user-defined bill of materials.
The MLD file allows you to define (with certain limits) the style and content of the following:
 The Heading content and layout of a PRINTED Style 1 (Weight Heading only) or Style 2
Material List.
 The column headings, data content definitions and positional coordinates of the main body of
a plotted and/or printed Style 2 Material List.
The main body of a Style 1 (current style) plotted or printed material list cannot be
changed.

For a Style 2 type Material List the BASIC FORMAT is the same as the current style. The
number, position, and content of the various vertical data columns is the part of the list that is
user definable.
 The data content and positional coordinates for all items on a plotted Style 3 Material List.
When using a Style 3 Material List, the option of obtaining a printed list is not available.
 The layout/data content of a user-specified Material Control File.
Because of the current methods used within the ISOGEN program, the quantities
included in the Material Control File must be identical to the quantities generated for the
Material List. This is because the same accumulation rules are used for both.
User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file)

When Intergraph option 1 is set to 1, the MLD file allows you to define the layout and content of the
printed Material Control File (M/C File). The Material Control File is intended to be used as a
vehicle for data transfer between 'Systems'.
There will be several differences in layout when compared with the file generated for a
Printed Material List (.prt file).
Basic Requirements for a Material Control File

 Allow any width (Not limited to 132 characters).
 Allow any length of file.
 No 'Paging' functionality is required.
 Include any Title Headings/Column Headings (if user-defined) once at the start of the file.
 Output of lengths in any quantity (QTY) column should be in the format set in ISOGEN option
switch 24.
 Bolts to be included in the file should follow the same rules as the bolts used for the associated
material list.
Size and length units are set by ISOGEN option switch 65. Use ATEXT -359 to
reformat the size and length information.
The ISOGEN software allows you to identify all UNITS used within the M/C file through the use of
Unit Identification entries. There is no limit on the number of Unit Identification entries and the
format is user-definable. Unit ID entries must be included in the MLD file and immediately follow
the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. Any unit id entries will be the first items output in the
M/C file.
Unit identification entries will not impact the ISOGEN system. Their only purpose is to
identify the UNITS used for size and lengths in the M/C interface file.
Some typical unit ID entries:
UNITS-BORE data
UNITS-LENGTH data
UNITS-BOLT-DIA data
UNITS-BOLT-LENGTH data
Where: data identifies the units used in the M/C file.
A user-defined Material Control file will be triggered by the identifier MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE
which is located in the MLD file. The definition of the required file (layout/content) will follow the
MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. The file can be generated either with or without Titles
and/or Column Headings.

The definition of Title Headings, Column Headings and Data Items will use the same basic rules
as a Style 2 printed material list. The key identifiers to be used are:
PRINTED-M/C-TITLES
PRINTED-M/C-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PRINTED-M/C-DATA-ITEMS
In the case of Data Items, the -39 IDF RECORD IDENTIFIER can be included in the Material
Control file, but not on the Material List. This can only be used when using the Material List
Non-Accumulation facility (ISOGEN option 74).
Available Data Items for the Material Control File

Unique Name IDF Record Number
PIPELINE-REFERENCE -6
PIPING-SPEC -11
PT-NO -
QTY -
N.S. -
ITEM-CODE -20
DESCRIPTION -21
WEIGHT -
CATEGORY uses ATEXT -376 - 378
GROUP uses ATEXT -307, -308, -309, -311 - -315,
-339, -375-
80 - -89 (user-defined attributes)
UNIQUE COMPONENT -39 Segment and Component Occurrence Numbers
IDENTIFIER
 If Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.
 UNIQUE NAMES with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF RECORD
NUMBER column. When this occurs, you must use UNIQUE NAME.
 IDF Record Numbers with no UNIQUE NAME are shown with a - in the Unique Name column.
When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.

Offshore Material Category

Any item designated as Offshore will be treated as an ERECTION type item in the drawing, but will
be listed on the Material List under a new main heading as defined by ATEXT -371. All materials
sorted are within the new heading category.
The M/C file will contain a 3 in word 6 of existing component records when the item is
designated as Offshore.
Transferring Components Between Sort Groups

The MLD file has a TRANSFER feature that will allow you to move components from one sort
group to another.
The identifier TRANSFER must be followed by any relevant information that would identify the
component to be transferred and the new group under which it will be listed. Component
identification will be done by record ID numbers. Refer to the Record Identification Numbers listed
in Appendix B of this document (35 =Elbow, 100 = pipe).
Available sort Group identifiers include:
PIPE pipe
VALV valves + inline items
FITT fittings
INST instruments
FLAN flanges
SUPP supports
GASK gaskets
MISC miscellaneous components
BOLT bolts
WELD welds
 If you plan to list any of the above Group Identifiers on a Style 2 or Style 3 Material List,
ATEXTs -307, -308, -309, -311, -312, -313, -314, -315, -339, and -375 must be set in the
options file.
 The TRANSFER feature cannot be used to transfer flanged pipe (idf record 101) to the PIPE
group. The PIPE group only accumulates by length, and flanged pipes and other Fixed Length
pipes are reported by quantity (i.e., number of pieces of identical-length pipe) in the FITTING
group.
A typical entry in the MLD file might be:
TRANSFER
107 FLAN
Where:
107 is the record ID for BLANK FLANGES and FLAN is the NEW sort group under which Blank
Flanges should be listed. Any number of blank characters between record ID and Group identifiers
are allowed.

Generating an Optional Format for Length Output

By default, length output on the Material List for PIPE, MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS and
CL LENGTH is set to the nearest 1/10 M or 1/10 FT and is formatted:
Metric 10.4 M
English 10.4 '
ISOGEN option 24 allows for an alternative format to output either in millimeters or feet and
inches.
Metric 1040 mm (rounded to the nearest mm)
English 10'-5" (rounded up to the nearest inch)
Bolt Units (size x length)

Option switch 65, Bolting Length in the M/C file, allows you to define bolt length/bolt diameters.
Any value set in the last position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the second digit (tens
position) of word 2 in the 60 type record in the M/C file.
Any value set in the second position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the third digit
(hundreds position) of word 2 of the 60 type record in the M/C file. Bolt diameters (in word 2) and
bolt lengths (in word 7) of 500 (bolt) records in the M/C file will be generated in the units
appropriate to the various ISOGEN switch settings.
The Material List also allows an alternative output format for bolts. The alternative output will be
used whenever ATEXT -359 is set to any value other than blank.
The suggested setting is diameter x length.
ISOGEN will always output in a bolt-diameter-by-bolt-length order. Bolt Units will be placed just
below the new heading using a program generated text string. The text string is created by using a
combination of ATEXTs -330 and -331.
Typical Bolt Unit Output:
BOLTS
DIS x LENGTH (ATEXT -359)
(INS x INS) (Generated)
Bolt Descr. 3/4 x 2.1/2

Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List

Modifications made to the current cut list format
 ATEXT -322 (Cut) is ignored.
 ATEXT -323 (Length) is moved up to the top line of the headings.
 Set ATEXT -361 so that the default text, Ft-Ins, will be positioned below LENGTH when
imperial units are being used.
 Place ATEXT -331(mm) below LENGTH when mixed or metric units are being used.
 Set zero inches to output as 2'0" and not 2'.
The revised layout still has two cut pieces on each line.
Typical layout:
PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKS PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKS

NO. (FT-INS) (INS) NO. (FT-INS) (INS)
New cut list format

The new cut list format has a revised layout with only one cut piece per line. To request the new
cut list format, use ISOGEN option 2.
Typical new layout:
PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEM

NO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE
OR
PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEM
NO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE
Gaps between new heading elements are handled by the ISOGEN software based on either the
actual Atext heading or the length of the information items that are printed under each heading.
This will be either the standard Atext or any user-modified Atext.
When using the new cut list format, you must verify that the total width of the cut list is less than
the width of the requested material list. This will prevent the cut list from overflowing onto the
drawing section of the isometric.
Use ATEXTs -362, -363, -364, -365 when using the new cut list format.
If PART NO. is required on the cut list instead of ITEM CODE, ATEXT -364 should be blank
and ATEXT -365 set to PART$NO.
The Cut List Remarks Column

Current Atexts for cut list REMARKS (-326, -327, -328) are still used. If any of these Atexts are
changed, sufficient space should be left between column headings to accommodate data. In the
new cut list format layout, multiple remarks are allowed. Each remark is located on a separate line.
For example:
REMARK

LOOSE FLG
FF WELD
Multiple occurrences of the same remark will be output in the form PLD BEND (2) where
the last 2 characters are automatically generated.
End One and End Two Columns

Entries in these columns describe the operations performed in order to prepare the ends for
fabrication. Five ATEXTs (-366 - -370) are available to identify the five basic operations that can
be recognized by the ISOGEN system.
 For the new cut list format, certain items must be treated as BWs (Butt Welds), but do not have
the BW end condition as part of the SKEY. These items include:
 Flanges (105/106)
 FLWN - Flange Weld Neck
 FOWN - Flange Orifice Weld Neck
 FLSE - LJSE Butt Weld Type
 All other 105's and 106's to use Square Cut
 The type of end preparation on pipe is determined by the SKEY of the fitting or by the weld
type. For weld types: SKEYS WW, WS, WF, assume BW end preparation.
Welds in the Material List

When using INTERGRAPH option 62 and ISOGEN option 64, welds can be added to the Material
List. Welds can be displayed in any of the Fabrication/Erection/Offshore sections of the Material
List. To list welds in the last position of each section of the Material List, use the heading defined
by ATEXT -375. Welds added to the Material List will not be included in the standard M/C
interface file. It is a user option in any user-defined M/C file.
 Accumulation of welds is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 74.

 Weld part numbers are not normally indicated on the plotted iso section of the isometric. If
needed, ISOGEN option 73 with a Style 3 for weld part numbers can be used to place weld
part numbers.
Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output

By using ISOGEN option 23 (position B), the outputs Bend Angle and Bend Radius can be
displayed for pulled bends. The following is a typical revised output using the Style 1 and Style 2
Material Lists.
Description NS QTY
U03 Fabricated (Pulled) Bend 3.0D Bend Radius Angle 85.0 1 1
 Part numbers less than 10 have a zero included (For example, U03 and not U3).
 Bend radius messages will use ATEXT -337 for bends expressed in number of diameters. (For
example, 3.0D Bend Radius).

 A bend radius expressed in mm or Ft/Ins uses ATEXT -338 with the actual radius listed. (For
example, 450 mm Bend Radius or 1'-6" Bend Radius).
 ATEXT -374 is used to generate the ANGLE text element in a format such as 85.0 (for an 85
degree angle).
Style for Material List Output

When using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 10 or 11:
The current form of output is sorted into the categories, Fab/Erec/Offshore, with sub-groups of
Pipe, Flanges, Fittings, etc. within each category. Except for the addition of the new Weld
sub-group, there is no change to the Material List that is currently generated.
When Using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 20 or 21:
An alternative form of output that has no separate Fab/Erec categories and no sub groups is
generated. This creates a continuous Material List with component and welds listed in the
order they were found in the intermediate data file (.idf file). This does not apply to Gaskets
and Bolts that are accumulated; they are printed in the weld list as the first occurrence of each
type.
Positioning the Title Block

ISOGEN option 25 allows you to either turn off or reposition the Title Block to the bottom of the
Material List.
ISOGEN calculates the height of the Title Block and draws a horizontal line between the two
vertical lines that form the Material List boundaries. Checks are then made on ATEXTs -317 and
-318. If they are not set to blanks and have not been positioned, the CL summary is positioned
above the Title Block.
ISOGEN option switch 35 reserves an area at the bottom of the Material List.
MLD File Content

Heading Definitions for a Style 2 printed material list (ISOGEN MTO neutral file) in the MLD file
contain three types of information items:
 A Heading Title element
 An associated data item to be listed with the Title element
 A basic activity identifier.
All data items may be identified by either 'NAME' or their .idf file record ID Number.
A typical MLD file layout for a Style 2 Printed Material List heading would be:

PRINTED-MATERIAL-LIST TITLES
PAGE ' '
'Blank'
'Blank'
PIPELINE REF :- '-6' PROJECT NO. :- '-9'
'Blank'
AREA REF :- '-10' REVISION NO. :- '-8'
'Blank'
PIPING SPEC :- '-11' DATE OF RUN :- '-14'
'Blank'
'Blank'
The normal Material List would then be printed. This would be either the normal Style 1 list or any
Style 2 list that you have defined.
In the previous example:
'' is used with the page attribute and indicates a program generated page number.
'Blank' indicates a blank line.

Titles will be output at the top of each new page. Number of lines per page will be taken
from the existing option switch 63.
Items Available for Output as Part of a Printed Material List Heading

Unique Name IDF Record Number
Pipeline-Reference -6
Drawing
Piping-Spec -11
Nominal-Class -12
Nominal-Rating -12
Date-DMY -14
Pipeline-Temp -19
System-Reference Page -25
Column Headings and Data Content Guidelines for Style 2 Material List
 Maximum heading width should not exceed 130 characters.
 There should always be the same number of data items as column headings unless space is
left for future data additions.
 Column headings in the MLD file, must use the exact format of the required listing followed by
the relevant data items to be printed.
 Each name (identifier) must be enclosed in single quotation marks.

MLD File Format Guidelines

As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the MLD file exactly as it is
to be positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers, can be used
with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation marks.
 Unique identifiers are used to determine what is defined and must match exactly. These
identifiers include:
 STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
 STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
 The format must be headings followed by data items.
 Blank characters can be used as required.
 Blank columns are allowed.
 Use a | character to indicate vertical column positions.
 Column headings can be any ASCII string.
 Data items must carry the following:
 A data item identifier
 A start position along the horizontal line
 A justification marker.
Data Item Identifiers can be defined by using a Unique Name or, where applicable, the IDF
Record Number (For example, 'Item-Code' -30 L or '-20' 30 L).
 If a separation line is required on the generated Material List to separate the PART NO.
column from the rest of the List, a | character should be inserted in the required position on the
last line of the column headings. If an indicator is not found, the Material List will be generated
without a separation line.
A separation line will output on an iso only if ISOGEN switch 18 is set to 0 to plot the
isoplot drawing frame.
 If the PT-NO (part number identifier) column is located at the extreme left or right side of the
Material List, ISOGEN will generate the vertical dividing line to separate the part numbers from
the remaining items.
 A | character should be inserted end the end of the last line of the column headings to indicate
where the right border line of the Material List is required (For example, two spaces beyond
the maximum width of the last data item).
Justification Markers
R Right Justified
L Left Justified
N A true number field.
If N is used as a decimal number (Real) the decimal point will be positioned in the
selected column. If N is not used as a decimal number (Integer), the units digit is
positioned in the selected column.
Style 2 and Style 3 Data Item Identifiers

The following values are available for use as Data Identifiers in the MLD file for Style 2 and Style 3
MTOs. The allowable justification for each record is also listed.

Unique Name IDF Record Number Allowable

Justification
PT-NO - L or R
QTY - N (fixed)
N.S. - L (fixed)
ITEM-CODE -20 L or R
DESCRIPTION -21 L (fixed)
WEIGHT - N (fixed)
CATEGORY uses ATEXT -376 - 378 L or R
GROUP uses ATEXT -307 - -309, -311 L or R
- -80 - -89 (user-defined attributes) L (fixed)
- -39 Only used on Material Control L or R

listings, Segment and Component
Occurrence Numbers
 When Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.
 Unique Names with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF Record Number
column (PT-NO, QTY,N.S., WEIGHT). When this occurs, use the Unique Name.
 IDF Record Numbers with no Unique Name are shown with a - in the Unique Name column.
When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.
See Also
Style 3 Material List (on page 242)
Style 3 Material List

A Style 3 Material List requires a backing sheet (drawing frame) that contains a reserved area for
Material List information. The precise format is user-definable, but no column headings are
defined in the MLD file. All column headings must already exist in the seed or border design files.
Set the margins so that drawing graphics do not overlap the style 3 MTO. For style 3 MTO
isometrics, margins (set by ISOGEN options 10, 11, 12 and 13) control the drawing graphics
boundaries.
This style of output requires two types of information.
 STYLE3-CONTROLS
 STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
Basic Control Information for a Style 3 Material List

Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in real mm's with
only one decimal place allowed.

Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.

 Define the type of list that will be generated (sectionalized, continuous, etc.). Valid types
include:
Continuous-Down
Continuous-Up
Fabrication-Down
Fabrication-Up
Erection-Down
Erection-Up
Offshore-Down
Offshore-Up
Erection/Offshore-Down
Erection/Offshore-Up
These will be used as either single entries or multiple entries depending on the form of
list required.
 Identify start positions for information using the format:
Start-Position XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file
 Define vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text using the format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
 Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow onto
another sheet occurs. This number can be defined for the complete list or on a
section-by-section basis if the section function is being used. Use the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer
 Define the character height to be used for material list information using the format:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
 Define the level where material list information should be placed (optional). Using the format:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63
 Define character weight (optional). Using the format:
TEXT-THICKNESS value
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10
Style 3 Data Item Information

 Data items must specify a data item identifier and start position information.
 Identifiers -80 - -89 must carry the maximum number of characters allowed on each print line.
 Start position is the x position in mm's that identifies the bottom left hand point of the text string
to be plotted. All text will be LEFT justified.
Example Input:
Data Item Identifier Xpos Max char
ITEM-CODE 225.0
-80 280 47
See the previous table under the heading Style 2 and Style 3 Data Identifiers for a list of
Style 3 Data Identifiers.

Example User-defined Material List - Style 2

STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PART SIZE ITEM COMPONENT QTY BLT BOLT NUTS/ MODEL SCH/ END MATL GEOM
NO. (INS) CODE DESC. DIA LNGTH BLT CODE RAT PREP GRADE STD
'blank'
STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
'PT-NO' 2 R
'N.S.' 6 L
'ITEM-CODE' 13 L 11
'DESCRIPTION' 26 L 28
'QTY' 58 N
'-80' 79 L 5 !Model Code
'-81' 85 L 5 !GCP Sch/Rat
'-82' 92 L 5 !End Prep
'-83' 97 L 10 !Matl Grade
'-84' 107 L 15 !Geo Std
'-85' 68 L 10 !Bolt Length
'-86' 73 L !Nuts/Bolt
'-87' 62 L !Bolt Diameter
Example User-defined Material List - Style 3

Continuous Down Type :
STYLE3-CONTROLS
START-POSITION 225.0 190.5
VERTICAL-SPACING 4.5
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
DRAWING-LAYER 15
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 55
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
Typical Data
Fabrication-Down, Erection-Up Type:

STYLE3-CONTROLS
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS 3
DRAWING-LAYER 15
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 37
FABRICATION-DOWN
ERECTION_UP
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
|
Typical Data

Split Type:
STYLE3-CONTROLS
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
DRAWING-LAYER 15
FABRICATION-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14
ERECTION_DOWN
START-POSITION 225.0 130
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14
Offshore_DOWN
START-POSITION 225.0 70
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 7
STYLE 3-DATA-ITEMS
Typical Data


SECTION 9
Creating Seed Files for Extraction

To extract and plot isometrics, create a seed design file and a seed plot request file. The seed file
names are keyed in at the Interactive Isometric Extraction form and the Define Default Set form
(see Interactive Isometric Extraction (on page 23) and Define Default Sets (on page 57) for more
information).
See Also
Creating the Isometric Seed File (see "Creating an Isometric Seed File" on page 247)
Creating a Plot Request File (on page 248)
Creating an Isometric Seed File

The isometric seed file is an empty MicroStation design file that the system copies before creating
a new isometric. The seed file usually contains a single reference file consisting of the drawing
border and title block.
To create an isometric seed file:
1. Copy one of the product option files (defaults.dat, mxdefaults.dat, etc.) and set ISOGEN
options block word 14 for one of the standard drawing sheet sizes, or words 15 and 16 for a
nonstandard sheet size. Setting these option block words defines a box within which your
drawing border, title block and the ISOGEN drawing will reside.
2. Set ISOGEN option 3 to 1 so that you can see the corners of the drawing border box when an
isometric is created. Also, set the ISOGEN options block word 35 to define the reserved area
for the title block.

3. Set ISOGEN options 10 - 13 to create margins from the edge of the box created in Step 1. All
of your user-defined border and title block graphics must be drawn within these margins; one
or more of them will probably be quite large. You cannot reserve irregularly shaped areas
within the drawing box for your border and title block. You must fit them into the rectangular
margin areas.
4. Generate an isometric using the interactive software (see Interactive Isometric Extraction (on
page 23) section Interactive Isometric Generation). The iso should be small enough so that
only one sheet is generated.
5. Call up the iso in graphics and plot it with the appropriate drawing size. Plot the area that will
contain both your user-defined graphics and the ISOGEN drawing. Do not plot a small strip
along the bottom of the drawing (approximately 1/8") since you will probably want to move into
that area some ISOGEN-generated text strings that cannot be turned off.
You do not have to plot an ISOGEN D size drawing with D size dimensions. You can
use ISOGEN switches to make any size drawing you wish. You can then scale the drawing to
have any plotted size you like. For this reason, experimentation is usually needed to arrive at
a suitable combination of ISOGEN and plotting parameters.
Examine the plot. There must be sufficient space for your user-defined border and title block
graphics. Also, the drawing graphics and text size must be suitable for the plot size. Adjust
ISOGEN option 14 or options 15 and 16 to adjust the scale of the drawing. Adjust options 4
and 27 to change the text size.
6. Cycle through Steps 2 through 5 until you are satisfied with the resulting plot.
In general, ISOGEN seems to perform better with a larger drawing area than a smaller
one (the drawing area is increased with option 14 or options 15 and 16).
Try to find a median between providing ISOGEN a large drawing area and scaling down the
drawing for plotting purposes. At some point, scaling down a large drawing results in text that
is too small. If the text size cannot be increased, then you will either have to plot with a bigger
scale (resulting in a larger drawing) or reduce the ISOGEN drawing area (to reduce the
amount of scaling needed at plot time).
7. After completing Steps 1 through 6, create a drawing border in a separate design file. Create
a 2D design file for your border and attach the drawing file created above as a reference file.
Use the drawing to locate your border and title block.
8. Use the reference file attachment from the border file and attach the new border to the new
seed.
9. Place the required text nodes in the new seed file for use with the Title Block Tables file.
10. Turn off the ISOGEN border with ISOGEN word 18.
Creating a Plot Request File

The plot request file is a special file used by the plotting software when processing a plot job. It
contains values for plotting options and, sometimes, a definition of the plot itself. The format of the
plot request is standard IPLOT format.
See Also
IPLOT Plot Request Files (on page 249)

IPLOT Plot Request Files

An IPLOT plot request file is necessary if you want to plot isometrics using the IPLOT software.
Use the following steps to create an IPLOT plot request file:
1. Copy your isometric seed file and get into the copy in graphics. Set up view 1 to have all of the
parameters that you wish to be active for the plotted drawings (that is, turn off text node
display, turn on/off levels to be plotted, etc.). Save this set-up with FILE DESIGN. Determine
the coordinates, in working units, of the area to be plotted. These should be the lower left and
upper right corners of the fence that would have been used for plotting.
Write the coordinates down.
2. From the command line prompt, key in the following command to create the IPLOT plot
request file:
$iplot create "plot parameter filename" -design=design name
-queue=queue name
region=[x1, y1, x2, y2] -scale=design units:plotter units -view=#
where:
plot parameter filename is the plot parameter file to be generated

design is the design filename created by copying the seed file
in step 1 above.
queue identifies the plot queue on the plot node.
region identifies the area to plot. Use the coordinates
determined from step 1.
design units: is an option scaling ratio for the plotted area. If you
prefer, you may use -XSIZE=x size or -YSIZE=y size
plotter units
instead of the -SCALE= parameter to define the
scaling. You may also leave this parameter off if no
scaling is needed.
#- view number
border name is the border filename to be attached as reference file
with default logical name IPLOT_R2. The logical
name IPLOT_R2 should not be changed.
Example 1:
iplot create test.i -design=test.dgn -queue=muxque -region=[0,0,17:0,11:8] -view=1
The system creates the file test.i.


SECTION 10
Mapping Attributes to the Title Block

The Title Block Tables Files are used to associate database attribute data and other data with text
nodes in an isometric design file. You make this association between attribute data and design file
text nodes so the batch iso extraction software can automatically fill out the drawing title block.
Intergraph option 34 must be set to 1 before the software will generate the title block data
files.
You can obtain title block information from several sources using the Title Block Tables File.
These sources include database attributes from the line being extracted (for example, piping
materials class), data stored within the project control database information (for example, revision
block data), from the Notes Table and internally generated information (for example, sheet
number).
The format of the tables and the table entries in the Title Block Table Files are identical to that of
tables and table entries in the iso extraction Defaults file. The format is as follows:
 The body of the table is preceded by a keyword.
 Each keyword is followed by a number that defines the number of table entries.
 The elements of each table entry are separated by commas.
The following three tables are used to map attributes to the drawing title block:
The text node number cannot be greater than 9999. Also, the number of text nodes in a
seed file cannot exceed 250.
1. Notes Table (Table keyword is SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE)
You can use this table to identify the attributes that should be summarized in tabular form on
each sheet of a multisheet isometric. Usually, data summarized in this form will be from piping
segments, but it may also originate from the Notes Table. When the title block for a particular
sheet is filled in, only data from segments extracted to that sheet is placed in the title block.
2. Drawing Data Table (Table keyword DRAWING_DATA_TABLE)
You can use this table to identify attributes from the first piping segment, the largest piping
segment, from the Notes Table or from the project control database. Attributes mapped
through this table will appear on every sheet of a multisheet isometric.
3. Sheet Data Table (Table keyword SHEET_DATA_TABLE)
You use this table to place the sheet number and number of sheets in each drawing. You can
also use this table to append the sheet number onto the drawing number for each sheet,
making the drawing number unique for each sheet.
See Also
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE (on page 252)
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE (on page 255)
SHEET_DATA_TABLE (on page 260)

SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
Each sheet of a multisheet iso consists of the piping from one or more segments in the piping
model. You can use the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE to define a summary block of segment
information in a drawing title block.
The ISOGEN interface uses this table to create an output file containing data for all of the
segments that make up the pipeline. Next, ISOGEN creates an output file that identifies which
segments appear on each sheet of a multisheet iso. These two files are then used to determine
the information that must be summarized on each individual sheet.
Example 1:
Suppose that for each sheet of an isometric, you want to summarize, in a table, data from all of the
piping segments that appear. Here is an example table for a specific sheet:
Piping Spec 1C0031 1C003 1C008

1 0
Design Pressure 150 150 150
Design Temperature 300 300 600
Insulation Type C D C
Insulation Thickness 6" 8" 6"
In this example, there are three segments where the data being summarized is different. This
does not mean that the sheet contains only three segments, but that there are only three different
segments (where the difference is defined only by the attributes in the table).
The segment attributes shown in the table above are:
Piping Spec Table 12, Column, 12

Design Pressure Table 12, Column, 28
Design Temperature Table 12, Column, 29
Insulation Type Table 12, Column, 14
Insulation Thickness Table 12, Column, 15
The purpose of the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE is to allow you to define all of the attributes that
make up a single column in the title block summary table. Once you have defined these attributes,
the batch extraction software determines how many columns of actual data are needed based
upon the specific segments that appear on each sheet.
You must have one table entry in the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE for each attribute you want to
summarize in the Segment Summary Table. An entry in the table has the following form:
TBLNO, ST, SC, SN, OFF, LEN, FLAG, NODE, INC
Where:
TBLNO is a table number that ranges from 1 to 9. You can define up to 9 different
tables in your title block. For each different table number you should define

the attributes and other information that comprise the table definition.
For each table number defined, one output file record is generated for each
segment in the pipeline. Therefore, if you use two table numbers and a
pipeline contains 10 segments, 20 records are generated in the output file.
To eliminate trailing zeros from isometric attributes, create an isometric
label for the appropriate attributes (temperature, pressure, etc.) then call the
isometric label (instead of the table/column) from the title block mapping file.
ST, SC defines a segment column that will appear in the table. Valid values for ST
are 12 and 1.
SN is a label description library number used to define an attribute or a
composite attribute that should appear in the title block table.
When SN is specified as a positive value, the label description will be
extracted from table 12. ST should be set to 12, and SC should be set to 0.
If SN is a negative value, the Notes Table is accessed. Text is then
extracted from the Notes Table based on the expanded label description
defined by the absolute value of SN. ST is irrelevant. SC is the nth output
filed from a Notes Table entry. For additional information, refer to Creating a
Notes Table (on page 263).
OFF is a byte offset (relative to 0) to the start of the field in the output file record.
Set OFF as follows:
 The minimum offset must be 11. The first 11 bytes of each output record
are reserved for the table number and segment occurrence number.
 Fields from different table numbers must not overlap. For example, data
in table number 1 might be mapped to fields 12 through 100, while data
in table number 2 might be mapped to fields 101 through 200. If you do
overlap fields, the data might not be sorted properly in the title block.
 Do not map any field to an offset greater than 255.
LEN is the length of the field in the output record. The offset plus length of any
field must not exceed 255.
FLAG is a special sort flag that indicates that the field is to be considered a sort
field for purposes of sorting the data prior to placing it in the title block. Set
FLAG to:
1 to specify that the field should be sorted in descending order.
-1 to specify that the field should be sorted in ascending order.
When multiple fields are used for sorting the data, the most important sort
field should appear in the notes table prior to the least important.
NODE is the initial text node number in the summary table for the attribute. The
summary information is mapped to a matrix of text nodes in the seed
isometric design file. The size of the matrix needed is not known until after
the isometric is extracted. Specify here the lowest text node number for an
attribute in the table.

INC is the increment for the text node number. Text node numbers for each item
in the attribute summary are determined by taking the base node number
and adding a multiple of the increment whenever a new column (or row) of
data is added.
Example 2:
Define the notes table for the data summarized in Example 11.1.
Assume that the seed isometric design file has been created with the following set up:
Piping Spec +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80
Design Pressure +11 +21 +31 +41 +51 +61 +71 +81
Design Temperature +12 +22 +32 +42 +52 +62 +72 +82
Insulation Type +13 +23 +33 +43 +53 +63 +73 +83
Insulation Thickness +14 +24 +34 +44 +54 +64 +72 +84
The numbers represent the text nodes that have been placed in the seed design file. Since there
are only eight columns of node numbers, at most only eight segments can be summarized in the
title block.
If there are more than eight different segments on a sheet, some are ignored and not summarized
in the title block.
T1,he table needed to summarize this information would be:
1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec
1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure
1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature
1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type
1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness
The first entry in the table maps the piping spec to column 12 for a length of 6 bytes. The piping
spec field is a sort key that alphabetizes the columns of data in the table so that they appear in
alphabetical order by spec name.
The beginning node number for spec is 10 and each new column of data has an increment of 10.
In this example, the first spec is placed at node 10, the second at 20, the third at 30 and so on.
If you put an attribute like segment npd in a table such as the one in Example 2, a typical
line could generate a large number of columns or rows in the summary table. A better solution
might be to use a different TBLNO for this type of attribute and summarize in a separate table on
the drawing.
Example 3:
Summarize the data shown in Example 2 in one table. Summarize all of the npds and line names
shown on a sheet in separate tables.
The following notes table would accomplish this:
1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec
1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure
1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature

1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type

1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness
2. 12, 11, 0, 31, 6, 1, 100, 1 !npd
3, 12, -2, 0, 37, 8, -1, 150, 1 !line id
In this example, the fields defined in tables 2 and 3 do not overlap the fields defined in table 1.
If the seed isometric design file contains only text nodes 100, 101, and 102 for npds, only the three
largest sizes on the sheet are displayed.
This happens because FLAG is set to 1 indicating that the npd field is a sort field.
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
You can use the Drawing Data Table to define attributes that should be placed in every drawing
sheet title block. Data that you can place in every title block can originate from the first segment of
the pipeline processed by the ISOGEN interface, from the largest npd segment of the pipeline,
from the Notes Table, from the project control database, or it can be an internally generated
attribute.
An entry in the drawing data table consists of the following:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, NUM, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE is the source of the attribute that is to be mapped to the title block.
Set the value of SOURCE to one of the following:
1 if the atribute is from the first segment of the pipeline.
2 if the attribute is from the largest npd segment of the pipeline.
3 if the attribute is from the Project Database.
4 if the attribute is one of the special items as defined in the description of

TBL, COL that follows.
5 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
first piping segment.
6 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
largest piping segment.
TBL, COL defines the specific attribute that you want to map to the title block. The exact
interpretation of TBL, COL depends upon SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE is 1 or 2
TBL, COL is the database table, column pair of the attribute to map.

SOURCE is 3
TBL, COL identifies the attribute to retrieve from the Project Control
Database. The following index must be used for TBL, COL.
Set TBL to 1 for data from the area level of the file (that is, any data which
appears in the Revise Iso Area form while in the batch iso environment).
Set the value of COL as follows:
COL Data Item for TBL = 1
1 Piping area
2-21 Model design files
22 Options file
23 Seed isometric file
24 Plot request form
25 Output file directory
26 Iso design file name option
27 Drawing number option
90-99 User data 1 through 10
Set TBL to 2 for data from the drawing level of the file (that is, any data from
the Revise Drawing form while in the batch iso environment). Set the value of
COL as follows:

1 Piping area
2 Primary line id
3 Secondary line id 1
4 Secondary line id 2
5 Drawing number
6 Batch reference
7 Iso file name
8 Model status code
9 Model revised date
10 Current extraction date
11 Current extraction number
12 Number of sheets from previous extraction
13 Date MTO neutral file was generated
14 Date MTO was sent for Material Control
15 Current revision number
16 Revision block Revision number
17 Revision block By initials
18 Revision block Chk initials
19 Revision block approval initials
20 Revision block issue date
21 Revision block extraction number
22 Revision block number of sheets
23 Revision block Description
65 Number of Sections
90-99 User data item 1 through 10
Set TBL to 101 for project description data (as in the project.ddl file). Set the
value of COL as follows:
2 project number
3 project name
4 job number
5 company name
6 plant name
SOURCE is 4
Set the value of COL as follows for special items:

1 Project Database name

2 Mto neutral file name
3 Options file name
SOURCE is 5 or 6
TBL should be 1. COL defines which value to return from an entry in the
Notes Table. For more information, refer to Creating a Notes Table (on page
263).
NUM NUM functions differently depending upon SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE is 1 or 2
NUM is a label library number used to define composite database attributes
as an alternative to TBL, COL. When NUM is defined COL should be 0. TBL
should be set to 1. The label must refer only to segment table 12.
SOURCE is 3
NUM defines which revision level to return data from.
NUM Revision level for TBL=2, COL=16-23
0 Current revision
1 Revision prior to the current revision
2 Revision prior to that for NUM = 1
If the value of NUM is such that the revision that it identifies is less than 0, no
output is generated.
When the batch run option INCREMENT REVISION NUMBER is in
effect, the current revision number is one plus the latest revision number
stored in the project database Table 185 Column 17. If the option is not in
effect, the current revision number is the latest revision number stored in the
project database Table 185 Column 17.
SOURCE is 4
NUM must be 0
SOURCE is 5 or 6
NUM is a label library label that, when expanded, becomes the input into the
Notes Table. TBL must be 1. Refer to Creating a Notes Table (on page
263)for more information.

FLAG When SOURCE is 1 or 2, you should set FLAG to 1 if you want to inhibit the
conversion of code-listed attributes to their text-string equivalents. For other
values of SOURCE, FLAG should be set to 0.
NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be mapped.
Example 1:
1, 12, 0, 951, 0, 5
Maps the string defined by label number 951 to text node number 5. Label 951 is expanded using
attributes from the first piping segment of the pipeline.
3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97
Maps the first user data field for a drawing to text node 97.
3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 96
Maps the defaults file stored at the area level in the Batch Data File to text node number 96.
4, 0, 3, 0, 0, 95
Maps the options file used for the current extraction to text node number 95.
6, 1, 3, 979, 0, 11
Maps the 3rd output field from a Notes Table record to text node number 11. The Notes Table
record key is defined by label library label number 979, which is expanded using attributes from
the largest piping segment in the pipeline.
Example 2: Mapping Values to Title Blocks

It is possible to map a value that is not stored in the database to the title block of an iso using the
Title Block Table, isoc.blk, in conjunction with the Notes Table, isoc.note.
When entries contain a source of 5 or 6 in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title Block
Table, isoc.blk, as shown below, the system references the Notes Table, isoc.note, for the data to
use on the text node of the iso title block.
Examples of a Title Block Table isoc.blk and the Notes Table, isoc.note, are shown below.
Title Block Table entry: isoc.blk
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Notes Table entries: isoc.note
1C0031 >150# CS
2C0032 >300# CS
SS >Stainless Steel
CS >Carbon Steel
In the example above, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992. Label 992 is defined as
Table 12, Column 12 (piping_materials_class). The system reads Table 12, Column 12 and
extracts the data.
For instance, the extracted data might be piping_materials_class 1C0031. The system then
compares 1C0031 with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value of 150# CS on text
node 12. If the piping materials class value is 2C0032, 300# CS is placed on text node 12.
Likewise, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15 uses label 982.
Label 982 is the attribute value defined for the Materials of Construction Class. The system reads
the attribute value and extracts it. For instance, the extracted data might be CS. The system then

compares CS with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value, Carbon Steel, on text node
15. If the extracted data is SS, Stainless Steel is placed on text node 15.
When there is no match in the Notes Table for a specific piping materials class entry, the error
message 'Notes table look-up failed' is displayed in the .err file.
SHEET_DATA_TABLE
You can use the Sheet Data Table to map the sheet number and number of sheets into the
drawing title block and to append the sheet number to the drawing number prior to its placement in
the title block.
A table entry is defined as follows:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE is the data item source. Set the value of SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE Attribute source
0 Internally generated attribute
3 Attribute from the Project Database
TBL, COL identifies a data item only when SOURCE is set to 3. (Use TBL=2,
COL=5 to specify the drawing number.) For each sheet in the
isometric, the sheet number is appended to the data item before it is
placed in the title block.
If SOURCE is set to 0, TBL and COL must also be set to 0.
FLAG identifies internally generated attributes. FLAG is also used to append
the sheet number to the attribute defined by TBL, COL. Set the value of
FLAG as follows:
FLAG Data item
1 Sheet number when SOURCE = 0
2 Number of sheets when SOURCE = 0
-1 Append sheet num to attribute defined by TBL, COL
-2 Append sheet num prefixed by a "-"
Sheet number and number of sheets can also be located in a
title block using the MOVABLE_TEXT table in the options file.
However, that method will not result in correct sheet numbers when a
multi-section isometric is extracted.
NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be attached.
Example 1:
Develop the table to map sheet number and number of sheets to the title block. Show the entry
needed to append the sheet number to the drawing number for each sheet.
The table needed to accomplish this would be:
0, 0, 0, 1, 160 !sheet number
0, 0, 0, 2, 161 !number of sheets
3, 2, 5, -1, 200 !drawing number



SECTION 11
Creating a Notes Table

This section describes how to create a Notes Table. A Notes Table is a user-defined table that you
can use to map nondatabase attributes into an iso drawing border during batch iso extraction. The
table consists of one input together with a variable number of outputs. The input to the table is
either a fixed string, such as "PROJECT DATA", or is derived from segment level database
attributes.
During a batch run, a table input is determined by expanding a label library number that you define
in the Title Block Map (refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE (on page 255) and
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE (on page 252) for more information). The label is used as the key or
index into the notes table. The table is searched until a match is found with the key. When a match
is found, one of the table outputs is mapped to a text node. You define which output is mapped to
which text node in the Title Block Map.
Table Format
The Notes Table is an ascii data file you create with the text editor. In the file one record or line is
an entry. The number of table entries is unlimited. A single entry is limited, however, to 256 bytes
or characters. The key and table outputs are separated from each other with the greater than (>)
character. For more information, refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE (on page 255). The format of
a table entry is:
TBL INPUT > OUTPUT1> OUTPUT2> ... >OUTPUTn
Example 1:
PROJECT DATA > PROJECT ABC> ANYWHERE, USA> REFINERY EXPANSION> 6368-20
The key for this table entry is the fixed string "PROJECT DATA". The outputs are the strings
"PROJECT ABC", "ANYWHERE, USA", "REFINERY EXPANSION", and "6368-10".
U50-A10> RED
The input for this table entry is U50-A10 (unit 50 - area 10). The only output is the string "RED".
See Also
Using the isoc.note File (on page 264)

Creating a Notes Table
Using the isoc.note File

The notes file, isoc.note, in conjunction with the title block tables file, isoc.blk allows you to map a
value, not stored in the database, to the title block.
The files isoc.note and isoc.blk are delivered examples of a Notes file and a Title Block
Tables file.
Example Title Block Table entry:
Example DRAWING_DATA_TABLE entry:
2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Example Notes Table entry:

1C0031 >150# CS
2C0032 >300# CS
SS >Stainless Steel
CS >Carbon Steel
Entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title Block Tables file that have a source of
5 or 6 cause the software to search the Notes Table for information to output onto a text node in
the iso title block. For more information, see DRAWING_DATA_TABLE (on page 255).
In the previous example, line 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992 (table 12, column 12; piping
material class) to define search/access criteria that will be used to search line segments in the
piping model. The output of the piping model segment search is used as input to the Notes Table
(see previous example). If the value returned from the search was piping material class 1C0031, it
would be used as input into the Notes Table. The resulting output of piping material class 1C0031
would be 150# CS. The software would then place the output value, 150# CS, on text node 12.
If the piping material class had been 2C0032, the resulting text on text node 12 would be 300# CS.
Any other piping material class found as a result of the search would output an error Notes table
look-up failed. This is because the input value is not in the Notes Table.
The second line in the Title Block Table entry (5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15) will write a note to text node 15
on the iso if the Materials of Construction Class attribute value stored with the line segment is SS
or CS. If SS is returned from the search of the previously mentioned Title Block Table Entry,
"Stainless Steel" would be placed on text node 15. If CS was returned, "Carbon Steel" would be
placed on text node 15.

SECTION 12
The MTO Neutral File Record Map

The MTO neutral file record map consists of a set of tables that is used to format records in the
MTO neutral file. A record is generated in the MTO neutral file for each component that is
MTO-able in the extracted pipeline. The neutral file record length can be either the standard 255
byte or the expanded 1024 byte depending on the setting of Intergraph option 64.
The format of a record in the neutral file varies depending on the type of component that generates
the record. The following record types may exist in a neutral file:
 Commodity item record
 Pipe record
 Engineered item record
 Instrument item record
 Pipe support record
 Implied bolts record
 Implied gasket record
 Implied weld record
 Generated item record
While each of these record types can have several fields that contain the same data, each can
also contain additional data that is unique to its type (for example, number of bolts in the bolt
record).
The neutral file map tables tell the iso extraction software which design database attributes to
place in each record and where to place them. The map is composed of four tables:
1. Common data table (Table keyword is COMMON_RECORD_DATA)
The common data table defines attributes that are to be placed into each record regardless of
the type of the record.
2. Component data table (Keyword is COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES)
The component data table defines the attributes that are to be placed into commodity item,
pipe, specialty item, instrument and support record types.
3. Implied item table (Keyword is IMPLIED_ITEMS)
The implied item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into bolt, gasket and weld
type records.
4. Generated item table (keyword is GENERATED_ITEMS)
The generated item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into the records of items
that generated through the reference database.
The tables themselves are similar to options file tables in that the body of a table is preceded by a
keyword that identifies the table. The keyword is followed by a number that indicates the number
of table entries. One row or line constitutes a table entry. One table entry defines a neutral file
record field. Each table is discussed in detail in this section.
See Also
COMMON_RECORD_DATA (on page 266)
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES (on page 269)
IMPLIED_ITEMS (on page 272)
GENERATED_ITEMS (on page 275)

COMMON_RECORD_DATA
Fields defined in this table appear in every neutral file record. An entry in this table has the
following form:
TABLE, COL, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for an attribute that is to be mapped
into every record.
When TABLE is set to 12, COL defines a segment level attribute that is
to be mapped to a neutral file.
Set TABLE to -1 and set COL as shown in the index below for a special
data item mapped in the record.
TABLE COL Special data item mapped to the record
-1 1 component occurrence number
-1 2 segment occurrence number
-1 3 commodity code
-1 4 commodity item material description
-1 5 record type (required)- see note below
-1 6 RESERVED FOR LATER USE
-1 7 file units - see note below
-1 8 specialty item material description
-1 9 instrument item material description
-1 10 pipe support item material description
-1 11 generated item material description
-1 12 dry component center of gravity X coordinate
-reported in sub-units
-1 13 dry component center of gravity Y coordinate -
reported in sub-units

-1 14 dry component center of gravity Z coordinate -

reported in sub-units
-1 15 wet component center of gravity X coordinate
-1 16 wet component center of gravity Y coordinate
-1 17 wet component center of gravity Z coordinate
-1 18 model name
-1 19 area name
-1 20 partition number
Set TABLE to -2 and set COL as shown in the following index for
drawing data from the project database to appear in every record.
TABLE COL Special data item mapped to the record
-2 1 piping area
-2 2 primary line ID
-2 3 secondary line ID 1
-2 4 secondary line ID 2
-2 5 drawing number
-2 6 batch reference
-2 7 iso file name
-2 8 model status code
-2 9 model revised date
-2 10 current extraction date
-2 11 current extraction number
-2 12 number of sheets from previous extraction

-2 13 date MTO neutral file was generated
-2 14 date MTO was sent for Material Control
-2 15 current revision number
-2 16 current revision block revision number
-2 17 current revision block By initials
-2 18 current revision block Chk initials
-2 19 current revision block Approval initials
-2 20 current revision block issue date
-2 21 current revision block extraction number
-2 22 current revision block number of sheets
-2 23 current revision block description
When TABLE is set to -2, the following restrictions apply:

 This feature is for batch extraction only.
 Intergraph options 20 and 34 should both be set to 1 for all of these
special items (mostly from project database tables 185 and 186) to
be included in the MTO neutral file.
 The title block table file (isoc.blk) must be provided in the options file
(isoc.def). Any value to be reported must also be included in the title
block file.
 Intergraph option 64 should be set to 1 if any of the sums of the pair
OFFSET1+LENGTH1 is larger than 256.
 The data in the output MTO neutral file isoname[sht#].b[ext#] will be
the same in every line of the file.
 The commodity code can be mapped through this table or through
the component level tables. It should be mapped here when
commodity codes are size dependent.
 The record type is a simple character string as follows:
COMP for commodity items
PIPE for pipe
ENGR for specialty items
INST for instruments
SUPP for pipe supports
GASK for gaskets

BOLT for bolts

WELD for welds
GENR for generated items
 File units is a simple character string as follows:
ENGL for English units
MIX for mixed units
METR for all Metric units
 Can also use COL=-2 to obtain the line ID rather than the line name.
 Generated items consist of chain wheel operators and items implied
through the reference database.
OFFSET Is the offset (relative to 0) in the record for the start of the field.
LENGTH Is the length of the data item‘s field. The sum of offset + length must not
exceed the length of the output record (255 characters).
FLAG Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion of
Example:
12, 12, 14, 6, 0 maps the piping materials class into EVERY MTO neutral file record
starting at output field 15 (offset 14) for 6 bytes.
12, -2, 4, 10, 0 maps the line id (defined in the defaults file) into EVERY MTO record
starting at output field 5 for 10 bytes.
-1, 1, 20, 8, 0 maps the component database occurrence number into EVERY
record starting at output field 21 for 8 bytes. Note that for implied
materials this is the occurrence number of the GENERATING
component.
-1, 5, 0, 4, 0 maps the record type of each record into output field 1 for 4 bytes.
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipe
support records. An entry in the table has the following form:
CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
CT, CC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current item
that is generating a neutral file record is a component. Valid values for
CT are 0, 12 and 34.
ET, EC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current item
is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34..
PT, PC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current item
is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12, and 50..
IT, IC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current item
is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12, 67..

ST, SC defines a table, column specification for the case when the current item
is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12, and 80.
When the MTO neutral file record is being generated for an item then its
type is determined and one of the entity, attribute pairs above is chosen
for purposes of fetching an attribute from the database.
Not all pairs in the above set need to be defined. If a component data
table entry should apply only to one type of item, set the entity, attribute
pairs for other types to zeroes.
CPI is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect point attributes
by connect point color (green or red) rather than by attribute number for
the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table. CPI is also used by the
IMPLIED_ITEMS table when set to 1 to indicate that the attribute will be
retrieved from the connect point of the item generating the implied
material.
When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table to indicate that
the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the item
generating the implied material.
When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set to zero
and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the values shown in the
following index.
CPI Means

Index Connect Point Attributes
2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
5 pressure rating
8 weld number
9 weld type

10 gasket gap
11 stress intensification factor
12 head loss factor
13 inspection number
OFFSET is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.
LENGTH is the length, in bytes, of the field.

If lap joint flanges are mapped to ISOGEN record number 106 to generate both the stub
and flange in the ISOGEN material list, a separate record generated is in the MTO neutral file for
the stub as well (refer to the section The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map (on page 277).) The MTO
record for the stub is generated by overlaying attributes from the reference database entry for the
stub onto the database record for the flange and then applying the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES
table to this temporary occurrence.
Example 1:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types into the neutral file record
starting at column 53 for 6 bytes.
34, 4, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 60, 6, 0
This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENT and
PIPE. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS, INSTRUMENTS or PIPE
SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) into the neutral file
record. Since pipe supports do not have connect point properties, no number is specified for them
in the entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 74, 8, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) into the neutral file
record.
0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 94, 6, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) into the neutral file record.
12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 118, 2, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment into the neutral file record
for all items except pipe supports.
12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 0, 0, 0, 126, 2, 1
This entry maps the paint code CODE-LIST VALUE from the segment into the MTO neutral file
record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself because FLAG is set
to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.

Example 2:
The following is an example of how to set the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES to extract item
inspection number and inspection numbers for item connect point one.
34, 121, 34, 121, 50, 59, 67, 128, 80, 38, 0, 96, 4, 0 !item insp key
34, 122, 34, 122, 50, 60, 67, 129, 0, 0, 0, 100, 4, 0 !cp1 insp key
IMPLIED_ITEMS
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for bolts, gaskets and welds. The implied
items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
 from the component that caused the item to be generated (for example: flange pressure
rating)
 from the spec entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity code)
 from data calculated when the item is generated (for example: bolt length)
An entry in this table has the following form:
TYPE, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to apply to.
TYPE TABLE ENTRY APPLIES TO
1 Gaskets only
2 Bolts only
3 Welds only
4 All of the above items
is to be mapped when the generating component is a COMPONENT or
SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34..
is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE. Valid values
for PT are 0, 12 and 50..
is to be mapped when the generating component is an instrument. Valid
values for IT are 0, 12 and 67..
ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the
attribute is taken from the reference database entry for the implied item.
The only valid values for ST are 202 and 0..
CPF the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the item
generating the implied material. When set other than zero, CT, PT and IT
should be set to 0. CC, PC and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following Connect Point Attributes index..


2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
5 pressure rating
7 face to center distance/pipe length
8 weld number
9 weld type
10 gasket gap
12 head loss factor
ITEM When this value is other than zero, it indicates that either the attribute to
be mapped is data that was generated along with the implied item, or the
attribute is to be obtained from the spec. Values for item are dependent
on the implied item type as shown below.
Item Type ITEM Description
ALL -1 Use ST,SC to obtain the attribute from

the spec database
BOLT 1 Number of bolts
2 Bolt length in Project Units English for
English Project Metric for Metric or
Mixed Project
3 Bolt diameter English for English Project
4 Number of nuts
5 Bolt diameter in English Units
6 Bolt length in English Units
7 Bolt weight in English Units (pounds)
8 Bolt weight in English Units (kilograms)
9 Bolt diameter in Metric Unit (mm)
10 Bolt length in Metric Unit (mm)
GASKET 0
WELD
1 Weld ID number

2 Weld Type
3 Material A
4 Material B
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed attributes to
the ASCII string equivalents.
 You cannot map attributes for a weld from the reference database into the neutral file record.
However, you can use a component TYPE of 4 (for ALL implied items) when mapping
attributes from the spec for bolts and gaskets. In the case of a weld the field will be left blank.
 Two welds may be generated on olet-like components. The first weld, which corresponds to
the weld that attaches the olet to the header, is given the size from the header pipe as a safe
estimate of the weld size. The second weld, which corresponds to the point where the branch
pipe attaches to the olet, is given the branch pipe size.
 No welds are generated at branch welds. Branch welds are defined as those components that
are mapped to the ISOGEN symbol TESO. The reason for this is that the component itself
represents a weld and it is generated in the neutral file.
 One weld is generated at a reinforcing pad. The weld represents the attachment of the pad to
the header pipe. The reinforcing pad component represents the attachment of the branch pipe
to the header.
Example:
This table entry maps the gasket size into the neutral file record starting at output field 67 for 8
bytes.
1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for a bolt into the neutral file
record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the bolt length into the neutral file record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 127, 8, 0
This table entry maps the inspection number for welds, bolts and gaskets into the MTO neutral file
record.
4, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 0, 1, 0, 51, 4, 0

GENERATED_ITEMS
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for items generated through the reference
database and for chain wheel operators. The generated items table provides a means to map
attributes that are:
 from the component that caused the item to be generated
 from the reference database entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity code)
An entry in this table has the following form:
CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
values for PT are 0, 12 and 50..
is to be mapped when the generating component is an instrument. Valid
values for IT are 0, 12 and 67..
is to be mapped when the generating component is a pipe support.
CPI the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the item
generating the implied material. When set other than zero, CT, PT and
IT should be set to 0. CC, PC and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following Connect Point Attributes index..
CPI Means
1 retrieve a green connect point
property
2
retrieve a red connect point
property


2 outside diameter
3 end preparation
4 schedule thickness
5 pressure rating
7 face to center distance/pipe length
8 weld number
9 weld type
10 gasket gap
12 head loss factor
ITEM When this value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be mapped is
data from the reference database. The value for CC, EC, PC, IC, and
SC should be set according to the table shown below when ITEM is set
to 1.
Attr. Description
FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed attributes to
the ASCII string equivalents.
Example:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 0, 53, 6, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material into the
MTO neutral file record at offset 53 for 6 bytes.
0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 75, 8, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity into the MTO neutral file record at offset 75 for 8
bytes. In the case of a chain wheel operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.

SECTION 13
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map

You can use the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map table to tell the ISOGEN interface software which
ISOGEN graphics symbol to use for a specific PDS component when it generates the Isometric
drawing. The table is composed of 9 columns of data that are position-dependent (that is, the data
must appear in specific columns in the table). You can add comments to the table by placing an
exclamation point (!) in column 1. A table entry consists of one row of data.
The format for a table entry is as follows:
PDS Item name (see "The PDS Item Name" on page Columns 2-7, left justified
278):
ISOGEN symbol name (see "The ISOGEN Symbol Columns 9-12, left justified
Name" on page 278):
ISOGEN record number (see "The ISOGEN Record Columns 14-16, right justified
Number" on page 279):
Number of connect points (on page 279): Columns 18-19, right justified
Tap name (see "Tapped Component Record Number" on Columns 21-24, left justified
page 280):
Tap record number (see "Tapped elbows" on page 279): Columns 26-28, right justified
PDS operator name (see "PDS Valve Operator Name" on Columns 30-35, left justified
page 280):
end prep low (see "End Prep Low and End Prep High" on Columns 37-40, right justified
page 281):
end prep high (see "End Prep Low and End Prep High" Columns 42-45, right justified
on page 281):
See Also
The PDS Item Name (on page 278)
The ISOGEN Symbol Name (on page 278)
The ISOGEN Record Name (see "The ISOGEN Record Number" on page 279)
Number of Connect Points (on page 279)
Tapped Component Name (on page 279)
Tapped Component Record Number (on page 280)
PDS Valve Operator Name (on page 280)
End Prep Low and End Prep High (on page 281)
Order of Table Entries (on page 281)

The PDS Item Name

The PDS item name is the primary index into the table. Each PDS item that exists in a pipeline
must have an entry for it in this table. As each component is processed, the table is searched for a
corresponding table entry or entries.
The ISOGEN Symbol Name

The ISOGEN symbol name is the primary output from the symbol map table. All of the ISOGEN
symbols available with ISOGEN are shown in Appendix B. Look especially at the notes at the end
of the appendix. The symbol names are generally four characters in length. The first two
characters identify the type of symbol and the last two identify the end preparation. For many
symbols, the end prep characters are double asterisks (**). The ** indicate that the symbol may
end in one of the following sets of characters:
BW - indicating buttweld ends

FL - indicating flanged ends
SC - indicating threaded ends
SW - indicating socket weld ends
CP - indicating compression ends
PL - indicating plain ends
You can carry the variable end prep notation into the symbol map by substituting the characters
XX for the characters **. For example, the ISOGEN symbol name for a ball valve is BV** and the
table entry would be BVXX. When a line is extracted, the XX is converted to one of the end prep
codes shown above based on the end prep of the component in the model. When you map a PDS
component to an ISOGEN component, you must be sure that the connect point skeletons (that is,
configuration or geometrical arrangement of the connect points) are the same. You cannot, for
example, map a gate valve (whose connect points lie on a straight line) to an elbow (whose
connect points define a 90-degree change-of-direction). The basic connect point skeletons
handled by ISOGEN are:
 end point component (plug, blind flange)
 straight-through component (gate valve, flange)
 offset component (eccentric reducer)
 return component (u bend)
 change-of-direction component (elbow, angle valve)
 single branch component (tee, olet, 3-way valve)
 double branch component (cross, 4-way valve)
 The change-of-direction components for elbows are not restricted to 90-degree changes of
direction. Other change-of-direction components, such as 2-way valves, are restricted.
 The tee components TESO and TEXX can have variable angle changes of direction. Other
branch components, such as 3-way valves, must have 90-degree changes in direction.

The ISOGEN Record Number

Another primary output from the symbol map table is the ISOGEN record number. It is critical that
the ISOGEN record match the component type identified by the symbol name. ISOGEN record
numbers are defined in Appendix B.
The symbols in Appendix B are grouped by component type. The component type is identified at
the top of the first page of each group of symbols. For example, a CV** is an instrument while a
VG** is a valve. Appendix B, Record Identification Numbers, shows that the record number for an
instrument In Leg is 90. The record number for a valve is 130.
The PDS symbol for a lap joint flange represents two components: the flange ring and the
stub. You can generate either one or two components in the isometric when you extract the line. If
the ISOGEN record number for the lap joint is set to 105, only one component (one entry in the
BOM) is generated. If the ISOGEN record number is set to 106, the ISOGEN interface
automatically generates a component representing the stub. In this case, you must have an entry
in the reference database for the stub. The spec access data for the stub is identical to that for the
flange except that the option code is that of the flange plus 5000.
Number of Connect Points

Another table output is the number of connect points for the component. This number does not
include taps that the symbol may have. It is used both for identifying closure components (plugs,
caps, blinds) and for processing tapped components. It is most important that this number be
correct for components that may be tapped.
The number of connect points is also used to distinguish tee type components (which have three
connect points) from branch weld type components (which have two connect points). The number
of connect points must be correct for these types of components. Incorrect values will cause
incorrect entries in the bill-of-material and/or cut pipe report.
Tapped Component Name

The tapped component name is used in special situations. When it is used, the ISOGEN symbol
key is taken from this field, rather than the ISOGEN symbol key field.
See Also
Tapped elbows (on page 279)
Olets attached to fittings (on page 280)
Tapped elbows
An elbow is one of the components that ISOGEN considers special. Because it is special, you may
not redefine it to add tap points as you can with most other symbols. This results in the need for
special handling of tapped elbows.
Symbol keys exist for elbows that have a single tap (see Appendix B). For an elbow that is tapped
in the model, the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from the tapped component name
field of the table. Since there are no symbol keys for elbows with more than one tap, you will not be
able to extract a doubly tapped elbow.

Olets attached to fittings

Normally, olet type components are used as branch or tee-type components. However,
sometimes an olet is attached to a fitting such as a reducer. ISOGEN does not allow the normal
olet type fittings to be used in this case and so you must match an olet attached to a component to
a different symbol (you must use one of the coupling components).
In this situation, connect point 1 of the olet will be attached to a tap. Whenever an olet is found to
be connected to a tap, then the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from the tapped
component name field (rather than the ISOGEN symbol name field).
Tapped Component Record Number

The tapped component record number corresponds to the tapped component name just as the
ISOGEN record number corresponds to the ISOGEN symbol name. For a tapped elbow, the
record number changes from 35 to 70. For the olet attached to a component, the record number
changes from 40 to 126.
Example 1:
Show the required ISOGEN table entries needed to map socket weld GAT valves to the ISOGEN
symbol VTSW, flanged GAT valves with the operator OP_100 to the symbol VTFL and all other
GAT valves to the symbol VV**.
PDS ISG TAP TAP PDS End End

Name Name ISG Rec NO CP Name Rec Order Low High
GAT VTFL 130 2 OP_100 1 199
GAT VTSW 130 2 400 429
GAT VVXX 130 2
The table entries must be defined in the same order as shown above.
PDS Valve Operator Name

The PDS valve operator name is an optional table input. This input is used when it is defined in the
model and when it is defined in this table. When a component has a valve operator, the valve
operator name from the model is compared to the valve operator name in the table (if it is defined).
If they are the same, the table entry is checked further. If they are not the same, the table entry is
rejected. If the valve operator is not defined in the table, then it is not considered in the table
lookup.

End Prep Low and End Prep High

The end prep low and end prep high table entries define an end prep range, a range of end
preparation values, which makes component end prep an optional table input. If the end prep
range is defined, the component's end prep is checked to see whether or not it falls within the
range defined by end prep low and high. If it does fall within the range, a match has occurred and
the table entry is accepted. If it does not, the table entry is rejected. If no range is defined, the
components end prep is not considered in the table lookup.
Order of Table Entries

Due to the manner in which the table lookup is performed, it is necessary to put the most restrictive
table entries prior to the least restrictive. Entries should be in the following order in the table:
1. Entries with PDS name, operator name and end prep range.
2. Entries with PDS name and either valve operator name or end prep range.
3. Entries with only PDS name and neither valve operator or end prep range.
When table entries are placed in the above order, the software can choose the proper table entry,
for each case.


SECTION 14
The Valve / Operator Table

The valve / operator table is used to map a PDS valve and valve operator to an ISOGEN symbol
different from the one mapped by the valve item name alone. This enables you to take better
advantage of the variety of valve symbols that are defined within ISOGEN. It also gives you more
flexibility in how you map PDS symbols to user-defined ISOGEN symbols. A valve / operator table
is an ASCII file created with the editor. The format of the table is as follows:
m,n
'VALV1', 'VALV2', ... 'VALVn',
'OPER1', 'SYM11', 'SYM12', ... 'SYM1n',
'OPER2', 'SYM12', 'SYM22', ... 'SYM2n',
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
'OPERm', 'SYMm1', 'SYMm2', 'SYMmn'
Where:
m- is the number of rows in the table or the number of operators.
n- is the number of columns in the table or the number of valves.
'VALVp'- is the pth column heading in the table where p is less than or equal
to n.
‘OPERq‘- is the qth row heading in the table where q is less than or equal to
m.
‘SYMpq‘- is the table entry corresponding to VALVp and OPERq.
Example 1:
Develop an example valve / operator table.
4, 2
'GATR', 'GAT',
'OP_3', 'VTXX', 'VVXX',
'OP_5', 'VKXX', 'VDXX',
'OP_9', 'VSXX', 'VNXX',
'OP_11', 'VGXX', 'VPXX'
 You do not need to define every table entry with a value for SYMpq. If VALVp and OPERq
should not map to a new symbol, make the table entry a blank ('').
 Every entry in the table, except for m and n, must be surrounded by single quotes and
separated by commas. Otherwise, an error will occur when the table is read in.
 Each valve defined in the VALOPR table must still be defined in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol
map. When a valve and operator map to a new symbol in the VALOPR table, the new symbol
must have the same ISOGEN record number as the one defined for the valve in the
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map.
For example, you can map a PDS symbol named GLOR to an ISOGEN symbol named VVXX
with an ISOGEN record number of 130. However, you cannot map the GLOR with an operator

The Valve / Operator Table
symbol of OP_3 to the ISOGEN symbol CVXX, because CVXX is an instrument with an
ISOGEN record number of 90.
 Intergraph option 31 must be enabled in order for the VALOPR table to be accessed.
 The capability provided by this table is similar to that provided through the PDS to ISOGEN
symbol map. If you are mapping valves and valve operators to ISOcan notGEN symbols, then
using the VALOPR table is much more efficient than having multiple records in the PDS to
ISOGEN symbol map.
 If, however, you are utilizing the end prep range in the symbol map, you should also use the
PDS operator name which is input in the symbol map to map valves and valve operators. The
reason for this is that references to the VALOPR table overlay references to the PDS to
ISOGEN symbol map. That is, VALOPR table access occurs subsequent to the lookup in the
PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

SECTION 15
Repeatability
ISOGEN's Repeatability facility allows isometric drawings to be re-extracted. When a drawing is
re-extracted, its repeating data is recalled for purposes of extracting the isometric after
modifications have been made in the piping model. Repeating data includes:
 The Iso's Traversal Start point - (saved to the project database)
 The Extracted Item's Iso Sheet Number - (saved to the design database)
 The extracted Item's Piecemark Number
Repeatability can be enabled and disabled via the Schedule Batch Job (on page 117) form.
See Also
Repeatability - Related Information (on page 285)
Repeatability Restrictions (see "Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations" on page 285)
Extraction Information in the Database (on page 286)
Determining the Traversal Start Point (on page 287)
Determining Sheet Split Points (on page 288)
Determining Spool Split Points (on page 288)
Repeatability - Related Information

when using the repeatability feature.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)
38, 108, 109
4, 68
NONE
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)
NONE
Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations

The following is a list of restrictions, limitations and rules that must be followed to ensure success
when using the repeatability facility.
 Since there is only one place in the piping design file for sheet and spool numbers,
repeatability will only be supported for one type of isometric.
 Split points placed in piping will be ignored during re-extraction.
 Implied items are not saved in the database and have no record kept that identifies the sheet
to which they apply. Therefore, implied items will always be re-extracted on the same sheet as
the item which implied them.
The ISOGEN software will decide if a sheet will break at a flange. All bolts and gaskets
for the flange will be on the same sheet as the flange.

Repeatability
 The repeatability facility should not be used if the design is not stable or if extensive changes
are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a line and repeatability is
used, the result may be a sheet that contains too much information to decipher.
If this situation occurs, it may be necessary to disable repeatability and extract the drawing
normally so that it can be repaginated.
 Commands that maintain the old database record are preferred during piping design after the
option to use repeating isometrics has been used. Delete Component deletes the database
record, and there is no way of knowing the sheet to which it belongs. This is especially true if
the item prior to it is on sheet 1, and the item after it is on sheet 2.
 If you plan on re-extracting an isometric drawing, it must first be extracted with ISOGEN
option 108 set to 1 or 2. Once set, this option will not allow pipe splits.
 When a line is re-extracted, items with a sheet number of 0 will be placed on the same sheet
as the item just prior to it.
 When a line is re-extracted, items that were added before the previous traversal start point will
be placed on sheet one.
It will not be possible for a multi-sheet iso to contain only disconnected pipelines. For
example, if sheet 1 has two notes CONT ON DRG 2, drawing 2 will connect these ends.
 If an entire sheet is deleted, the sheet numbering will be incorrect when re-extracting a
drawing. For example, the initial extraction generates three sheets. A redesign is done and the
second sheet is deleted. When this line is re-extracted, it will produce two sheets since blank
sheets cannot be output.
 New spool numbers will not be generated when additional piping is added to the drawing.
Since new spool numbers are not identified by ISOGEN, the spool number in the design
database will not be updated when extracting with existing sheets.
Extraction Information in the Database

Extraction information, depending on its classification, is written to either the project or design
database.
See Also
Extraction Information in the Project Database (on page 286)
Extraction Information in the Design Database (on page 287)
Extraction Information in the Project Database

Re-extraction information saved to the project database includes the original start traversal point,
section number, entity, component occurrence and segment occurrence numbers. The project
database table pdtable_189 contains re-extraction information.
The following is the format for the table, pdtable_189.
# Isometric Drawing Re-Extraction Data
table number = 189 , number of columns = 8
1 , drawing_indx_no , integer
2 , section_no , short
3 , start_traversal_X , integer
4 , start_traversal_Y , integer
5 , start_traversal_Z , integer
6 , start_entity , short
7 , start_comp_occ, integer
8 , start_seg_occ , integer

Repeatability
Extraction Information in the Design Database

When the repeatability is used and the option Save Sheet Extraction Data has been set, existing
columns in the design database will be updated in tables 34, 50, 67, and 80. These columns
include:
iso_dwg_index_no , integer
isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
piece_mark_no , character(10)
Where:
iso_drawing_index_no will be the number in table 185 column 1 of the project
database.
isometric_sheet_number will be the number of the sheet on which the item appears.
piece_mark_no will be the number of the spool on which the item appears.
 When a component belongs to a spool that starts on a different sheet, the piece_mark_no
value is reported as a three digit number in the format: xyy. Where x is the iso sheet number on
which the spool starts and yy is the component's spool number (on the x sheet).
 Only shop items can receive piece mark numbers. All field items are assigned a
piece_mark_no of 0.
Determining the Traversal Start Point

When using the repeatability function, the ISOGEN software will determine the traversal start point
for the extraction. In order of highest priority, the following is a list of rules for determining a
traversal point.
1. Compare the start_entity and start_comp_occ with each item that has been determined to be
an end point. If a match occurs, use this as the start point.
 End point marked as -1, or -2 for a cap, is a valid start point.
 End points marked as -3 for pipe support are not considered as a valid start point. Refer to
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo (see "Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by
Topo - PD_ISO" on page 131) for more information.
2. The original start component is not an endpoint. Compare the start_seg_occ with each item
that has been determined to be an end point.
 If one end matches, use this end point as start point.
 If two ends match, pick the end that is the closest to the last traversal start point.
3. The original start component and segment occurrence are not considered endpoints. The last
start point component exists, but it is no longer an end point. Choose the end point that is
closest to the original start component.
 Intergraph option switch 68 can be used to stop the extraction process if the original start item
cannot be used.
 The ISOGEN software will generate informational-type messages that show the decision
process that lead to selecting a traversal start point.

Repeatability
Determining Sheet Split Points

A sheet split location is determined by comparing the current isometric_sheet_no (sheet number)
with the previous item sheet number (excluding sheet 0). Split point location is saved and output
after the .idf file has completed and all split locations have been determined.
Sheet split locations will be determined using the following rules:
 Sheet numbers that are 0 will not be considered for sheet split records. Unless otherwise
stated, they will not be considered as a sheet change.
 When a component is processed and that component has a sheet number different from
previously processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet number is
read, all processed components will be output to that sheet.
 An informational-type message will be output if the previous item's sheet number was set to 0
and the current sheet number is a new sheet. This reminds you to verify that all items were put
on the correct sheet. The message will include the occurrence number of the item with sheet
set to 0. A message to be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.
 Error and Warning messages concerning sheet splits are output to the end of idf generation.
Correcting Incorrect Splits

If an item has a 0 in the isometric_sheet_no column of the database, it is treated as either an
additional item or the previous item was deleted and replaced with a new item. In this situation, a
general rule has been established:
Items whose sheet number is set to 0 will be output on the previous item's sheet. Such that, when
a starting item has its sheet number set to zero, the item would appear on sheet number 1.
If necessary, this situation can be corrected by setting the isometric_sheet_no of the appropriate
item to the correct sheet number in the design database. If more than one item in a series of items
have sheet numbers set to 0, find the item that should start the new sheet and change the
isometric_sheet_no to the correct number.
Determining Spool Split Points

Like sheet split points, a spool split location is identified by comparing current piece_mark_no
(spool number) with previous item's spool number (excluding spool number 0). Location of the
split between spools will be saved and output after the .idf file has been generated and all split
locations have been determined.
Items with spool number 0 will be placed on the current spool being processed. The spool split
locations are determined using the following rules:
 Sheet numbers that are 0 are not considered for sheet split records. Unless otherwise stated,
they are not considered as a sheet change.
 When a component is processed and has a sheet number different from previously processed
components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet number is read, all components
processed will be output to that sheet.
An informational-type message will be output if the previous item's spool number was set to
Blank and the current spool number is a new spool. This reminds you to verify that all items were
put on the correct spool. The message will include the occurrence number of the item with spool
set to 0. A message to be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.

SECTION 16
Welds
The following is a list of weld features available in the ISOGEN software:
 Delivered weld symbols
 Dotted weld symbols
 User-defined weld symbols
 Codelist values for standard notes 180 and 1100
 Weld type and mapping
 Offshore fabrication category
 Unique weld numbering
 User-defined weld prefix
 User-defined weld summary report
 Welds listed in the bill of materials
 A weld type defined as codelist value 2 will be interpreted as a no weld connection. This can
be used when a weld is not wanted on match lines or pipe and pipe bends. All PDS
applications recognize codelist value of 2 (from codelist 1100: weld type) as a no weld
connection.
 For pipe bends, change skey PB to PBBW designates to the ISOGEN software that the
connection is a butt weld. ISOGEN will automatically place a shop weld symbol at the
connection and include the correct data in the cut list. The delivered map file will not change
(set to PB by default).
See Also
Weld Enhancements - Related Information (on page 290)
Delivered Weld Symbols (on page 290)
Dotted Weld Symbols (on page 291)
User-defined Weld Symbols (on page 291)
Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100 (on page 291)
Weld Types and Mapping (on page 292)
Offshore Fabrication Category (on page 292)
Unique Weld Numbering (on page 292)
User-defined Weld Prefix (on page 293)
The Weld Summary Report (on page 293)
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials (on page 297)

Welds
Weld Enhancements - Related Information

when creating a Weld Enhancement.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix )
22, 53, 54, 74, 75
62, 69
Also: The twelfth entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Weld Definition Report Format File
(WDF) (See Chapter 8)
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
WELD_PREFIX
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix )
-414, -415, -416, -417, -418, -419, -421, -422, -423, -457
Delivered weld symbols

SKEYs for Existing Weld Types
Description SKEY
Field Fit WF (Can add extra length to pipe)

Weld Mitre WM
Weld Mitre field fit WMF
Offshore Weld WO
Offshore Weld Field Fit WOF
Workshop WW
Site WS
Erection Weld Connection XX (Where XX would be for fitting with SW, SC, CP)

Welds
Dotted Weld Symbols

Dotted weld symbols cannot be redefined, and are intended for internal program use only.
They are automatically selected when the need for a dotted weld is detected by the ISOGEN
software. Dotted welds should be used when:
 a dotted pipeline continuation situations occurs
 dealing with a pipeline that has a special status of dotted
 open ends of a pipeline terminate with a welded end
New Dotted SKEYs for Weld Symbols
Description SKEY
Workshop WWD
Site WSD
Field Fit WFD
Weld Mitre WMD
Weld Mitre WMFD
Offshore Weld WOD
Offshore Weld Field Fit WOFD
Erection Weld Connection on fittings with SW, SC, XXD
CP
User-defined Weld Symbols

The following is a list of guidelines that must be followed when creating a new weld symbol.
 Mitre welds cannot be redefined. All other weld symbols can be user-created.
 New weld symbols can be generated just as any other user-defined symbol with the Isometric
Symbol Editor, located under the Utilities option. Refer to Entering the Iso Symbol Editor
Environment (on page 97) for more information.
Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100

When the ISOGEN software is used to segregate offshore welds and identify mitre welds,
standard note tables 180 and 1100 should be revised to accommodate this functionality. Changes
to these tables will allow you to define which items will be in the offshore category of the bill of
materials. Making revisions to standard notes 180 and 1100 will also allow different graphics
symbologies of weld connections (offshore, mitre.). For more information, see Weld Types and
Mapping (on page 292).

Welds
Weld Types and Mapping

To define a weld type (shop, field, offshore) and weld symbology, revise the options file table
USER_DEFINED_WELDS. This allows you to create a weld symbol and identify those weld-type
codelist numbers (CL 1000) that will have a different weld symbol on the isometric drawing. It is
also possible to map the weld symbol (existing or user-defined) to the appropriate weld-type
codelist number by revising the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section. For more information, see
USER_DEFINED_WELDS (on page 188).
 When the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section is not added to the options file, the following are
true:
 Shop welds (WW SKEY) and field fit welds (WF SKEY) are the only available types of
welds.
 Shop welds are given fabrication codelist value numbers 11 through 20 inclusive.
 No Weld is given fabrication codelist value 1.
 Field fit welds are given all other fabrication codelist value numbers with the exception of
1, and 11 through 20.
Offshore Fabrication Category

The ISOGEN software offers and optional feature for segregating offshore fabrication category in
the bill of materials. The OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES section in the options file
is used in the same way as the Shop FABCAT section. For more information, see
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES (on page 215).
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES the
item will default to field.
Unique Weld Numbering

The ISOGEN software has the ability to display unique weld numbers from the piping database
and display them on the isometric drawing. Since a PDS-generated weld number is eight
characters long, the weld number is an arrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen for weld
numbering (see ISOGEN option 75), it must be one of the following:
 diamond ended box
 round ended box
 rectangular box
If an enclosure is not chosen, the default will generate a normal arrowed message with no box that
points to the weld.

Welds
User-defined Weld Prefix

The ISOGEN software allows the addition of weld prefix when using weld numbering. A weld
prefix may be used:
 As a prefix to the actual weld number on the isometric in a box. The box shape to be set in
Isogen option 75.
 As a form of general note about weld identification when positioned on the drawing frame.
 As part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report to identify each weld.
For more information, see WELD_PREFIX (on page 189).
The Weld Summary Report

A printed weld summary report is generated by setting Intergraph option 69. A new file name in the
FILES Table (refer to The Files Table (on page 187)) of the options file is required if a user-defined
format of the weld summary report is to be used. The designated file can be used for both the weld
summary on the isometric drawing and the printed weld summary file.
This optional file is referred to as the Weld Definition File (WDF) and is the twelfth entry in the
FILES Table of the options file. The WDF file allows you to specify, within certain limits, the style
and content of:
 The headings and data content of an alternative weld box to the normal weld box that is
generated using ISOGEN option switch 53.
Any alternative box's output on the isometric in the same position as the normal weld
box will be located in the bottom right corner of the isometric drawing area.
 The headings and data content of the weld summary report.
If the Intergraph option to generate a weld summary report is set to 1 and the WDF file
name is undefined, a Warning Error will be issued and the weld summary report will not be
created. The report file name will be isoname.wXX where XX is the revision number.
See Also
Weld Definition File Format (on page 293)
Example WDF File (on page 296)
Weld Definition File Format

The Weld Definition File (WDF) allows the user to:
 Define the format of an alternative weld box displayed on the isometric drawing
 Define a backing sheet on the drawing frame
 Define the format of the Weld Summary Report
As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the file exactly as it is
positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers, can be used with
any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation marks.
Unique identifiers will be used to determine what is defined and must match exactly. These
identifiers include:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES

Welds
WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
Weld Boxes - Alternative Style

Available formats for Weld boxes include headings, box data items, controls and information data
items.
There is no imposed limit on the width of the user-defined weld box. Although, keep in mind
that the weld box takes up space in the isometric drawing area. Therefore, the width should be
kept to an absolute minimum.
 Blank characters can be used as required.
 Blank columns are allowed.
 Use the | character to indicate vertical column positions.
 Weld box headings can be any ascii string.
 Weld box data items must carry:
 a data item identifier
 a start position along the horizontal line
 a justification marker
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers:
Identifier ATEXT Used

WELD-NO -414, -415, -416
WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416
N.S.
WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422,-423
Weld Box Justification Markers

R Right Justified
L Left Justified
C Center Justified
Weld Boxes - Using a Backing Sheet

When this form of weld information output is used, a design file (drawing frame) must be provided.
The design file must contain an area that can receive weld information. The format is user
definable, but no column headings are defined. All column headings must already exist in the
design file.
This style of output requires two types of information:
 Basic Weld Control Information
 Weld Data Item Information

Welds
Basic Weld Control Information
 Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in real mm's with only
one decimal place allowed.
 Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.
 Define the form of list to be output by entering one of the following.
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
CONTINUOUS-UP
 Define start positions for information using the format:
START-POSITION XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file.
 Define the vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text on the welding list using the
format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
 Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow onto
another sheet occurs using the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer
 Define the character height used for weld information using the format:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
 Define the level where weld information should be placed. (Optional) Use the format:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63.
 Define the weight of characters output. (Optional) Use the format:
TEXT-THICKNESS
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10.
Weld Data Item Information

Data items must carry a data item identifier and start position information ( The x position in mm's
locates the bottom left hand point of the text string to be plotted. All text will be LEFT justified).
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers
Identifier ATEXT Used

WELD-NO -414, -415, -416
WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416
N.S.
WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422,-423
Weld Summary Report

The weld summary report page length is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 63.
When generating this report three sections of data are required in the WDF file. These include:

Welds
 The printed weld summary title definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES) This section can
contain two types of information
 Heading titles
 Data items to be listed with the title
Unique identifiers available for title information:
PIPELINE-REFERENCE
PIPING-SPEC
DATE-DMY
PAGE
 The column heading definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS). This section can
be any ascii string.
 The data definitions to be listed in each column (WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS)
Refer to the previous definition of Weld Box Data Item for the format of this section.
 Single quotation marks (' ') used with PAGE attribute indicates program generated page
number.
 'Blank' indicates a blank line.
 The overall width of the weld summary report should not exceed 130 characters.
Example WDF File

An example for an alternative weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
| Weld | Weld | N.S. | Weld | Welder |
| No | Cat | mm | Type | ID |
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
'WELD-NO'4 R
'WELD-CAT' 10 L
'N.S.' 17 L
'WELD-TYPE' 25 L
An example for user defined backing weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 20
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
DRAWING-LAYER 16
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
'WELD-NO' 225.0
'WELD-CAT' 235.0
'N.S.' 245.0
'WELD-TYPE' 260.0

Welds
An example for a user defined weld summary report in the WDF file:
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES
WELD SUMMARY PAGE ' '
'Blank'
PIPELINE REF: 'PIPELINE_REFERENCE'
'Blank'
PIPING SPEC : 'PIPING-SPEC'
WELD-SUMMARY-HEADINGS
Weld Weld N.S. Weld Welder
No Cat mm Type ID
____ ____ ____ ____ ______
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
'WELD-NO'8 R
'WELD-CAT' 17 L
'N.S.' 26 L
'WELD-TYPE' 37 L
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials

For welds listed in the BOM:
 Intergraph option 62 controls material pointers for welds.
 The commodity code will be SHOP, FIELD or OFFSHORE.
 The description will be weld type, material grade A and material grade B.

Welds

SECTION 17
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may be manipulated to
change dimensioning/coordinate output.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix )
9, 41, 66, 80, 81, 119
NONE
NONE
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix )
-455
See Also
Dimensioning Features (on page 300)
Coordinate Features (on page 301)
Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - Related

Information
The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may be manipulated to
change dimensioning/coordinate output.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)
9, 41, 66, 80, 81, 119
NONE
NONE
-455

Dimensioning Features
ISOGEN's dimensioning features allows you to:
 Dimension Valve Centerlines
 Suppress Branch Dimensioning
 String Dimensioning
 Gaskets Included In Flanged Component Dimensions
 USA Style Dimensioning
 Non-Dimensioned Supports
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Alias ISOGEN Tables
(see "Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables" on page 353) for more information.
Dimensioning Valve Centerlines

This feature dimensions valves with certain bores and/or end conditions dimensioned to their
centerline only, using string or composite dimension types. This is controlled by ISOGEN option
80 and 81.
Centerline dimensioning on valves will only work with valves that have a spindle point
define. Refer to Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment (on page 97) for information on
defining a spindle point.
ISOGEN option 80 defines the end type that will be dimensioned to the item's centerline.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of valves that will be dimensioned to their
centerline. All diameters that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensioned normally.
ISOGEN options 80 and 81 provide the complete definition of valves which will be dimensioned to
their centerline. Units of input for the size limit are defined with ISOGEN 41.
See Alias ISOGEN Tables (see "Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables" on page 353) for more
information.
Suppressing Branch Dimensioning

This feature suppresses branches and tee bends/elbows with certain bores and/or number of
components. Units of input for the size limit are defined by ISOGEN option 41.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of branches whose dimensioning will be
suppressed. All branch sizes that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensioned
normally.
ISOGEN option 81 also determines the upper limit of components in a branch run that will have
dimensioning suppressed. A branch run that exceeds the number of defined components is
dimensioned normally.
information.
String Dimensioning
This feature allows pipeline components to be dimensioned individually.
ISOGEN option 9 flags individual dimensions to be output for every component in the pipeline.
information.

Gaskets Included in Flanged Component Dimensions

This feature allows dimensioned flanged components to include gaskets (if present) in the
dimension. Leader lines from adjoining flanges are displayed, while dimension leader lines from
valve ends are not displayed.
ISOGEN option 9 flags dimensioning to include gasket thickness.
information.
USA Style Dimensioning

This feature displays the dimension on top of the dimension line.
ISOGEN option 9, causes dimensions to be displayed on top of the witness line (USA style).
Coordinate Features
ISOGEN's coordinate features allow you to:
 Extend Witness Lines
 Display Elevations at Bend/Elbow Intersections
 Display Elevations at Branch Intersections
 Display Split Point Coordinates
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Alias ISOGEN Tables
(see "Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables" on page 353) for more information.
Extend Witness Line

This feature allows elevations/coordinates to be output along an extended witness line at
bends/elbows.
ISOGEN option 66, displays elevations/coordinates along extended witness lines.
information.
Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections

This feature allows you to:
 Suppress Elevations at bend/elbow intersections
 Partial set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections
 Only the coordinates that have changed
 A full set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections feature.
information.
Display Elevations at Branch Intersections

This feature allows you to:
 Suppress elevations at branch intersections
 Display a partial set of coordinates at a branch intersection
 Display only the coordinates that have changed
 Display a full set of coordinates at branch intersections

ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.
information.
Split Point Coordinate Display

This feature allows a full set of coordinates at iso split points to be grouped with a continuation
note.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.
information.

SECTION 18
Detail Sketch and Information Note

Facility
The Detail Sketch Facility allows pre-defined detail sketches (MicroStation cells) to be
automatically selected and positioned on the isometric drawing. In addition, a cross reference is
added to the referenced item on the plotted pipeline.
The Information Note Facility automatically selects general or specific notes (MicroStation cells)
and positions them on the isometric drawing in the same manner as detail sketches. The initial
information note is placed in the lower left corner of the drawing with additional notes being placed
to the right along the bottom of the drawing.
Information notes and detail sketch cells can be placed on the same drawing.
See Also
Detailed Sketch and Entries in the DDF (see "Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF" on page 304)

Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility
Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility - Related

Information
when using the Detail Sketch Facility.
Related ISOGEN Options (appendix)

71, 92

66

DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY
Also: The tenth entry in the FILES section of the options file: cell library. This entry defines the
microstation cell library that contains the detail/note cells.
The eleventh entry in the FILES section of the options file: DDF file. This entry in the options file
defines the DDF (Data Definition File) that will be used to determine graphic parameters for the
detail sketch/note.
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (appendix)

-456, -541, -542
Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF

This is an example of the portion of the Data Definition File (DDF) that pertains to the Detail Sketch
facility.
DETAIL-SKETCH
FILE-FORMAT DXF
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50
CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5 ALPHA
TEXT-HEIGHT 3
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
DRAWING-LAYER 1
Where:
DETAIL-SKETCH is the section header in the DDF.

FILE_FORMAT DXF determines the format of the detail. This line is ignored by
PD_ISO.
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50 determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso. The value
is in either millimeters or inches (determined by ISOGEN
switch 92).
CROSS-REFERENCE 35 determines the X-Y cross reference position on the detail in
5 either millimeters or inches (determined by ISOGEN switch
92), and the character type of the cross reference text.
ALPHA

TEXT-HEIGHT 3 determines the text height for the cross reference identifier.
TEXT-THICKNESS 2 determines the weight of the text for the cross reference
identifier.
DRAWING-LAYER 1 determines the level for the cross reference identifier text.
For more information about the DDF, refer to Isometric Presentation (on page 309).
Information Note Entries in the DDF

This is an example of the portion of the DDF that pertains to the Information-Note facility.
INFORMATION-NOTE
FILE-FORMAT DXF
NOTE-SIZE 50 20
Where:
INFORMATION-NOT is the section header in the DDF.

E
FILE-FORMAT DXF determines the format of the note cell. This line is ignored by
PD_ISO.
NOTE-SIZE determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso. The value is in
either millimeters or inches (determined by ISOGEN switch
92).
Dynamic Detail Sketch

Rather than use a pre-defined cell in the cell library, dynamic detail sketches are generated as
snapshots of the component from the model during isometric extraction.
For each item that matches the search criteria specified in the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY, the
system creates a temporary design file containing only a single component. The system
processes the design file with RVHL using a resolution of 3000 and translates the 3D file into a 2D
file. Prior to cell creation a rectangular box is added to match the SKETCH_SIZE specified in the
.ddf file, and the graphics are scaled to fit the box. The generated cell is assigned a unique name
by incrementing from DYN0 (DYN1, DYN2, DYN3, etc.) and added to any static cells in the
specified detail sketch cell library.
The system creates a cell for the component in question using an isometric view of the model
graphics. The orientation of the isometric view is determined by ISOGEN option 42. Therefore, the
orientation of the component in the sketch will match the orientation of the line relative to drawing
north.
Because the dynamic sketches are fitted to the SKETCH_SIZE, you should move the cross
references to one of the corners to reduce the possibility of the sketch obscuring the cross
reference.

Example
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50
CROSS-REFERENCE 47 1 ALPHA
Connect Point Data

You can define label 987 in the label description library to append port information to the
generated dynamic sketch. For example, if you define label 987 as follows, the system will append
P1 to port 1 of a multiport component, P2 to port 2, and so forth.
**************** Label Type = 987 ****************
Label Name = Dynamic Sketch Port
P
Attribute Data
1 - 'P'
**************************************************

SECTION 19
Weight Display
The Weight Display Facility allows the weight stored in the Design database for each component
to be extracted from the 3D model and listed on the isometric material list. Total weight can be
generated for the pipeline, for the Fabrication (Shop) components, for the Erection (Field)
components, and for Offshore components. Spool weight can be generated for Spool isometrics.
See Also
Weight Display - Related Information (on page 307)
Weight Display - Related Information

when using the Weight Display Facility.
41
47, 63
NONE
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (appendix)
-352, -353, -354, -355, -379, -380, -381
Weight will be interpreted as:
 Unit weight of a component
 Weight per length of a pipe/tube
Where: length is a foot in Imperial Units, and a Meter in Metric units
 A Warning Message will be output to the error file when weight has not been recorded in
the design database for a pipe/component
(35:1111) Warning - Component(s) with no Weight found
Center of Gravity Calculation

Before Calculating the Iso Center of Gravity
1. Generate an ISAM center of gravity weight library.
From Windows File Manager or the DOS prompt, run the ~\pdiso\bin\bldwtlib.exe executable
to generate or update an ISAM weight library.
Once initialized, bldwtlib prompts you to input an ASCII weight library neutral file. The default,
weight_lib.neu, is located in the ~\pdiso\examples directory and contains entry definitions and
example data that can be referenced to make a custom weight library neutral file.
After a weight library neutral file is defined, you are prompted to enter a name or use the
default name, cog_weight.l, for the resulting ISAM weight library. By default, the file is written
to the examples directory.

Weight Display
2. Set Intergraph option 63 to 1.

3. Edit the ISOGEN options file.
 Define the name of the ISAM center of gravity library under the ninth entry of the FILES
category. This is the library that will be used to make center of gravity calculations.
For example, '~\pdiso\examples\cog_weight.l' !COG WEIGHT LIBRARY
 Define the center of gravity entry in the MTO record map, which is the fifth entry of the
FILES category.
For example, '~\pdiso\examples\cogmto.tbl' !MTO RECORD MAP
 If the Debug switch on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, a center of gravity report file,
<isoname><sheet#>.cog, is written to the output directory.
 If the Verify on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, additional Intergraph information about
each component is added to the center of gravity report file.
 In the STIB data file (used to place drawing title block text), center of gravity x, y and z
coordinates are assigned as node numbers 908, 909 and 910 respectively.

SECTION 20
Isometric Presentation
ISOGEN's Presentations feature allows you to customize the presentation of a generated
isometric drawing. ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION is the identifier used when defining information for
Isometric Presentations.
When using the user-defined formats, it is your responsibility to ensure (by doing trial
runs) that the specified options are practical and produce the required isometric presentation
before committing to project use.
The drawing definition file (DDF) contains user-defined requirements that determine the final
plotted isometric presentation. The DDF file is the eleventh entry in the FILES section of the
options file.
In addition to containing isometric presentation information, the DDF also contains Detail Sketch
definition data (DETAIL-SKETCH).
Subsection identifiers for user-defined presentation features include:
 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED
 BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION
 FITTINGS-GENERAL
 FITTINGS-SPECIAL
 FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES
 MISC-ITEMS
 LAYER-NAMES
An example data definition file is located at the end of this section.
The DDF uses the following conventions:
 Must be an ascii character file.
 All identifiers (Main and Sub-section) plus all data attributes must start in position one on a
new line.
 No spaces are allowed in any identifier or attribute name.
 Use of any of the subsection identifiers is optional. Program defaults will be used as required.
See Also
Isometric Presentation - Related Information (on page 310)
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES (on page 310)
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL (on page 311)
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED (on page 312)
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION (on page 312)
FITTINGS-GENERAL (on page 313)
FITTINGS-SPECIAL (on page 314)
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES (on page 315)
MISC-ITEMS (on page 316)
LAYER-NAMES (on page 316)
Program Defaults (on page 317)
Example Drawing Definition File (on page 317)

Isometric Presentation - Related Information

when defining a isometric presentation.

NONE

NONE

NONE
The eleventh entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Data Definition File (DDF) (See
Chapter 8)

NONE
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES section of the DDF allows you to define the following characteristics
for a plotted pipeline (Pipe, Elbows, Bends, Tees, Crosses, etc.):
N.S. (Bore Units)
OBN.S. Range
Plotted Pipe Thickness
Layer (Level) number
Color
Attribute/Data Identifiers
Bore Units N.S. Data Data = INCH or MM
N.S. Range N.S.RANGE min and max min/max bores may be stated in either Integer or
bore Real (such as, 1 1.0 1.5 10 10.0)
Thickness THICKNESS data 1 data 2 data 1 = Integer number representing required
thickness.
data 2 = Actual Thickness (width) of plotted line in
mm (Real Number).
Layer LAYER data data is an Integer identifying the required Layer
(Level) to which the Pipeline is to be assigned.

Color COLOUR number Number is an integer identifying the color of the

pipeline, as defined in the color tables. The default
color numbers are:
0 = white
1 = blue
2 = green
3 = red
4 = yellow
5 = violet
6 = orange
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 1 COLOUR 3
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 2 0.95 LAYER 3 COLOUR 3
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 1.25 LAYER 5 COLOUR 3
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

 Any number of Spaces are allowed between the attribute identifier and data items.
 All lines must start in position one.
 Allow space for a maximum of five N.S. RANGE records.
 Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER set will be used.
 An * is allowed in last maximum bore position to signal that there is no maximum bore limit.
 THICKNESS data 1 attribute is used to define required line weight in plotfile output.
 THICKNESS data 2 is used by the ISOPLOT module of ISOGEN when positioning Messages
along the pipeline.
 N.S. INCH keyword must always be in capital letters.
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section of the DDF is used in the same way as the
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES feature except that the attributes set only apply to pipeline sections
designated Special Status.
Special Status is recognized when attribute status is set to DOTTED or NO-MTO.

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED section of the DDF allows you to define thickness, layer,
color, and style attributes for the following three categories of dotted representation.
 Dotted Special Status (SPECIAL-STATUS; such as Dotted, NO-MTO Items)
 Dotted Pipeline Continuations (PIPELINE-CONTINUATION)
 Dotted items at isometric Split Points (DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS)
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:

SPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 1 0.1 LAYER 5 COLOUR 4
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 1 0.1 LAYER 5 COLOUR 4
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 1 0.1 LAYER 5 COLOUR 4
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:

 The SPECIAL-STATUS, PIPELINE-CONTINUATION or DRAWING-SPLIT-POINT identifiers
may be included in any order following the main section identifier.
 Use the THICKNESS and LAYER data as described for PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES.
 N.S.RANGE or Bore Units are not allowed in this section. Dotted representation is the same
for all bores.
 When specifying the N.S. Range, enter the data in all capital letters as INCH or MM.
 If a PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section is included in the file, any setting for
SPECIAL-STATUS found in this section will be ignored.
 Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER setting will be
used.
 Care should be taken when specifying the THICKNESS data for any of these Dotted
categories. All three categories can involve the plotting of Dotted Fittings that may look
unacceptable if thickness for Dotted representation is too thick.
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION
The BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION section of the DDF allows you to define Elbows and
Bends to be either Round or Square when displayed on the isometric drawing.
Example BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION Input:

BEND data
ELBOW data
Where:
data can be set to either SQUARE or ROUND.
If no setting is defined, ROUND is used as the default.

FITTINGS-GENERAL
The FITTINGS-GENERAL section of the DDF allows you to define attributes for all Fittings. These
attributes include:
 N.S. (Bore Units)
 N.S. Range
 Plotted Fitting (Component) Thickness
 Layer (Level) number
 Fitting Scale (Plotted size of fittings) (to be applied to standard ISOGEN symbols)
 Color
Attribute/Data Identifiers Include:

Bore Units N.S. Data Data = INCH or MM
N.S. Range N.S.RANGE min min/max bores may be stated in either Integer or
and max bore Real (such as, 1 1.0 1.5 10 10.0)
Thickness THICKNESS data data 1 = Integer number representing required
1 data 2 thickness.
data 2 = Actual Thickness (width) of plotted line in
mm (Real Number).
Layer LAYER data data is an Integer identifying the required Layer
(Level) to which the Fitting is to be assigned.
Scale SCALE data data is a two- or three-digit Integer that represents
an increase or decrease to the basic 100%
standard symbol size for all types of fittings.
Color COLOUR number Number is an integer identifying the color of the
pipeline, as defined in the color tables. The default
color numbers are:
0 = white
1 = blue
2 = green
3 = red
4 = yellow
5 = violet
6 = orange
Example FITTINGS-GENERAL Input:

FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 20 SCALE 100 COLOUR 4
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 20 SCALE 150 COLOUR 4
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 2.0 LAYER 20 SCALE 200 COLOUR 4

FITTINGS-SPECIAL
This FITTINGS-SPECIAL section of the DDF allows you to define Thickness, Layer, Scale, or
Color attributes for specific types of components.
The settings presented in this section will override the Fittings-General settings for the selected
types of components.
Definable Attributes Include:

THICKNESS
LAYER
SCALE
COLOUR
Data requirements for the previous attributes are the same as the data requirements for
FITTINGS-GENERAL.
Any of the previous attributes can be set for a specific type of component. But, if
FITTINGS-SPECIAL attributes are not defined, ISOGEN defaults to the FITTINGS-GENERAL.
For example:
If LAYER 40 was the only special attribute set for INSTRUMENTS, it would be used for all
INSTRUMENTS (all bores), but any Thickness and / or Scale attributes would be used from the
FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
Whenever a Scale attribute is set in this section, the Scale factor will not be used as a direct scale
to the standard symbol. It will instead be used as a Multiplier to any Scale set in the
FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
For example:
Scale 150 set in Fittings-General
Scale 75 set in Fittings-Special
Scale to be used on nominal Fitting type is 150 x 0.75 = 113 (to nearest whole number).
Example FITTINGS-SPECIAL Input:

FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS LAYER 30 (Put all Instruments on Layer 30)
OLETS SCALE 75 (Olets to be scaled down)
SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 2.0 COLOUR 4 (All Supports to be plotted yellow)

Fitting type identifiers

OLETS
INSTRUMENTS
SUPPORTS
WELDS
COUPLINGS
CAPS
UNIONS
FLANGES
FILTERS
PIPE-BLOCKS
SAFETY-DISC
TRAPS
REDUCERS
VALVES
VALVES-ANGLE
VALVES-3WAY
VALVES-4WAY
NOZZLE
END-CONNECTORS
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS
MISC-COMPONENTS
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES
The FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES of the DDF section allows you to vary the
Thickness, Layer, Scale, and Color of any component that is included in any Undimensioned
Branch.
Attributes/Data identifiers are the same as the attributes/data identifiers for FITTINGS-GENERAL.
Example FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES Input:

N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 1.5 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 10 SCALE 75 COLOUR 3
These parameters should only be used when the Branch Dimension Suppression
facility is being used (ISOGEN option switch 81). It will be up to you to verify that any N.S.RANGE
set in the FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES section matches the Bore range set in
Option Switch 81.
All Pipe fittings (Elbows, Tees, etc.) are plotted the same thickness as a tube.

MISC-ITEMS
The MISC-ITEMS section in the DDF allows you to set the Thickness, Layer, and Color data for
the following types of miscellaneous items that appear on an isometric drawing:
DIMENSION-TEXT
DIMENSION-LINES
ISO-TEXT
FRAME-TEXT
SKEWS
HATCHING
LAGGING
TRACING
FRAME
WELD-BOX
SPEC-BREAKS
MATERIAL-LIST (Styles 1 nd 2 only)
Example MISC-ITEMS Input:

MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 22 COLOUR 4
DIMENSION-LINES THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 23 COLOUR 4
SKEWS THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 25 COLOUR 4
HATCHING THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 25 COLOUR 4
Any undefined attribute uses the ISOGEN defaults.
LAYER-NAMES
The LAYER-NAMES section in the DDF allows you to issue standard Names to any layer number
used in any of the other sections.
Example LAYER NAMES Input:

LAYER-NAMES
10 '10'
12 '12' Where 10 is the Layer Number and the text
22 '22' within the '' is the Layer Name.
10 is the layer number
'10' is the layer name
Because Microstation LAYERS are numbers, NAMES must be the same as the LAYER.
Up to 50 names can be defined.

Program Defaults
The table below shows the program default settings for THICKNESS and LAYER for the various
elements that are used in the generation of a plotted isometric drawing.
Default Default
Element Thickness Layer
Pipeline (including Elbows, Tees, etc.) 3 (0.6 mm) 1
All Fittings 2 (0.25 mm) 2
All drawing Text and 1 (0.1 mm) 3 other 1 (0.1 mm) 3

miscellaneous items
Drawing Frame, Frame text, Weld Box, etc 1 (0.1 mm) 4
Dotted items 1 (0.1 mm) 5
Material List 1 (0.1 mm) 6
Example Drawing Definition File

ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 7 COLOUR 3
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 2 0.95 LAYER 29 COLOUR 3
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 1.25 LAYER 30 COLOUR 3
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 19 COLOUR 4
SPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 8 COLOUR 4
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 9 COLOUR 4
FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 2.5 * THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 7 SCALE 110 COLOUR 4
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 10 SCALE 115 COLOUR 4
NOZZLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 11 COLOUR 4
CAPS THICKNESS 3 0.85 LAYER 38 COLOUR 4
COUPLINGS THICKNESS 3 0.65 LAYER 37 COLOUR 4
VALVES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 12 SCALE 180 COLOUR 4
FLANGES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 31 SCALE 120 COLOUR 4
UNIONS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 35 SCALE 110 COLOUR 4
OLETS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 34 SCALE 110 COLOUR 4
WELDS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 32 SCALE 130 COLOUR 4
REDUCERS THICKNESS 3 0.60 LAYER 33 SCALE 120 COLOUR 4
VALVES-ANGLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 13 SCALE 180 COLOUR 4
VALVES-3WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 14 SCALE 150 COLOUR 4

VALVES-4WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 15 SCALE 150 COLOUR 4

SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 0.90 LAYER 36 SCALE 130 COLOUR 4
PIPE-BLOCKS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 39 COLOUR 4
SAFETY-DISC THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 40 COLOUR 4
FILTERS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 41 SCALE 280 COLOUR 4
TRAPS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 42 SCALE 180 COLOUR 4
END-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 50 SCALE 120 COLOUR 4
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 50 SCALE 300 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 49 SCALE 180 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 44 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 45 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 46 SCALE 250 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 47 COLOUR 4
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 48 COLOUR 4
N.S. INCH
BEND ROUND
ELBOW ROUND
MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT LAYER 16 COLOUR 4
DIMENSION-LINES LAYER 17 COLOUR 4
ISO-TEXT LAYER 20 COLOUR 4
FRAME-TEXT LAYER 21 COLOUR 4
SKEWS LAYER 22 COLOUR 4
HATCHING LAYER 23 COLOUR 4
LAGGING LAYER 24 COLOUR 4
TRACING LAYER 25 COLOUR 4
FRAME LAYER 26 COLOUR 4
WELD-BOX LAYER 27 COLOUR 4
SPEC-BREAKS LAYER 28 COLOUR 4
MATERIAL-LIST LAYER 18 COLOUR 4
LAYER-NAMES
1 '1'
2 '2'
3 '3'
4 '4'
5 '5'
6 '6'
7 '7'
8 '8'
9 '9'
10 '10'
11 '11'
12 '12'
13 '13'
14 '14'
15 '15'
16 '16'
17 '17'
18 '18'
19 '19'

20 '20'
21 '21'
22 '22'
23 '23'
24 '24'
25 '25'
26 '26'
27 '27'
28 '28'
29 '29'
30 '30'
31 '31'
32 '32'
33 '33'
34 '34'
35 '35'
36 '36'
37 '37'
38 '38'
39 '39'
40 '40'
41 '41'
42 '42'
43 '43'
44 '44'
45 '45'
46 '46'
47 '47'
48 '48'
49 '49'
50 '50'


SECTION 21
Isometric Types
Isometric Type definitions allow more flexibility with the line name definition. By using Types
feature, you can track drawing records more accurately and efficiently.
Isometric Types also allow you to store the same line name multiple times in the database, each
time as a different Type. For example, line ABC can be stored twice, once as Fabrication Type and
once as Spool Type. The Type attribute creates a unique database entry.
Isometric Types and Code List 1900

Isometric Types are supported by Code List 1900. Code List 1900, as delivered, contains 3 types.
These types include:
 Fabrication
 Spool
 Stress
The following is an example of Code List 1900.
C1900
; 1900, Iso Type
; NOTE: In editing this codelist set, do not change the meaning
; of existing codelist values. Some data displays require that only
; values to the left of the "=" sign be shown; other reports require
; that only values to the right of the "=" sign be displayed.
1 = 'Fabrication' (Default Setting)
2 = 'Spool'
3 = 'Stress'
You can add more options, if needed, to Code List 1900. For an example of setting isometric
types, refer to Bulk Load Lines (on page 86).
The Isometric Type is a new column in pdtable_185 of the Project Database. All records
MUST have an Isometric Type, or they will not extract.
Batch Input files contain Type information when they are created on ISOGEN software
version 5.0 or later. Batch Input files created prior to 5.0 will extract, but a error message will be
output that states that the batch input file is out of date, and needs to be replaced.

Isometric Types

APPENDIX A
Appendix: Warning and Error Messages

This section lists the warning and error messages that are issued by the various components of
the iso extraction software and suggested corrective action when that is possible. Please refer to
the section entitled Software Organization for a discussion of the each of the components and how
they are related.
Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN

The messages that are issued by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN are, for the most part,
recorded in an error message file that is created along with the intermediate data file (the input file
to ISOGEN) when errors occur. If no errors occur, then an error file is not created. Some
messages generated in the file are not written to the screen as they only contain additional data on
a reported error.
There are three categories of messages issued by the software:
 Information - An error occurred that can result in other errors later on.
 Warning - An error occurred that can result in a problem on the drawing. The drawing should
be checked.
 Error - An error occurred that is serious enough to cause extraction to abort. The drawing is
not produced.
Information Messages
I1 - The Graphic Commodity Library does not exist or an error occurred when it was opened.
This message indicates a problem with the graphic commodity library. Make sure that it is
properly attached to the primary (the first) model design file. If there is doubt then you
should enter the file in graphics and try to place any component. Iso extraction requires
read access to the file.
I3 - Error opening Material Descriptions Library.

This message indicates a problem with the material description library. The proper file
should be attached to the primary (first) model file via the RDB software. Iso extraction
requires read access to the file.
I4 - Error opening Specialty Material Descriptions Library.

This message is the same as I3 except that it pertains to the piping specialty and
instrument material descriptions library. Note that if this library is not successfully opened
then specialty items will NOT receive material descriptions in the iso bill-of-material. If the
file exists and is properly attached make sure that your process has read access to it.
I5 - Error accessing the Label Descriptions Library.

The label description library should be properly attached to the primary (first) model file
via the RDB software. If this has been done, then a quick test using the drawing

annotation commands might uncover the problem. Make sure that your process has read
access to the file.
I6 -Note file not defined
I8 - Unrecognized key read from MTO Neutral File record map.

This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the neutral
file map. Usually, this indicated that the number of table entries to follow (the number
following each keyword) is incorrect.
I9 - Unrecognized key read from options file.

This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the options
file. All keywords are followed by a number that indicates the number of records to follow
until the next keyword. If this number is incorrect then this message will result.
I10 - An error occurred while reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Some difficulty occurred while the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map file was being read in. Check the
symbol map file that is defined in the options file for mistakes.
I11 - Error reading in complete PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

The internal buffer used for holding the PDS to ISOGEN map has been filled by entries
from the map file and some have thus been ignored. Contact Intergraph with this problem.
I13 - Physical data library not read.

This message indicates that the physical data library for the current component could not
be read by the mto software for generating bolts and gaskets. If bolt/gasket generation
has failed on the current component then this message indicates that the most likely
reason is that an error occurred while trying to read the physical data library. If no bolts/
gasket generation failure occurred then the message might be ignored.
I14 - Unrecognized key read from title block tables file

This message indicates that an unexpected record was encountered in the title block
tables file. It will usually indicate that the number of entries to follow value (on a record
following a keyword) is incorrect.
I16 - Intergraph option 34 reset to zero

Intergraph option 34 applies only to batch extraction. When interactive extraction is run,
this option is ignored.

I17 - Intergraph option 16 reset to 0
I18 - Check number of lines entry in the options file.
I19 - Error accessing specialty material descriptions library
I20 - Error accessing the specified material description library
I21 - Error accessing the specified label description library
I22 - Error opening the label description library
I23 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
I24 - Alternate index is used to read material description library.

The material description is not found with the default primary key, item code. The
alternate index, defined in the ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table in the option
file, is used to find the material description.
I25 - No existing sheet and no last start point for section 1

Iso extraction will continue as the first time
Warning Messages
W1 - Error computing valve oper or reducer orientation.
An error occurred in the calculations to orient a valve operator or an eccentric reducer. In
both cases the connect point orientations should be checked in graphics to confirm that
they are correct.
W2 - Segment column is undefined.

In checking for an attribute change at a segment endpoint the attribute being checked has
gone from being defined with a value to being undefined (blank). The attributes defined in
the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file should be checked and defined with a
value as needed.
W3 - Error forming label from label library.

An error has occurred in creating a note or label using the label description library. The
label (whose label number is also printed in the message) should be checked using the
label description library software.
W4 - Invalid LINE ID format - LINE ID ignored.

A line ID that is either incorrect in format or contains invalid data has been input. Check
the format of the line ID against the definition in the options file. Remember that each
attribute that is part of the line ID must be separated from the others by a dash ( - ). An
example of invalid data in the line ID might be a fluid code that does not exist in the fluid
code codelist.

W5 - Error reading in extraction criteria.

An error has occurred reading in the line identification inputs from the input file. This might
indicate a problem in the software that creates the input file.
W6 - Mo del design file not found.

This message indicates that the model design file read in from the input file either does
not exist or that your process does not have read access to it.
W7 - Error reading the Label Description Library.

This message probably indicates that the label definition for a specific label does not exist
in the label description library opened by the software. Make sure that the primary (first)
model design file has the proper library attached or that the proper library is defined in the
options file.
W8 - ISOGEN key is undefined in PDS - ISOGEN map.

This message indicates that an entry in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map exists for the
PDS component but that the ISOGEN symbol name in the table does not. Make sure that
the table contains the ISOGEN symbol name for the component in question.
W9 - Could not locate item in PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

This message indicates that the PDS symbol in question could not be located in the PDS
to ISOGEN symbol map.
W10 - No-mto attribute has illegal value.

The no-mto attribute on a component, pipe, or instrument has a value other than 0 or 1.
Set the attribute to a legal value.
W11 - Error forming nozzle note.

An error has occurred forming the nozzle connection note generated at equipment
nozzles. Check the label description library labels in the library if you are using the
NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file. Also review the nozzle entity to make sure that
everything looks fine. If the failure occurs with the default nozzle note then report the
problem to Intergraph.
W12 - The coordinate system option is invalid. Coordinate system is set to PLANT.
The coordinate system defined in the options file is incorrect so it was set to a default
value. Check the option specified in the options file.
W13 - Material description has been truncated.

The material description generated from the material description library and the label
description library has exceeded the maximum size allowed for in the software and was
truncated. Contact Intergraph.
W14 - Error reading Specialty Material Description Library.

An error occurred retrieving the material description for a piping specialty, instrument or
support from the specialty description library. An error message is generated in the iso
bill-of-material.

W15 - Error reading the Material Description Library.

An error occurred retrieving the material description for a commodity item. An error
message is generated in the iso bill-of- material.
W16 - Error attaching the design file .
W17 - Error accessing A/N Commodity Library.

An error has occurred searching the alphanumeric commodity library either for an implied
material item or for a size dependent commodity code. Check the library to see whether or
not the item that is being searched on exists.
W20 - Header record attribute is undefined.

Each entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file defines a "Header record"
for ISOGEN. These header records simply define the initial value for certain attributes at
the start of the line (that is, spec name, insulation type, and so on). This message is
warning you that for some header record defined in the PIPELINE_HEADER table the
value for it from the database is undefined.
You must either define the attribute in the database or remove the header record entry
from the table.
W23 - An error occurred while generating implied materials. Bolts, a gasket, or a weld will
NOT be generated in the drawing and/or the mto neutral file.
Some error resulted in no implied materials. Check the error message file for details of the
problem.
W25 - Error loading spec attributes for implied component.

An error has occurred while attempting to overlay attributes from the spec for a stub onto
the database record for a lap-joint flange. This overlaying must be performed just prior to
generation of the material description so that attributes embedded in the material
description for the stub can be generated properly. Make sure that the spec contains a
valid entry for the stub. The spec search is performed by using the same data as for the
lap joint flange except that the option code is set to the flange option code plus 5000.
W26 - Maximum number of implied items exceeded.

A component generates too many implied items from the Material Description Library and
an internal buffer has overflowed. Contact Intergraph to have the buffer size increased.
W27 - The Material Description Library is required in order to generate implied materials.
Some materials might be missing from the MTO neutral file.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Material
Description Library but the library is either not attached to the model or the library that is
attached does not exist.
W28 - Error accessing the Material Description Library for implied materials.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Material
Description Library but none was found. Check to make sure that the library contents are
correct.

W29 - Title block tables file not found.

The title block tables file identified in the FILES section of the options file does not exist.
This file identifies those attributes that are to be placed in the drawing title block. When
this file does not exist no text can be placed in the title block.
W30 - Error opening title block tables file.

This message indicates that the title block tables file exists, but that for some reason it
could not be opened. Check that your process has proper VMS access to the file.
W31 - Error opening segment data file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE (in the
title block tables file) could not be opened. No title block data will be generated.
W32 - Error opening STIB input file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE (in the
title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by this table will
appear in the title block.
W33 - Error opening sheet specific title block data file.

The file holding title block attributes generated from the SHEET_DATA_TABLE (in the
title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by this table will
appear in the title block.
W34 - Error opening MTO Neutral File - file will not be created.
An error occurred when creating a new mto neutral file. Make sure that your process has
write access to the default directory.
W35 - MTO record map not found.

The mto record map, specified in the options file, cannot be located. Check the file spec in
the options file and make sure that your process has read access to the file.
W36 - Valve/Operator file does not exist.

A valve/ operator table has been specified in the options file, but it could not be found
while attempting to open it.
W37 - Notes File not found.

A Notes File has been specified in the options file, but it could not be located when an
attempting to open it.
W38 - Error opening the Notes Table.

An error occurred while attempting to open the Notes Table. Make sure that your process
has read access to the file.
W39 - Notes Table lookup failed.

A Notes Table record whose input matches the current one could not be located. The
current key is printed out. Check the Notes Table to ensure that the input has a
corresponding record.

W40 - The number of components exceeds the limit of the maximum allowed number of
components in a multiple bolt-through.
W41 - Error retrieving component from linkage. Cannot determine second orientation for
operator.
An error has occurred while scanning the design file for a valve operator that requires a
second orientation. This is probably an Intergraph software problem.
W42 - User Symbol Library not found.

The user symbol library, specified in the options file, cannot be found or the current
extraction process does not have privilege to access it.
W43 - Bolt-thru component encountered at a loop closure
W44 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
The segment occurrence is different with that of the last start point
Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194662
W45 - Error locating segment for logical pipe support
W46 - Error computing pipe support orientation.

An error occurred in the calculation to pipe support. The connect point orientations should
be checked in graphics to confirm that they are correct.
W47 - Detail sketch directory not found
W48 - Detail Drawing definition file not found
W49 - Weld Definition Format file not found
W50 - Error retrieving weld numbers
W51 - Very short pipe encountered
W52 - Enclosure type is invalid
W53 - Label: $1 in triangle box exceeds maximum length of two
W54 - Label: $1 in diamond box exceeds maximum length of three
W55 - Overlapping components were detected. Refer to the HITS report for details.

W56 - Two end points match the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W57 - Only one end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
This end point is chosen to be the traversal start point
W58 - No end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W59 - Components from spool 1 on sheet 2 were deleted

Refer to sheet 4 for the updated spool 3
W60 - Cannot access material listing definition file
W61 - Intergraph option 15 is 0

Spool number generation will be based on ISOGEN switch 39
W62 - The last component on sheet 1 was added prior to this extraction
Partition: 8 Table: 3 Occ: 32 120
W63 - Cannot access Bending Parameters file <file name>
W64 - Error in rotation matrix for pipe support. Pipe support <Occurrence Number> in Model
attachment number <Model number>.
W65 - Error opening PDME neutral file. File will not be created. <File name>.
W66 - No component was encountered. The start point will be referenced for Structural
Dimension.
W67 - FrameWork Ascii file not found in the project directory. <File name>
W70 - Outside diameter is zero in design database. No B.O.P. elevation reported at this time.
Partition: 26 Table: 3 Occ: 52 208
When the outside diameter is zero in the design database, the outside diameter is not
assigned in the physical data EDEN module. The software will not try to calculate the
bottom of the pipe elevation at the component with zero outside diameter.

Error Messages
E2 - Error reading type 63 element from design file.
The primary model file (the first model file input) does not contain the proper type 63
elements. Check the file with EDG and/or attempt to work in it in graphics.
E3 - Error opening input data file - pdsidf.dat.

An error occurred when attempting to open the input file to the ISOGEN interface. Check
to make sure that file pdsidf.dat exists in the default VMS directory.
E4 - Error retrieving project information
E5 -Invalid primary model file - file does not exist
E6 - No valid model design file specified.

Of the list of design files input to the ISOGEN interface none were considered valid. Refer
to error messages generated previous to this one for more detail.
E7 - Invalid extraction criteria is defined in Intergraph options block word 22.

Valid values are 0 or 1. The extraction criteria defined in the options file
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK is invalid. Correct the options file.
E8 - No extraction criteria defined.

No extraction criteria specified in the input file to the ISOGEN interface was found to be
valid. Correct the inputs for identification of the lines to extract.
E9 - First header record must be a line name id (-6) record. Modify the PIPELI NE_HEADER
table in the extraction options file.
The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file must always be a -6
record for the line name or line id. Correct the table in the options file.
E10 - Error opening intermediate data file.

An error has occurred in creating an output file in the default directory. Make sure you
have write access to it.
E11 - Broken pipes exceed the maximum allowed 100 occurrences.

There are more than 100 pipes broken with the branch weld or pipe support for the
extracted pipeline. Reduce the number of pipes broken and contact Intergraph to get the
maximum allowed broken pipes increased.
E12 - Error retrieving type 63 elements.

An error has occurred in retrieving the primary (first) model file type 63 elements. Check
the file with EDG and make sure that you can work in the file in graphics.

E13 - Error opening Standard Notes Library.

An error has occurred in opening the standard notes library that is specified in the primary
model file type 63 data. Check that the library is properly attached with the RDB software.
E14 - Error opening spec database.

An error has occurred initializing the spec database. Make sure that it is properly attached
to the primary (first) model file using the RDB software.
E15 - Number of connect points exceeded internal limit of 2000 connect points.
The maximum number of connect points per extraction is 2000. Break the line into two
separate line names and re-extract the line as two separate isometrics.
E17 - Attempted to pop nonexistent tap stack entry.

This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that contain
tapped components.
E18 - Internal stack limit exceeded.

This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that contain
tapped components.
E19 - Error opening mto tables file.

An error has occurred while trying to open the mto neutral file map that is specified in the
options file. Check the file specification in the options file and make sure you have read
access to the file.
E20 - Error reading mto tables file.

An error has occurred while trying to read an entry in the mto neutral file map. Check that
the table entries have the correct format.
E21 - Error reading database occurrence.

An error has occurred in trying to read a record from the database base on a design file
linkage. This error indicates potentially serious problems in the model. It is strongly
recommended that the model be analyzed to determine the extent of the problem and to
correct the situation.
E22 - Internal table lookup error for IDF record numbers.

The record number taken from the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map for a component does
not exist in an internal table. Check the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map to make sure that it
contains only those record numbers allowed by ISOGEN.
E23 - Environment variable ISOOPTION not defined or file does not exist
E24 - Error opening ISOGEN options file.

The options file exists but it could not be opened. Make sure that proper access to the file
exists.

E25 - Error reading iso extraction options file.

An error has occurred while reading an entry in the options file. Make sure that options file
entries have the proper format. If the return code is -998 then this error indicates that a
options file table has exceeded the maximum allowable size. In this case you should
reduce the number of table entries and contact Intergraph to get the table size increased.
E26 - Error opening PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

An error has occurred while opening the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. Check the options
file entry to make sure that the file is properly specified.
E27 - Error reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map - No valid entries defined in the table.
The PDS to ISOGEN symbol was successfully read but no valid entries were found in the
table.
E28 - Error opening valve/operator file.

An error has occurred while opening the valve / valve operator symbol map. Check the
options file to make sure that the file is properly specified.
E29 - Error reading size of valve/operator table.

The first entry in the valve / valve operator table is a record that contains the number of
rows and columns in the table. An error has occurred while attempting to read these
values. Check that the format of the table is correct.
E30 - Valve/operator table is too large.

The valve / valve operator table is larger than the maximum currently allowed by the
software. Reduce the table size and contact Intergraph to get the maximum size
increased.
E31 - Error reading valve/operator table values.

An error has occurred while reading the body of the valve / valve operator table. This
usually indicates that the table sizes defined in the first record of the file are incorrect.
E32 - Error initializing the piping design database
E33 - No components were found that match the database search criteria.
Either the line name substrings or line ID‘s that were specified in the input do not identify
any lines that exist in the input model files. Check the inputs to make sure that they are
correct and agree with the line name or attributes that make up the line id.
E34 - Invalid node or path for iso design file
E35 - Internal error generating material pointer.

An internal software error has occurred in generating a material pointer for an olet type
component. If the software were allowed to continue the bill-of-material would be
generated incorrectly. Contact Intergraph if you receive this error.
E36 - Internal error generating material pointer for downstream component.

This error is the same as error number E35.

E37 - Transformed coordinate exceeds the maximum.

This error is caused from a coordinate that is too large to pass to ISOGEN. All coordinates
are transformed to the output coordinate system (as controlled by the Intergraph options
block) and then converted to 1/100‘s of millimeters for ISOGEN. This value must fit within
a 4 byte integer. This limitation results in a maximum coordinate value of 21,474 meters,
or 70,450 feet or approximately 13.3 miles.
E38 - Internal error generating component item code.

An error occurred while generating the item code for a stub (from a lap joint flange).
Contact Intergraph if you get this error message.
E39 - Error accessing spec for implied item.

An occurred while attempting to read the spec database entry for a stub. Check that the
entry exists in the database. The stub spec entry should have the same lookup
parameters as the flange except that the option code should be the flange option code
plus 5000.
E41 - Error title block tables file
E42 - Error opening project database
E43 - Error reading database record
E44 - Error reading database record
E45 - Line is composed of multiple disconnected sections.

This error results from trying to extract a pipeline that is either incomplete or incorrect and
exists in the model in multiple unconnected pieces. It is not enough for all the segments to
be connected. There must be components on top of the segments that are connected.
E46 - Line does not contain a valid traversal start-point.

This error occurs when the ISOGEN interface finds it impossible to obey ISOGEN rules
for traversal of the pipeline network. The only work-around is to split the pipeline into two
smaller sections and then extract the sections individually.
E47 - Number of sections does not match specified value.

For pipelines that are intentionally disconnected (for example, the line leaves the piping
area, goes into the rack and then re-enters the area somewhere else) then you must
specify the number of disconnected sections for the line in the Batch Data File. When the
number of sections you specify does not match the number encountered in the model, this
error occurs. Check the model to determine whether the Batch Data File or the model is
incorrect.
E48 - Invalid section number.

Invalid inputs have been passed to the ISOGEN interface for multi-section pipelines in
pdsidf.dat. Report this error to Intergraph.

E49 - Component does not have an entry in the PDS to iso symbol map.
(This error does not apply to ISOGEN.)
E51 - Induction bend stack limit exceeded.

An internal data structure overflowed while processing a line containing induction bends.
Report this error to Intergraph.
E52 - Error initializing DFPI Model number: $1
E53 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot determine cog for mto neutral file
E54 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry component
E55 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry component
E56 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process 180 degree turn
E57 - Total number of segments exceeds the maximum number of segments
E58 - Check the number of table entries specified against the actual number of table entries.
Also, check the format of each table entry
E59 - Error retrieving the graphic commodity library name
E60 - Error initializing the piping project database
E61 - Error accessing the standard note library name
E62 - Error accessing the piping specification database name
E63 - An internal table size limit has been exceeded
E64 - No model was found with the specified discipline
E65 - No components were found that match the database search criteria
E66 - Unable to locate component’s user data
E67 - Error initializing the project database
E68 - Error reading model $1 from the database
E69 - Error mounting design file $1$2
E70 - Error reading the last traversal start point

Section Number: 1 Drawing Index Number: 150

E71 - Line extends over the maximum limit of 256 design file.
E72 - The chosen starting point is not the last traversal start point
Stop extraction because Intergraph option 68 is set to 1
E73 - Error opening piping job specification table library <Library name>.
E75 - Error updating symbol library.
E76 - Error stroking elements to ascii file.
E77 - Error locating drawing file.
E78 - Error locating index file.
E79 - Error locating library path.
E80 - Error - $1 not found.
E81 - Error - Drawing and Index file must be specified.
E82 - Error - Drawing, Index and Library files must be specified.
E83 - Extraction Failed: Possibly caused by Olet owned by branch.
ISOGEN
The error messages issued by ISOGEN (through IZOD2) are directed to two places. Errors issued
by ISOGEN proper are directed to the ISOGEN message file. This file is either named in the
options file or has the same name as the output iso file name with an extension of .msg. Errors
generated by the Intergraph design file interface are directed to a file named IZOD2.ERR. When
IZOD2 is run through the delivered command procedures then IZOD2.ERR is appended to any
error message file created by the ISOGEN interface - pdsidf.
ISOGEN message file errors

(35:2003 ) - WELD NUMBERS HAVE CAUSED DATA OVERFLOW
An internal buffer for weld data has overflowed. Try a manual split of the pipeline into
more sections.
(35:2004 ) - INPUT DATA OVERFLOW

The pipeline is too big. It must be extracted in smaller sections.

(35:2005 ) - TEE OFF TEE GREATER THAN 20 DEEP

This message indicates that the piping network being extracted contains branches which
are too deeply nested for ISOGEN to handle. A branch off from the pipeline header is level
1. A branch off from the level 1 branch is level 2. A branch off from a level 2 branch is a
level 3 branch. The maximum level branch that ISOGEN can handle is a level 20 branch.
(35:2007 ) - TEE IN SKEW

ISOGEN has detected an internal inconsistency. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2008 ) - DATA FAULT SKEW

Same as 35:2007
(35:2009 ) - SKEW WITH NO CONTENTS

Same as 35:2007
(35:2010 ) - FITTING WITH OFFSET NOT IN LINE WITH PIPE

The offset of a fitting is not in line with an adjacent item. This is possibly a program or input
data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2011 ) - ANGLE FAIL

Unacceptable pipeline direction detected. This is possibly a program or input data error.
Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012 ) - DATA FAULT

ISOGEN detected a problem in some internal data. This is possibly a program or input
data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012 ) - DATA FAULT, DOUBLEBACK PIPE

Occasionally, doubleback pipe errors can be erroneously generated. This occurs when
the extracted pipeline and the grid line or structural column are located in the same place.
In this case, there will be one dimension to the structural element and the FAIL message
will appear on the face of the iso. This can occur regardless if the isometric extracts with
no other errors.
In the following graphic, pipeline and Grid Line 3 are coincident with one another. This is
interpreted by the ISOGEN software as a pipeline that doubles back on itself which results
in the FAIL message on the isometric drawing.

If the reference point on the pipe resides in the same plane as the structural component or
grid line, a FAIL message will appear on the isometric and the .err file will report a
doubleback pipe error. This error is a result of the manner in which the ISOGEN software
interprets the .idf file and should be ignored.
(35:2013 ) - DATA FAULT UP DOWN

Same as 35:2012
(35:2014 ) - DATA FAULT EAST WEST

Same as 35:2012
(35:2015 ) - DATA FAULT NORTH SOUTH

Same as 35:2012
(35:2016) - DATA OVERFLOW, DRAWING REJECTED, TOO MUCH DATA, TRY SMALL ER
SPLIT
Too much data is being put onto too small a sheet. Either insert some manual pipeline
splits or use a larger paper size.
(35:2017 ) - MESSAGE FAIL

An error has occurred positioning messages on the drawing. This is caused by too many
messages. Manually splitting the drawing might get around the problem.
(35:2018 ) - SHAPE FAIL

Drawing generation has failed. It might succeed if viewed from another direction.
(35:2019 ) - DRAWING HEIGHT EXCEEDS ALLOWED 999 MM

The maximum drawing height is 999 mm.
(35:2020 ) - TOO MANY COORDINATES IN FITTINGS

Too many user-defined fittings have caused an internal array to overflow. Reduce the size
of the user symbol library.
(35:2021 ) - TOO MANY FITTINGS

Same as 35:2020.
(35:2023) - WARNING, PAPER SIZE > A1 OR AD - THIS MAY PRODUCE UNACC EPTABLE
RESULTS.
Too large a paper size might result in unacceptable drawings.
(35:2025 ) - CHECK
ISOGEN considers that the drawing layout requires checking to make sure that it is
satisfactory.
(35:2026 ) - FAIL
ISOGEN considers that the drawing has failed in one of the stages of setting it up for
plotting.

(35:1001) - OVER 200 ALTERNATIVE TEXT RECS. FOLLOWING DATA IGNORED. MORE
THAN 200 TEXT RECORDS - DEFAULT TABLE USED.
ISOGEN allows a maximum of 200 ATEXT‘s. Anything more will be ignored.
(35:1002 )
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1003 )
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1004 ) - FITTING NOT FOUND - DEFAULT SHAPE USED

A fitting shape key cannot be located. The non-category component is place of the one
specified.
(35:1009 ) - OVERFLOW IN DATA - PIPELINE REJECTED

The pipeline is too big, causing an internal buffer to overflow. Manual splitting of the
drawing or a larger sheet size might solve the problem.
(35:1015 ) - INVALID ITEM/ DESCRIPTION POINTER

An mto pointer in the intermediate data file points to an item that doesn‘t exist. This is an
Intergraph interface error.
(35:1016 ) - ITEM CODE WIDTH ERROR - APPENDED TEXT LOST

An item code is larger the value specified in the ISOGEN options block.
(35:1018 ) - NO FITTING DETAILS EXIST FOR FITTING CODE

An internal table lookup failed. This is an ISOGEN bug.
(35:1019 ) - FITTINGS OVERLAP WHICH CANNOT BE CUT BACK

Coordinates of adjacent components overlap and the fittings can be trimmed (that is, a
flanged valve).
(35:1020) - INSUFFICIENT LENGTH ON OVERLAPPING FITTINGS TO ALLOW CUTBA CK

Adjacent fittings which can be trimmed overlap, but not enough for the required cutback.
(35:1021) - RUN ABORTED. THE WIDTH OR HEIGHT (EXCLUDING BORDERS, MATERIAL

LIST, ETC) IS LESS THAN 50 MM. THIS IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM FOR THE IS OMETRIC.
The drawing size is too small or the margins are too large.
(35:1022) - THE MATERIAL CODE IS TOO WIDE AND HAS BEEN CHANGED FROM — TO—
The material code has been trimmed to the maximum allowable length.
(35:1026 ) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN INTERMEDIATE DATA FILE

Usually this indicates that you have forgotten to execute the ASCII to binary conversion
program. The ASCII output generated by the ISOGEN interface must be converted to
binary (using DATCON.COM) before executing IZOD2.

(35:1027) - WARNING - ILLEGAL SCALE FACTOR FOUND FOR LINE FLOW ARROW -
DEFAULT SCALE 8 USED
The scale factor used for the pipeline flow arrow was set to an invalid value.
(35:1029 ) - WARNING - NO POSITION GIVEN FOR RECORD ID. -

This message indicates an error in the ISOGEN interface.
(35:1030 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN TEXT POSITIONING ARRAY

The maximum number of text positioning records has been exceeded in the intermediate
data file. Reduce the number of drawing annotations.
(35:1031 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER ARRAY

The maximum number of pipeline header attributes has been exceeded. Reduce the
numbers of entries in the options file PIPELINE_HEADER_TABLE.
(35:1032) - WARNING - ONLY NEW FORMAT SPEC BREAK ALLOWED ON SYSTEM ISOME
TRICS. SET SPEC BREAK SWITCH TO NEW FORMAT.
The ISOGEN option controlling the spec break format must be set to 1.
(35:1033) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA (PIPELINE REJEC TED)

An internal array holding pipeline header data has overflowed.
(35:1034 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME ARRAY

Too many spools have been defined in the isometric.
(35:1035) - WARNING - USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 -ONLY F IRST
30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user defined spool name is too large.
(35:1036) - WARNING - USER PREFIXED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 -ONLY F IRST
30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user prefixed spool name is too large.
(35:1037 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA ON SYSTEM ISO

A system isometric is composed of too many pipelines.
(35:1038) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING NEW KEY ALREADY EXISTS -OLD SH APE
USED.
The new shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol already exists within ISOGEN.
Another symbol name must be chosen.
(35:1039 ) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT FOUND

The old shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol does not exist. An existing symbol key
must be used for the old skey.

(35:1040 ) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT SET

A user defined symbol does not have an old shape key (skey) defined for it. User defined
symbols must have an old or existing shape key as part of the definition of the new
symbol.
(35:1041 ) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING SPINDLE KEY NOT FOUND

The spindle key specified for a user defined ISOGEN fitting cannot be found.
(35:1042 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED FITTING ARRAY

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined components.
(35:1043 ) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN FITTING SHAPE ARRAY

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined symbols.
(35:1044) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER POSITIONED TABLE FOR RECORD ID

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user positioned title block records.
(35:1045) - ERROR - USER TEXT POSITIONED OUTSIDE DRAWING FOR RECORD ID - TE XT

OUTPUT AT DRAWING ORIGIN.
Bad user defined text coordinates have been specified.
(35:1048) - WARNING - ONLY 30 CHARACTERS ALLOWED IN PIPELINE NAME ON CUT PIPE

SUMMARY.
The pipeline name in the cut pipe summary report cannot exceed 30 characters.
(35:1052) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN CUT PIPE REPORT ARRAY, ONLY 2000 ENTRIE S
ALLOWED.
The maximum cut pipe report size has been exceeded.
(35:1053) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED OFFSET FITTINGS, ONLY 100 ENT
RIES ALLOWED.
The maximum of 100 user defined offset fittings has been exceeded.
(35:1054 ) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME RESTRICTED TO TWO LINES.

Instrument tag numbers are restricted to two lines.
(35:1055 ) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME EXCEEDS BALLOON SIZE.

An instrument tag number is larger than the balloon size specified in the ISOGEN options
block.
(35:1056 ) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN USER FITTING FILE

ISOGEN is unable to open the user defined symbol library. Check that the file exists and
that ISOGEN has read access to it.

(35:1057) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION SUPPORT/COMMENTS FROM COORDINATES

GIVEN - ATTA HAS NOT BEEN DIMENSIONED, CHECK POSITION ON DRA WING.
ISOGEN was unable to position a pipe support and its comment.
(35:1058) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT POSITIONED AT LINE/BRANCH END - SPLIT POINT

IGNORED.
A user defined split point was placed at an endpoint of the pipeline.
(35:1059) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN POSITIONED INCORRECTLY - SPLIT POINT
HAS BEEN REPOSITIONED.
ISOGEN has rejected a user defined split point and repositioned it.
(35:1060) - WARNING - TAP OFF POINT CONNECTED TO STANDARD FITTING -TAP OF F

SHOWN FROM FITTING CENTER.
A tap is called for on a fitting that is not user defined. The tap point is taken to be the
center of the fitting.
(35:1061) - WARNING - NO DIRECTION GIVEN FOR UNDEVELOPED FITTING TAP - D

IRECTION ASSUMED FROM FITTING COORDINATES.
ISOGEN cannot determine a direction of a fitting tap. A default direction is assumed. Cut
lengths have been suppressed for pipe not in the material list, check isometric drawing.
(35:1062) - WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST) - CHECK CUT LI ST.
ISOGEN is unable to position comments using the given coordinates.
() (NEW) - WARNING - BATCH INPUT FILE CREATED WITH EARLIER VERSION OF PD_ ISO
BATCH INPUT FILE VERSION: BATCH DATA VER 4.0
Iso types are not represented in a batch input file created prior to PD_ISO version
5.00.00.05. You should recreate all batch input files using a PD_ISO version greater than
5.00.00.05.
(35:1099) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION COMMENT USING COORDINATES GIVEN

COMMENT RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK LOCAT ION OF COMMENT ON
DRAWING
ISOGEN is unable to position ‘skey‘ using the given coordinates.
(35:1101) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION ’skey’ USING CO-ORDINATES GIVEN

’skey’ RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK POSITION ON DRAWI NG
ISOGEN has received an unacceptable position for ‘skey‘ symbol.
(35:1104) (New) - ERROR - UNACCEPTABLE POSITION FOR ’skey’ SYMBOL ’skey’ RECOR
D CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** SYMBOL NOT ON DRAWING

(35:1120) – WARNING – WELD NUMBER REPEATABILITY REQUESTED

- NO HIGHEST WELD NUMBER RECORD(S) IN IDF
- NO NEW WELD NUMBER(S) ALLOCATED USED
Weld numbers are loaded from PD_Design when the ISOGEN Option Switch for
Repeatability, 109, is set to 1. This message can be ignored.
Design File Interface Error Messages

E1 - Error opening IZOD2 error file
For some reason the error file created by the design file interface could not be opened.
Check to make sure that you have write access to the current default directory.
E2 - Logical name ISOSEED is not defined or the iso seed file does not exist
This error message can only be generated when a wildcard character is used in the output
design file name. When this is the case then IZOD2 copies the seed file itself for each
sheet that is generated. If the logical name is not defined or the file does not exist then the
file cannot be copied.
E3 - Isodesign file not found

This error message is issued when the output design file cannot be found. It can only be
issued when the output design file name does not contain a wildcard character. In this
case the output file must be created prior to executing IZOD2.
E5 - Error opening the isometric design file

An error has occurred in opening the output iso design file for block i/o. Verify that the file
is not already open, that you have write access to the file and that the file is a design file.
E6 - Error creating new iso design file

An error has occurred in copying the seed iso file to a new iso design file. This error can
only be issued when the output iso file name contains a wild card character.
E8 - Error opening the isometric design file

This message is the same as E5, except that it is only issued when the iso design file
name contains a wild card character.
E9 - Error writing graphics to design file

This message indicates that a write operation to the design file could not be completed
successfully.

Batch Extraction Software Error Messages

The following error codes may be reported in the batch extraction log file:
1 - Cannot Mount Batch Input File

When this error is encountered, verify the following:
1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.
2. Find out if the remote node is up.
2 - Error Initializing Project DBS

Verify that you have access the Database Server.
3 - Error Initializing Piping DBS

4 - Error Initializing Job Spec DBS

5 - Error Reading Project Options (Default Set)

System was trying to read the Project Options from the database server.
6 - Error Mounting Working Directory

Probable Reason:
7 - Error Changing To Working Directory

Check Your directory privileges.
8 - Error Creating Temp Sub-Directory in

Check Your directory privileges.
9 - Error Opening Batch Input file

An error occurred when the batch command procedure attempted to open the batch job input
file. Make sure that the file protections on the file are such that the command procedure can
open the file.
10 - Record Too Long In Batch Input File

See the log files for the specific record (line) is causing the problem.
11 - Batch Input File Version Invalid:

The batch input file was created with a previous software version and the format is no longer
valid.

12 - Error Reading Batch Input File

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in the batch log file
to determine the cause of the problem.
13 - Error Writing To Batch Input File

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory that was
specified by the selected default set. The process under which batch isos are executing must
have write access to the output file directory.
The line may have been successfully processed. See the log files to verify successful
processing.
14 - Invalid Default Set Line In Batch Input file

Refer to the logs file to determine cause of this problem.
15 - Error Changing To Master Work Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the specified temp directory.
16 - Work Directory:<directory name>

17 - Error Changing To Working Sub-directory

18 - Cannot Mount Output Iso Directory (ISOPATH)

Most common reasons for this error:
Also, for interactive extraction, verify that the Environment variable ISOPATH, in control.sh is
set to a valid directory.
19 - Error Moving To Output ISO Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the output path specified by the selected
default set.
20 - Error Changing To Directory

21 - Error Deleting Temp Sub-Directory

22 - Error Renaming pdsidf.dat Or pdsidf.err

One or both of these files could not be renamed to isoname.dat or isoname.err.
23 - Error Starting ’Iso Interface’ Process

When this error is encountered, check the following:
1. Verify that the ISO software has been installed.

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.
3. Verify that the system has enough memory.
24 - Error Returned From batch.sh

See the log files for more information.
25 - Error Copying/Adding To pdsidf.dat

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory specified in
the selected default set. The process under which batch isos is executing must have write
access to the output file directory.
26 - Error Opening/Reading/Closing sheets.tmp

27 - Invalid Options String

Check the default set through ‘Revise Default Set‘. There might have been an error setting up
the Default Set when it was first defined.
28 - Error Writing To Batch Log

the selected default set. The process under which batch isos are executing must have write
29 - Error Opening/Closing Batch Log

31 - Fatal Error In batch.sh

When this error is encountered, check the following:
1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.
32 - Unable To Obtain Local Node Name

Check to see if the workstation‘s node name has been correctly set up. Consult your system
administrator.
33 - Error Creating Directory In <directory name>

34 - Unable To Save Previous Files In <directory name>

35 - Unable To Create Error Directory


36 - Unable To Save In Error Directory

37 - Serious Interface Error

Refer to the log files to determine the cause of the problem. The Problem Line should be run
with Debug & Verify turned on. Contact Intergraph system support and send them all of the
generated files.
38 - Error Returning From ’Iso Interface’

42 - Error Starting batch.sh

This error is usually caused by either a memory or input/output problem. When this error is
encountered, check the following:
43 - Error in starting (exec call) batch.sh

The batch.sh cannot be found. Verify that the PD_ISO environment variable in the control.sh
has been defined properly. This file should be located in .\winapp32\ingr\pdiso\bin.
45 - Project Name Format Invalid In Batch Input file

Check if the Project Name in Batch Input File is present or a valid one.
46 - Error In Executing Ksh Command

An error occurred when starting another process. When this error is encountered, check the
following:
48 - Run Aborted - Job Log May Have More Info

49 - Problem Line Not Processed After Restart of Iso Interface

There was a problem with a line. The Iso Interface was re-executed to avoid a crash, the
problem line was not processed after restarting the Iso Interface
50 - Error in calling system

An error occurred when starting another process. When this error is encountered, check the
following:

51 - Could Not Open pdsidf.dat

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verify that the file
exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the cause of the problem.
52 - Could Not Open seed.dat

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verify that the file
exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the cause of the problem.
53 - Area Not Found In Project

When this error is encountered, verify that:
1. the database server is running.
2. the area name has been altered in the batch input file.
3. the project area was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
54 - Area/Line Not Found In ISO Database

2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the line was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
55 - No Model Found for Area

2. the model name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the model was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
56 - Project Defaults Not Set

2. the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
57 - Error Reading Project Option File Names

58 - Cannot Close File

An error was encountered in closing a file.
59 - Unable To Process Area/Line

Refer to the log files for more detailed information.

60 - Error Reading Drawing Revision Records

2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3. the line ID name was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
61 - Error Updating Drawing Record

Verify that the database server is running.
62 - Defaults Set Not Found

64 - Error Updating Drawing Revision Record

Verify that the database server is running.
65 - Error writing to file

the selected default set. The process under which batch iso‘s is executing must have write
66 - Error Mounting Iso Seed Design File (ISOSEED)

67 – Iso Design File Name Not Defined

There is no value in the Iso Dgn Name field for the drawing that is being extracted. The
solution is to manually revise the drawing to enter a file name or to bulkload the line again.
68 - Error Initializing Microstation message

The First Design File in the Current Area being processed could not be initialized by
Microstation.
69 - Error Mounting Iso Plot File (ISOPLOT)

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.
70 - Error Exporting Environment Variable

Check the amount of available workstation memory.

71 - Error Mounting Output Directory

72 - Error Mounting Border File (ISOBORDER)

73 - Unexpected Error From JOBCTL

An error has occurred in creating input for the ISOGEN interface using data from the batch job
input file. This error should only occur if the batch job input file is out of sync with the Batch
Data File. The two files can get out of sync if lines are deleted after they have been added to a
batch job input file.
75 - Abnormal Database Error (See System Log)

See the Log files for more information.
99 - Fatal Error while running the Batch Job: batch.sh

See the Log files for more information.
101 - Intermediate File Does Not Exist

A fatal error has occurred in the generating the intermediate file from the ISOGEN interface.
Look in the error log produced by the interface to determine the cause of the problem.
102 - Error Generating Binary IDF File

An error has occurred in converting the intermediate data file produced by the ISOGEN
interface to binary. This usually indicates an earlier problem in the ISOGEN interface. Look at
the error log produced by the interface to determine the cause of the problem.
103 - Isometric Seed File Does Not Exist

The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either create the seed
file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
104 - Error Running ISOGEN Interface (ISOGEN)

A fatal error running ISOGEN has occurred. Look at the error log produced by the ISOGEN
interface and also at the ISOGEN message file. Error messages generated by the Intergraph
design file interface will be written to the error log. Error messages generated by ISOGEN will
be written to the message file.
110 - Error Splitting The MTO Neutral File

When the ISOGEN interface produces an mto neutral file, the batch software automatically
splits it into several files, each containing the mto data for a single sheet. This error is
generated when splitting up the neutral file fails. Make sure that your MTO record map maps
component occurrence numbers into the neutral file.

115 - Error Generating Title Block Text

An error has occurred while attempting to determine which segment attributes should be
placed in the title block of each isometric sheet. Make sure that you have properly set your
Title Block Table File. Contact Intergraph for help if you cannot solve the problem.
120 - Iso Sheets File Not Found or Unreadable

An error occurred when the batch command procedure tried to open the file that contains the
number of isometric sheets generated by ISOGEN. This error indicates an Intergraph
software problem.
121 - Error Reading Iso Sheets File

An error occurred while trying to read the number of iso sheets from a file produced by
ISOGEN. This error indicates an Intergraph software problem.
122 - Error Updating Number Of Sheets

Error updating number of sheets An error occurred while updating the number of drawing
sheets for a multi-section pipeline. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to determine the cause of
the problem.
123 - Error Opening STIB Input File

An error occurred while trying to create an input file for STIB. This error probably indicates an
Intergraph software error.
124 - Error Filling Out Title Block By STIB

An error has occurred while STIB was attempting to fill out the drawing title block. Make sure
that your seed iso design file has plenty of space for both the drawing graphics and the text
that is inserted by STIB. Also make sure that the disk holding the batch run directory has
plenty of contiguous space. STIB creates a 500 block temporary work file that must be
contiguous.
125 - Error Getting Previous Manual Details

An error occurred while attempting to move manual details from a previous version of a
drawing to the latest. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to determine the cause of the problem.
130 - Plot Software Does Not Exist

Could not find the Plot Software (IP_IPLOT). If the plotting software is not loaded, set the plot
option to No and rerun the iso. If attempting to perform a batch process, this error could also
indicate that you do not have access to the requested queue. Verify that the requested queue
name is available to the processing node‘s batch login.
131 - Plot Seed File Does Not Exist

The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either create the seed
file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
132 - Error Opening Or Writing Plot Job File

An error has occurred creating a command procedure to launch an IPLOT plot job. This error
is probably due to an Intergraph software problem. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to
determine the cause.

Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File: Check if there is enough memory space.
133 - Error Generating Plot Meta File

Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File. Verify that the system has enough memory.
134 - Error Submitting A Job To ISO_PLOT

An error occurred submitting a job to launch an IPLOT plot. Make sure that the plot queue
ISO_PLOT is properly set up.
135 - Batch Submitting Error Code: 0x10000XXX

An error has occurred in submitting a batch job where XXX is an error return code listed in the
˜0batch0batchapi0batchapi.h file. For example, the return code 0x10000025 is defined as
BATCH_ERROR_NO_ACCOUNT_MAPPING (025) IN
THE ntbatchapi.h file. In this case, you would verify that your account is mapped correctly in
the Intergraph Batch Manager. If the account password has been changed and the password
in Account Mapping has not been updated since the account was mapped to the valid user,
the batch job will still be reported as, Batch Job Submitted Successfully. The invalid password
is not be detected by Batch Services until the batch job is started.

APPENDIX B
Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables
Tables of Intermediate File Records
Record ID
No. Purpose Remarks
-1 Overflow text record

(Used with all types of text records)
-3 Text for Isometric Title Block

-4 Special key input
(That is, in-line items given a -4 key is treated in the
special way that Alias instruments are.)
-5 Spare
-6 Pipeline Reference
-7 Spare
-8 Revision Identifier
-9 Project Identification (Code Number)
-10 Batch Reference (Zone Name)
Pipeline
-11 Piping Specification Name
Header
-12 Nominal Pressure Rating (Class) Information
-13 Line Type Identifier
-14 Date of Data Transfer
-15 Insulation Specification
-16 Tracing Specification
-17 Painting Specification
-18 Spare
-19 Spare
-20 Item Code
-21 Item Description
-22 Tag Number and Hanger Name
-23 Hanger Tail Reference (ATTA CREF)

Record ID
No. Purpose Remarks
-24 Spare
-25 New Pipeline Reference (Used to indicate start of new
pipeline on multi-pipeline plot.)
-26 Specification Change Identifier
-27 Spare
-28 Spare
-29 Spare
-30 Connection Comment - Continued ON
-31 Connection Comment - Connected TO
-32 HCON/TCON = OPEN (Not used by PDS)
-33 HCON/TCON = CLOS
End Connection Type (such as a cap, blind plug, etc.)
-34 HCON = VENT (Not used by PDS)
-35 HCON = DRAN (Not used by PDS)
-36 Unset HREF or IREF Indicator
(But only when HCON or TCON is not set to OPEN,
CLOS, VENT, DRAN or SCRD)
-36 is used to disable ―No Connection ...‖ notes from
being displayed. (See also Intergraph Option 6)
-37 Comment on spool, fitting, or hanger
-38 Drawing Split Point Indicator ( + + + + )
-39 Spare
-40 Skewed spindle directions or skewed ecc reducer flat
directions
-51
-52
-53
This block (-51
-54 to -60)
-55 is reserved for
RESERVED
-56 internal
-57 Isodat
processing.
-58
-59
-60

Record ID
No. Purpose Remarks
-67 Intergraph Weld Number Record Key

-80 to -90 User-defined Bill of Material Records
-100 Intermediate data transfer file name
-101 Schema plot file name (For drug frame)
-102 Isometric plot file prefix
-103 New/alternative symbol file names
-104 Material Control file name
-105 Message file name (Error and plot confirmation
messages)
-106 PDMS error system file name
(This is not user-definable)
-107 PDMS > ISOGEN
(This is not user-definable)
-108 Printed Parts List file name
-109
to Spare
-200
-201 Reserved for ATEX - foreign language or other
alternative text on isometric
(Title Information, End Conditions, etc.)
-500
(Full details are available on a separate list)
-501 Reserved for new or alternative to fitting shape
definitions.
-502
(Full details to be provided later.)

Record Identification Numbers

Spool and In-Line Fitting Records
Please refer to the appendix, ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions, for further details.
Spool /Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks
In Leg First Second Out
Branch Branch Leg
Leg Leg
Bend 30 - - 31
Elbow 35 - - 36
O'let 40 41 - 42 Plus a 0 record

Tee 45 46 - 47 Plus a 0 record
Cross 50 51 52 53 Plus a 0 record
Reducer (Con/Ecc) 55 - - - Plus a 0 record
Tee Reducer (Con/Ecc) 60 61 - 62 Plus a 0 record
Reducing Flange 65 - - - Plus a 0 record
Tee Bend/Elbow 70 71 - 72 Plus a 0 record
Angle Valve 75 - - 76
3 Way Valve 80 81 82 Plus a 0 record

4 Way Valve 85 86 87 88 Plus a 0 record
Instrument 90 91 92 93 A straight
through type
instrument only
has 90 & 93
record ID
Numbers.
Instrument Dials
only have a 90
record.
Pcom (Misc. Pipe 95 - - 96
Component)
Pipe (Tube) 100 - - -
Fixed Length Pipe 101 - - -
Pipe Block (Fixed Length) 102 - - -
Pipe Block (Variable 103 - - -

Length)
Flange 105 - - -

Spool /Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks
Lap Joint Stub End 106 - - -
blank Flange (Blind) 107 - - -
Gasket 110 - - -
Bolt 115 - - -
Weld 120 - - -
Cap 125 - - -
Coupling 126 - - -
Union 127 - - -
Valve 130 - - -
Trap 132 - - -
Vent 134 - - -
Filter 136 - - -
User Positioned Comment 149 - - - Used to define

position
Pipe Hanger/Support 150 - - -
180 to - - - Reserved for
199 internal ISODAT
inc. processing
Bore Record 0 - - -
End of File Marker 999 - - -
Option Switches
This is a brief summary of the option switches operated by the 140-word options block.
Recommended default values for each option are shown, together with either a list of alternatives
or an indication of appropriate data values. Full details (where appropriate) can be found in
Chapters 3 or 4.
Any standard settings (Std. is =) indicated on the following pages are default settings from Alias;
these settings are required to produce a 'STANDARD' isometric drawing. You can make various
alternative settings to meet specific project requirements.
For any switch with multiple switch settings−such as A, B, C, D, E−the switches read from right to
left, as shown below. Leading 0s (zeros) can be omitted, but trailing 0s must be included.
The following ISOGEN options must not be changed from their delivered settings.

ISOGEN Option Number Function

1 Plot length control
7 Drawing control
31 Iso output file
32 Plotter scale factor
33 Pipe detailed
43-51 Wastage factors
52 Equipment trim drawings
55-57 Diagnostic printing
58 Clear screen
69 Terminal type identification
79 Site assembly identification
125 Reserved
126 Reserved
129 Interactive editing
131 Test parameter
See Also
Option Switches 02-06 (on page 359)
Option Switch 8 (on page 362)
Option Switches 40-59 (see "Option Switches 40-49" on page 379)
Options Switches 67-72 (see "Option Switches 67 - 72" on page 383)
Option Switch 76-79 (see "Option Switches 76 - 79" on page 388)
Option Switches 80-89 (see "Option Switches 80 - 89" on page 389)

Option Switches 02-06
Isometric Switch File Marker

Facility Word # Position or Data Parameter Value Options
Cutting List 2 A 0 Suppress cut pipe list and cut pipe

numbers. (default)
1 Generate cut piece numbers and a cut
pipe list.
2 Cut piece numbers start at 1 on each
sheet.
B 0 Use old style (limited information) cut
piece list. (default)
1 Use new style (full information) cut
piece list.
C 0 Generate numeric cut piece identifiers.
(default)
1 Generate alphabetic cut piece
identifiers.
D 0 Generate standard cut lengths only.
(default)
1 Generate supplementary output of cut
lengths in decimal inches format in the
REMARKS column of the new style
cut piece list. This setting only applies
when using Imperial Units.
E 0 Calculate branch cut length to actual
branch connection point.
Cut Marks 3 0 Std. is = 0 for no cut marks.
or set:
1 For plotted cut marks. (Position
relative to drawing frame to be based
upon margin dimension.)
3 For characters 3.5 mm high.
1 Calculate branch cut length to

centerline of main pipeline in all
situations.


2 USA for date plotted in the format:
04/14/88
3 For no plotted date.
B 0 Use the date from the IDF file record

(-14).
1 Use the computer system date (taken
at run time).
C 0 Output 2-digit year.
1 Output 4-digit year.

Dimension 8 Data < 11 Default to use Standard Dimension Line

LineStandout Standouts (see below). Only used if
Distance options 40 and 118 are not set.
Data > 11 Where a value is set to the required basic
standout distance in whole mm‘s.
Standard Dimension Line Standouts:
For SMALL drawing text, set ISOGEN
Word 4 to 1.
A) String/Composite Dimension Standout
= 12mm.
B) Messages/Support & Reference
Dimension Standout = 6mm
C) Overall Dimension Standout = 18mm
For MEDIUM text, set Word 4 to 0.
A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout =
14mm.


For LARGE text, set ISOGEN Word 4 to 2.

16mm.
For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 3.
18mm.
20mm.
C) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm
22mm.
18mm.
20mm.



22mm.
Option Switch 8

Dimension 8 Data < 11 Default to use Standard Dimension Line

LineStandout Standouts (see below). Only used if
Distance options 40 and 118 are not set.
Data > 11 Where a value is set to the required basic
standout distance in whole mm‘s.
Standard Dimension Line Standouts:
For SMALL drawing text, set ISOGEN
Word 4 to 1.
A) String/Composite Dimension Standout
= 12mm.
For MEDIUM text, set Word 4 to 0.
14mm.


For LARGE text, set ISOGEN Word 4 to 2.

16mm.
18mm.
20mm.
22mm.
18mm.
20mm.



22mm.
Option Switch 9

Dimensions On 9 A 0 Std. is = 0 for isometric with dimensions.

Drawing
1 For isometric without any dimensions.
2 For Support dimensions only.
3 For COMPOSITE dimensions.
4 FULL STRING dimensioning, ALL
components dimensioned
B 0 Do not include gasket thickness in flanged
component dimension
1 Include gasket thickness in flanged
component dimension.
C 0 Dimension displayed in a broken
dimension line.
1 USA-style dimensioning, dimension
displayed above dimension line.
D 0 Dimensions turned 90 degrees, rather than
being arrowed out
1 0 and 1 at Beta test stage Feb.
2001
E 0 Normal component dimensions
1 Dimensions to show additional allowances


2 Dimensions to include additional
allowances (Spool isometrics only)
F 0 Combined pipe and bend dimensions
1 Separate pipe and bend dimensions
G 0 For single dimensioning
1 For double dimensioning (Imperial and

metric)
H 0 Angle/3 Way/4 Way valves and
instruments dimensioned using message
1 Angle/3 Way/4 Way valves and
instruments dimensioned normally
I 0 Full jacket dimensioning
1 Jacket dimensioning suppressed

File
Isometric Switch Marker or
Facility Word # Position Data Parameter Value Options
Drawing Margin 10 5 Std. is = 5 mm for left hand margin

dimension.
Or set:
data Alternative value for left margin.
11 5 Std. is = 5 mm for right hand margin

dimension.
Or set:
data Alternative value for right margin.
12 5 Std. is = 5 mm for top margin dimension.
Or set:
data Alternative value for top margin.

File
13 5 Std. is = 5 mm for bottom margin
dimension. or set:
data Alternative value for bottom margin.
Drawing Size 14 2 Std. is = A2 paper size (420 x 594 mm)
Or set:
1 For A1 paper size (594 x 841 mm)
Or set:
5 For AD paper size (22‖ x 34‖)
6 For AC paper size (17‖ x 22‖)
7 For AB paper size (11‖x17‖)
8 For AA paper size (8.5‖ x 11‖)
9 For AE size drawings (33‖ x 44‖)
10 For A0 size drawings (841 mm x 1189 mm)
Or set:
15 data New value for drawing height in mms
16 data New value for drawing width in mms
Non-standard drawing sizes are
controlled by Option Switches 15 and 16,
which, if set, override any setting in Option
Switch 14.
Flow Arrows 17 0 Std. is = 0 for fluid flow arrows on selected
in-line components.
Or set:
1 To suppress fluid flow arrows.
Frame Control 18 0 Std. is = 0 for standard Isoplot drawing
frame.
Or set:
1 To suppress standard Isoplot drawing
frame.
Falling Lines 19 Used to control how falling sections of
(Slope) pipeline are actually to be defined on the
iso.

File
0 Std. is = 0 to define falling sections of
pipeline in terms of an angle (i.e., FALL
1.5°).
Or set:
1 To define falling sections in terms of a falls
ration (i.e., FALL 1:60).
2 To define falling sections in terms of a falls
percentage (i.e., FALL 2%). This value is
always output as a whole percentage.
3 To define falling sections in terms of grads
(i.e., FALL 1 GRAD).
4 To define falling sections in terms of an
incline (i.e., FALL 3/16' PER FT).
5 To define falling sections in terms of an
incline (i.e., FALL 16 MM PER M).
6 To suppress falling line indication.

File
Sloping 20 5 Used to define the falls definition cut off

Pipeline point (i.e., to control what degree of
steepness should be treated as a fall and
Indication Limit
what should not). In this case, the section
concerned is surrounded by the normal box
enclosure.

File
data Std. is = 5 degrees or ratio of 1:11 or 9
percent or 5 gradients or 1" per ft (Imperial)
or 88 mm per meter depending upon which
key word is set as the first parameter. (All
these are approx. = to 5°.)
or set:
To the required value for the desired cut-off
value of the previous switch (19). If the
correct parameter for Switch 19 is set then:-
For 9 degree. cut-off, enter 9.
For 1:6 cut-off, enter 6.
For 16% cut-off, enter 16.
For 10 grad. cut-off, enter 10.
For 2" per foot cut-off, enter 2.
For 166 mm per cut-off, enter 166.
The default cut-off value is 5 ° or its
equivalent as indicated above.
Isometric Type 21 0 Std. is = 0 for combined isometrics (Fab and
Erec information.).
Or set:
1 For Erection isometrics only.
2 For Fabrication isometrics only.
6 For individual Spool isometrics.
7 For no isometrics from an ISOGEN run.
Loose Flange 22 Used to control the amount of extra pipe

And Field Fit that is added to both the Cut Length
Weld dimensions and the Material List at Loose
Allowance Flange and Field Fit Weld (FFW) positions.
A/B/C data Value used for field welds
Standard is 150 mm.
Values are in mm.

File
D/E/F data Value used for offshore welds
Standard is 0 mm.
Values are in mm.
G/H/I data Value used for shop weld allowance
Standard is 0 mm.
Values are in mm. This value is only applied
to Shop Test Welds.
Intergraph Option Switch 62 (Weld
Number Display), position C, must be set to
1 for ISOGEN 22 to work properly.
Plotted Material 23 This option allows control of the material list
List Control on the iso and the style of the material
control file. (Material control file generation
controlled by Intergraph Option 1.)
A 0 Material list plotted
1 Material list not plotted
B Blank or 0 No action
1 This is a sorted STYLE 1 list. Individual part

numbers and Pulled Bends are given a ‗U‘
number . (See ATEXT -356) Gaskets and
Bolts are accumulated. Welds are given W
or B numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)
2 This is a sorted STYLE 2 list . Individual part
numbers and Pulled Bends are given a ‗U‘
number. (See ATEXT -356) Gaskets and
Bolts are accumulated. Welds are given W
or B numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)
C Blank or 1 STYLE 1 Material list (default)
2 STYLE 2 Material list
3 STYLE 3 Material list
D Blank or 0 Old Style of Material Control File (default)
1 New Style of Material Control File.

File
E Blank or 0 Sectionalized form of Material List with title
for each group of components (default).
1 Continuous form of Material List. No
headings other than those set in the
Material Definition file by the user.
(No separate FAB / EREC sections. No
component subgroup headings.)
Components are continued to be sorted into
Groups. Horizontal list is drawn across the
Material List after each group of
components. Category identifiers (ATEXT
-376, -377, -378) and Group identifiers
(ATEXT -307, -308, - 309, -311 through
-315) are both available for use in any
user-specified column position.
Material List 24 Metric or Imperial Units used with this
Type/Length option are governed by ISOGEN option 41,
Units Dimensional Units.
A 0 Produce a material list on a per drawing
basis with length units to the nearest 1/10
meter or 1/10 foot (default). This position
must be set to 0.
B 0 Output pipe length in a x.xM or x.x' format.
(for example, 10.4M or 10.4') (default)
1 Output pipe length in a x MM or x' x" format.
(for example, 1040 MM or 10' 5")
2 Output pipe length in a x.xxx M or x.xxx'
format. (for example, 1.040 M or 10.510')
Material List 25 A 0 Material List on left side of isometric
Position & Title drawing. The title block is located in the
Block Position bottom right corner of the drawing area.
1 Material List on right side of isometric
drawing. The title block is located in the
bottom right corner of the drawing area.
B 0 Place title block in the bottom right corner of
the drawing area. (default)
1 Place Title block at the bottom of the
material list.
2 Do not place a title block.

File
Check ATEXTs -317 and -318. If

they are not blank and have not been
positioned by the user, the Cut List
SUMMARY is positioned above the title
block.
Material List 26 A 0 Std. is = 0 to have item descriptions listed or
Descriptions set:
1 To suppress item descriptions.
B 0 Std. is = 0 to have blank lines inserted

following single line Material List entries.
1 Suppress blank lines following single line
entries. This setting may make the Material
List shorter.
Material List 27 0 For characters 2.5 mm high (default
Text Size setting).
2 For characters 2.8 mm high. (Only controls

text on isometric picture.)

Setting 5 is not recommended.
Material List 28 data Controls number of characters in item code.
Item Code
The minimum item code length is 1
Length
character.
Material List 29 100 Controls line spacing on material list. Std. is
Line Spacing = 100.
or set:
data Alternative value to increase/decrease in
the ratio data/100/ (i.e., 105 to obtain
105/100 increase).


File
Material List 30 Controls how overflow material list are split.

Output
0 For automatic overflow onto a second
material list width plotted alongside the
normal one. (default)
1 Creates an isometric that contains only the
material list extension.
2 Creates an overflow iso for the material list.
The second iso is given the same number
as the first sheet, but appends a suffix (A,
B, C, etc.).
10 Same as 0 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added
to single sheet isometrics.
Picture Scale 34 Used to enlarge or diminish the isometric
picture image size while keeping the frame
size constant. Size alters in proportion to
the number entered and 100.
100 Std. is = 100.
or set:
data Alternative value to increase/ decrease
picture scale in the ratio to data/100.
Drawing and 35 Used to define a section along the bottom
Material List of the isometric sheet that is to be reserved
Reserved Area for user use in both the Drawing Area and
Material List Area.
A/B/C data Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of
reserved area that is required along the
bottom of the iso above the lower frame line
in the drawing area. When specified, this
area always is left blank.

File
Material List 30 Controls how overflow material list are split.

Output
D/E/F data Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of
reserved area that is required along the
bottom of the iso above the lower frame line
in the Material List area.
When specified, this area is always left
blank. (Measured from the same place as
Drawing Reserve Area)
Checks to make on ATEXT -317 and -318.
If they are not blank and have not been
positioned by the user, the CL SUMMARY
is positioned above the Material List
Reserve Area.
Drawing 1 Std. is = 1 for 1 frame high stacking.
Stacking
Arrangement
36 data Alternative value for variations on this (i.e.,
2 for 2 frame high stacking, or 3 for 3 frame
high stacking , etc.).
37 0 Std. is = 0 for plotting along the paper.
1 For plotting across the paper.
Drawing Split 38 Controls drawing. splitting (i.e., the average

Control amount of information to be shown on one
drawing).
100 Std. is = 100 for 100%.
data A number >100 to increase content or <100
to decrease.
ISOGEN option 7 must be set to 0
for this option to function properly.
Option Switch 39

Spool Numbers 39 A Basic control.


0 Spool numbering On. (Use
consecutive numbering - 1, 2, 3...)
1 Spool numbering Off.
2 Spool numbering On. (Use
consecutive lettering - A, B, C...)
B Spool identifier sequence
0 Spool numbering is consecutive and
does not reset to 1 for new sheets.
1 Spool numbering is consecutive, but
resets to 1 for new sheets.
C Box enclosure style
0 or blank Spool numbers are enclosed in a
double box. (default)
1 Spool numbers are enclosed in a
diamond-ended box.
round-ended box.
triangle.
diamond.
Because the triangle and
diamond enclosures cannot be
elongated, there is a limit on the
number of characters that can be
accommodated, depending on
character size.
square.
circle.
7 No enclosure.
9 Elliptical spool enclosure.
D Spool Drawing Identifier (User)
0 Pipeline reference is prefixed to Spool
ID (default).


1 Spool Drawing Identifier will be
Pipeline Reference – User Spool ID if
any user-defined Spool IDs are found
in the input pipeline data file.
E Spool Drawing Identifier (Automatic)
0 Spool Drawing Identifier will be Spool
ID.
1 Spool Drawing Identifier will be
Pipeline Reference – Automatic Spool
ID if no user-defined Spool IDs are
found in the input pipeline data file.
2 Spool Identifier will be generated from
Pipeline File Name – Automatic Spool
ID.
F Spool Identifiers (Fabrication)
0 Do not allocate Spool Identifiers for
lone fabrication components.
1 Allocate Spool Identifiers for lone
fabrication components.
2 User controlled Pipe Spools only – no
automatically generated spools.
G Spool Break Points at Unions
0 A Fabrication union connecting
fabrication components will create
separate spools.
1 A Fabrication union connecting
fabrication components will not create
separate spools.
H Single/Double line Circular Spool
Number Enclosures
0 Single line Spool Number Enclosure.
1 Double line Spool Number Enclosure.
You can use this option with circular
enclosures to get double circles.
I Circular and Elliptical Spool Number
EnclosureUe Size
0 Spool Number circular or elliptical
enclosures fixed to 2 characters.


1-8 Spool Number circular or elliptical
enclosures fixed to value set.
9 Spool Number circular or elliptical
enclosures variable sizes.
Option Switch 40
File
Pipe Supports 40 Controls pipe support display and

dimensioning.
0 STRING type support dimensioning.
(default)
1 OVERALL type support dimensioning
2 Suppress pipe supports on the isometric
and on the material list.
3 Use undimensioned pipe supports on the
isometric.
B 0 Support dimensions are on the same side
of the pipeline as normal pipe dimensions.
1 Support dimensions are opposite of the
pipeline from normal pipeline dimensions.
Standout distance set in positions C/D of
this switch are ignored
C 0 or blank No support dimension standout set.
Program default is used.
C/D data Support dimension standout in whole mm
units.
E 0 or blank Dimension all supports.
1 Dimension Fabrication-type supports only.

2 Dimension Erection-type supports only.
3 Dimension Offshore-type supports only.
4 Dimension Erection & Offshore-type
supports only.

Option Switch 41

Dimensional 41 Controls the output units for bore

Units dimensions, coordinate, weight and what
weight information is output, if any, for an
isometric.
A 0 Inch bores with metric (mm) linear
dimensions.
1 Inch bores with imperial (ft/in) dimensions.
2 Metric (mm) bores with metric (mm)
dimensions.
B 0 Metric co-ordinates are output as mm.
1 Metric co-ordinates are output as M.mm.
C 0 Standard output in feet and inches. (6‘
10.1/4‖)
1 Same as value 0, but with an added dash.
(6‘- 10.1/4‖)
2 Same as value 1, but a blank space
replaces the dot. (6‘-10 1/4‖)
3 Stacked fractions with a dash. (6‘- 10 ?")
4 Stacked fractions with a dash. (6‘ 10 ?")
For values 3 and 4, you must use a

font that supports stacked fractions.
D 0 Do not output weight info. to the isometric
(includes material lists, drawing frame,
etc.). (default)
1 Output weight in kilograms.
2 Output weight in pounds.
3 Output weight in kilograms. Output
dimensions in meters.
4 Output weight in pounds. Output
dimensions in meters.
5 Output weight in kilograms. Output
dimensions in feet.
6 Output weight in pounds. Output
dimensions in feet.


E 0 Suppress weight output.
Individual component weights do not
appear in the materials list. Only weight
sub-totals and totals appear.
1 Component Weight is output as total
component weight. (quantity x unit weight).
2 Output component weight as individual
weight of each component type. (not
multiplied by quantity).
F/G 0 or blank Change output format from inches to
feet/inches at 24.
value A number (in whole inches) where the
output format changes from inches to
feet/inches. The minimum valid value is
12.
H blank Output NPD at branches and reducers as
normal.
1 Suppress NPD at branches and reducers.
Option Switch 42
File
View Point 42 3 N arrow points top left. (default)

Control
1 N arrow points bottom right.
2 N arrow points top right.
4 N arrow points bottom left.
7 N arrow points top left (boxed in).
5 N arrow points bottom right (boxed in).
6 N arrow points top right (boxed in).
8 N arrow points bottom left (boxed in).


Spare 52
Weld Numbers 53 A 0 Weld Numbers OFF

1 Weld Numbers ON (small characters)
2 Weld Numbers ON (medium characters)
3 This Option Switch Position should be set
to value 0, 1, 2, or 3 if Position 4 is set to
value 0 or 1.
4 Weld Numbers ON (large characters)
Only number fabrication welds
7 Weld Numbers ON (large characters)
Only number erection welds
Weld Numbers ON (large characters)
Values 1-9 number welds consecutively,
starting at 1, for the entire pipeline.
All of the above size values are only valid

when Weld Numbers are being plotted in
the original circular style enclosures.
This Option Switch Position should be set
to value 0, 1, 2, or 3 if Position 4 is set to
value 0 or 1.
B 0 or blank Do not generate a weld box.
1 Generate a weld box.


2 For Operations Box Summary to be plotted
/ printed.
C 0 or blank Welds numbers run consecutively, starting
at 1, for the entire pipeline.
1 Weld numbers start at 1 on each new
sheet generated for a pipeline.
2 Spool isometric Weld Numbers to match
Full isometric Weld Numbers when using
continuous Weld Numbers across
drawings.
3 Spool isometric Weld Numbers to match
Full isometric Weld Numbers when using
the Weld Number commencing at 1 on
each new drawing facility
D 0 or blank Generate weld numbers for offshore welds
1 Generate weld numbers for offshore welds

ONLY
2 Suppress weld numbers for offshore
welds.
This Option Switch Position should
be set to value 2 when Position 1 is set to
value 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
E 0 or blank Single sequence for all welds.
1 Individual sequence for each weld type.
Weld Control 54 0 Std. is = 0 to have all welds plotted.

or set:
1 To have all welds suppressed.
2 To have only Site welds plotted.
3 To have only Fabrication welds plotted.
4 To change Site welds to Fabrication welds.

This setting will not change User Inserted
Site Welds.
Spare 56-57


Instrument 59 Controls which 3D system parameter is

Identification used on the isometric for the identification
of instruments.
0 Std. is = 0 for instrument NAME output.
or set:
1 To output the specification reference (Item
Code/Tag Number).

Tag Numbers 60 0 Std. is = 0 for no tag numbers on in-line

items.
or set:
1 To plot tag numbers with boxes.
2 To plot tag numbers without boxes.
Insulation 61 0 Std. is = 0 to have the insulation line

Control plotted alongside the pipe.
Or set:
1 To suppress insulation lines.
2 To have insulation on for tube and all
insulated components
Tracing Control 62 0 Std. is = 0 to have the Tracing lines plotted
alongside the pipe, or set:
1 To suppress the Tracing lines.
2 To have Tracing on for tube and all traced

components.
Printed Material 63 55 Std. is = 55 (for 55 lines per page), or set:
List Length
Control
data Alternative value (for example, 62)


Pipe Support 64 0 Std. is = 0 for no Support Names on

Information On drawing Use standard specification
Isometric reference (Item Code) on parts list.],or set:
Drawing
1 Support Names are output on Iso and are
used in the parts list.
2 Boxed support Names are output on Iso
and specification references are used on
the parts list.
3 As for Value 1, except supports are
excluded from Material List.
4 As for Value 2, except supports are
excluded from Material List.
Bolting Lengths 65 This option allows bolt diameters and bolt
and Bolting lengths to be reported in different units in
Diameters in the printed material control file. (See
the Alias ATEXT - 359, -330, and -331.) Always
Material Control output in Bolt Diameter X Bolt Length
File Only order.
0 When set to 0, bolt diameters and lengths
should be treated as per the setting of
option switch 41.
A This position controls the bolt length
indicator.
0 Imperial diameters -- Metric Lengths
1 Imperial diameters -- Imperial Lengths
2 Metric Diameters -- Metric Lengths
3 No bolts to be included in this file.
B 0 or blank This position controls the bolt diameter

indicator.
1 Defaults units as set in option switch 41
2 Imperial bolt diameters

Metric bolt diameters

Option Switches 67 - 72
File
3D Skews 67 0 Std. Is = 0 for boxes to be put on 3D

Drawn As 2D Skewed falling pipelines, or set:
Skews With Fall
Indication
1 For 3D Skews to be drawn as 2D Skews
with fall indication.
Zero Length 68 Where Zero Length bends are positioned
Bends between vertical branches and connection
points on Falling pipelines.
0 Std. is = 0 for skewed branch connection
presentation on Falling pipelines, or set:
1 For vertical branch connection presentation
on Falling pipelines.
Spare 69
Suppress Skew 70 This switch is only available for use on

Boxes/Triangle straight through Branches. Any change in
s on Branch direction along the Branch automatically
Legs causes this option to default to 0.
0 Default setting. All branches are drawn with
normal Skew Box/Triangle depiction.
data Suppress Skew Box/Triangle depiction on
Branch Legs whose number of components
is less than or equal to the data value set.
An orientation message is output as a
result.
Detail Sketch 71 8000 This option must be set to 8000 for the
Detail Sketch facility (Intergraph option 66)
to operate.
Spare 72
Option Switch 73
File
Control of Part 73 This option offers three styles of Part

File
Number Box Number boxes.
Enclosure
When style 1 or 2 boxes are being
used, ALL pipe part numbers will be
converted to arrowed-out message style.
Style 3: The first box identifies the

weld type (Site/Shop). This is controlled
from ATEXT -357, -358. The second box is
the generated part number.
A/B 0 Use standard part number enclosure.
data Use a Style 1 enclosure with X number of
blank characters.
C/D 0 Do not use a Style 2 enclosure.
blank characters.
E 0 Style 1 enclosure with square ends.
1 Style 1 enclosure with diamond ends.
2 Style 1 enclosure with round ends.
F/G blank Do not use a Style 3 enclosure box.

blank characters.

Option Switch 74

Material List 74 Allows limited control or variations of

Category accumulation of materials.
Accumulation
This switch does NOT apply to a STYLE 3
Material List. In all situations, PIPE
accumulates as it always has.
This switch does NOT apply when using
option switch 23 position B1 or B2.
Accumulation ON is the default setting.
A Fabrication Materials:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF (excludes pipe)
2 Eliminate the Fabrication category from
the Material List.
3 Accumulation OFF (includes pipe)
B Erection Materials:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF
2 Do not list in the Material List. The

category is eliminated completely.
C Offshore Materials:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF

D Gaskets:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF


E Bolts:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF

F Welds:
0 Accumulation ON
1 Accumulation OFF

Option Switch 75

Weld Number 75 This option gives control over the style of Box
Box Enclosure
enclosure for individual Weld Numbers.
A For Shop Welds ONLY:
Determines the enclosure style for weld
numbers. All values, except for 0 weld
numbers, are arrowed messages.
0 Normal weld numbers in small circles local to
the weld.
1 Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
2 Weld number in a round-ended box.
3 Weld number in a triangle.
4 Weld number in a diamond.


5 Weld number in a square-ended box.
6 Dynamically-sized circle.
7 No weld number enclosure.
B For Shop Welds ONLY:
0 Weld prefix NOT added to the weld number.
1 Weld prefix added to the weld number.
C For Site/Field Welds ONLY:

numbers, are arrowed messages.
weld.
1 Weld number in a diamond ended box.
2 Weld number in a round ended box.
5 Weld number in a square ended box.
D For Site/Field Welds ONLY:
1 Weld prefix added to the weld number


E For Offshore Welds ONLY:
numbers, will be arrowed messages.
the weld.
1 Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
2 Weld number in a round-ended box.
5 Weld number in a square-ended box.
F For Offshore Welds ONLY:
1 Weld prefix added to the weld number.

Material Part 76 ISOGEN option 73 controls the material

Number part number enclosure style.
Enclosure
Shape Settings 1, 2, and 7 are also applied to style 2
material list part number enclosure as
controlled by ISOGEN option 73.
A 0 Rectangular-ended enclosure box shape
(default)
1 Diamond-ended enclosure box shape


2 Round-ended enclosure box shape
7 Plot material part number only without an
enclosure box.
8 Do not plot a material part number or
enclosure box. This setting overrides ISOGEN
option switch 73.
Weld Number 77 This option MUST Be Set 1 (Meaning One
Allocation at Weld Number Only) For Intergraph.
Slip-on Flanges
&
Reinforcement
Pads
Spare 78, 79
File
Valve 80 Valves and instruments with spindles may

Centerline optionally be dimensioned to their center
Dimensioning points, rather than to their ends, using
Control either basic string or composite
dimensions. Option 80 controls
dimensioning selectively, based upon the
type of end connection. This Option Switch
operates in conjunction with Option Switch
81, which adds bore selectivity.
A Dimensioning on valves with butt-welded
ends.
0 Off
1 On
B Dimensioning on valves with compression
ends.
0 Off
1 On

File
C Dimensioning on valves with screwed ends
0 Off
1 On
D Dimensioning on valves with socket-welded

ends
0 Off
1 On
E Dimensioning on valves with flanged ends.
0 Off
1 On
F Dimensioning on valves with plain ends.
0 Off
1 On
G Dimensioning on valves with All Hygienic

ends
0 Off
1 On
Dimensioning 81 Branch dimensioning cannot be

Control suppressed on any branch that contains
pipe, fixed length pipe or a pipe block
A/B/C data Defines upper size limit for centerline
dimensioning
If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the
upper nominal size limit in 1/16‖
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper
nominal size limit in whole Mms.
D/E/F data Defines upper size limit for branch
dimensioning suppression.

File
If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the

upper nominal size limit in 1/16‖
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper
nominal size limit in whole Mms
G/H Defines the upper limit for the number of
components that are required before a
branch line is dimensioned.
Center of 82 A 0 None of the outputs controlled by this
Gravity Weight options switch are required. (default)
Output
1 All selected outputs are required per
drawing or per spool drawing.
2 All selected outputs are required per
complete pipeline.
B 0 Wet weight is not required.
1 Wet weight is required.
C 0 Insulation weight not required.
1 Insulation weight required.
D 0 Dry (empty) center of gravity position is not

required.
1 Dry (empty) center of gravity position is
required.
2 Dry (empty) plus insulation center of gravity
is required.
3 Dry (empty) center of gravity and dry
(empty) plus insulation center of gravity are
both required.
E 0 Wet (full) center of gravity position is not
required.
1 Wet (full) center of gravity position is
required.
2 Wet (full) plus insulation center of gravity is
required.
3 Wet (full) center of gravity and wet (full) plus
insulation center of gravity are both
required.

File
Spare 83 to 89

Spare 90, 91
Units for Detail 92 Sets the type of units for detail sketches that
Sketches have been used.
0 Metric units
1 Imperial Units
Spare 93, 94
Plotted Leg 95 0 Default plotted leg length of 9 mm

Lengths for
Elbows and data User-specified plotted leg length in whole mm
Tees units (12 = 12 mm leg lengths)
Do not set below 6 mm.
Spare 96
Skew 97 0 Default for a Single Overall Box/Triangle

Box/Triangle enclosure around the complete skew section.
Type
1 For individual Box/Triangle skew enclosure to
each branch.
Spare 98
Skew Box Style 99 A 0 Std. is = 0 for Skews enclosed in full boxes with
and standard dimensioning.
Dimensioning
When value is set to 0, hatching is not
performed.
1 For Skew Triangles with standard
dimensioning.
2 For Skew Triangles with standard
dimensioning but with standout distance as
specified by Switch 100.


3 For Skew Triangles with non-standard
dimensioning (i.e., no leader or dimension
lines). Standout distance for positioning
dimension characters as specified by Switch
100.
B 0 Switch Position A.
1 For a mixture of Skew indication types: 3D

Skews indicated with boxes, and 2D Skews
indicated with triangles.

File Marker
Isometric Switch or Data
Facility Word # Position Parameter Value Options
Skewed Box 100 0 Std. is = 0 for normal standout of 4 or 11

Dimension mm dependent on Switch 99.
Standout
or set:
(Triangles)
data For setting dimension standout (i.e., a
setting of 120 = 12 mm or a setting of 55 =
5.5 mm). Option Switch 100 is only obeyed
if Switch 99 is set to 2 or 3.
Skewed Box 101 A 0 Hatching Off
Dimension
Standout
(Triangles)
1 Hatching On (default; 1 mm)
If set to 1, ISOGEN option 99 must
not be set to 0.
A/B data Reasonable value from 10 (1 mm)
upwards.
C 0 or blank NO cut-off value. Full hatching is
performed.
C/D data Hatch line cut-off length. Set in WHOLE
mm.
Gapping 102 A/B 0 Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to skewed
Hatching sections of pipeline.
Patterns

data Gap value set in tenths of mm (20 = 2 mm)
C/D 0 Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to pipeline

items in skewed sections of pipeline
data Gap value set in tenths of mm (20 = 2 mm)
E/F 0 Default gap of 15 (1.5 mm) local to text

elements positioned within hatched
triangles.
All default settings can be selected by
setting switch A to 0.
Spare 103 -
107
Automatic Split 108 0 No change to current operation (i.e., split

Points in Pipe points in tube are acceptable). All
isometrics are generated normally. If
requested, the split point information is
written to new Repeatability Data Return
file.
1 If split points are detected, pipeline is
rejected (i.e., split points in tube are not
acceptable). No isometrics are generated,
and repeatability fails.
2 If split points are detected, continue to
generate the required number of
isometrics. The message
UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT is output in the
top left corner of each affected drawing.
Isometrics are generated, and
repeatability fails.
For Options 1 and 2, before
re-running the process, you must change
the pipeline data to eliminate split points.
Two solutions are available:
 Insert user-positioned split point(s)
that avoids splitting in tube.
 Insert erection-type weld at a suitable
position that is local to the previously
selected, reported position. As a
result, a position can be dimensioned
without generating a Carry Over type
of dimension.
Contents of 109 A/E Determines the data output to the return

Data Return file. The return file is used for repeatability.
File
Switches must be set to 111112.


File
Spare 110
Dotted Nozzles 111 0 Std. is = 0 to have Dotted Nozzles

suppressed.
or set:
1 For all Nozzles to be shown Dotted.
Flow Arrow 112 This option is used with 149 record types
Size whose skey is set to FLOW.
0 Std. is = 0 set at default scale factor size of
8.
1 Suppress pipeline flow arrows.
data For scale factor size between 5 and 15.
Pipeline 113 0 Std. is = 0 for standard Pipeline Reference

Reference to output in the Material Control file. or set:
Format In
Material Control
File
1 Reformat Pipeline Reference for output in
Material Control file (change format such
that 6-LNG-6412A-CT15 becomes
LNG6412A).
Specification 114 0 Std. is = 0 for standard format Specification
Breaks Break identifiers.
or set:
1 For new format Specification Break
identifiers.
Offset Angle 116 0 Std. is = 0 for no offset tolerance.
Tolerance
or set:
data Any value expressed in 1/100ths of a
millimeter.
Thus, any skew below the given value is
suppressed.

File
Dimension 117 0 Std. is = 0 for the carryover of any

Round Off remaining dimension after rounding up or
Carry Over down to the nearest whole unit (i.e., nearest
1 mm or 1/16 inch).
or set:
1 the nearest 1 mm or 1/16 inch.
Overall 118 Overall Dimensions to valve centers

Dimensions are only available to valves that have a
spindle.
A 0 Overall dimensions OFF
1 Overall dimensions ON, going across all

branches
2 Overall dimensions ON, stopping at all
branches
3 Overall dimensions to center line of valves,
going across all Branches
4 Overall dimensions to center line of valves
stopping at all branches.
B 0 or blank NO overall dimension standout set.
Program default will be used for all overall
dimensions.
B/C data User-specified overall dimension standout
in whole mm units (9 for 9 mms)
Vertical 119 0 Std. is = 0 for normal dimensions.
Dimensions/
or set:
Elevations
1 Elevations only output on vertical pipes at
points where dimension lines would
normally be.
2 Elevations and Dimensions output on
vertical pipelines.


Scale of 120 0 Std. is = 0 for 100% pipeline scale.

Tapped Branch
or set:
data Value >100 to increase the branch scale.
Value <100 to decrease the branch scale.
Values of less than 50% are not
recommended.
Tapped Branch 121 This Switch is in two sections:
Dimensions
i) Tapped branches on actual fitting
components, i.e. valves, flanges, etc.
ii) Tapped branches on 'Pipe' type
components, i.e. elbows, tees, pipe, etc.
Tapped branches may be output on the
isometric in dimensioned, undimensioned, or
partially dimensioned form.
A Tapped Branches on Fitting Components
0 Std. is = 0 for tapped branch dimensions on as
set for the main pipeline.
1 For tapped branch dimensions off.
2 For tapped branch dimensions off, except for

those on pipe and 'Pipe' type components.
B Tapped Branched on 'Pipe' Components
0 Std. is = 0 for tapped branch dimensions off.
1 For tapped branch dimensions on.
2 For tapped branch dimensions off, except for

those on pipe and 'Pipe' type components.
Coordinates at 122 0 Std. is = 0 for no coordinates output at
Tapping Points user-defined fitting tap points.
or set:
1 For coordinates output at developed fitting tap
points.


Instrument 123 A 0 Std. is = 0 for no ballooning of instrument text.

Balloons
or set:
A number equal to the number of characters
allow on each of the two available lines within
an instrument balloon; i.e.:
1 For 1 character on each line.
2 For 2 characters on each line.
B 0 This switch position is not used. Set this switch

position to 0 as a place holder when using
switch position C.
 When using any of the enclosure options

for switch C, switch A must be set to 0.
 Refer to Intergraph Option 12 if a two line
message is required or if the instrument ID
is defined using a $ character. Otherwise,
a line feed will occur at the $ character.
C 0 or blank No enclosure box around the instrument name
(default setting).
1 Diamond-ended box
2 Round-ended box
3 Diamond-ended box (2 character maximum)
4 Diamond-shaped box (3 character maximum)
5 Square-ended box
Spare 124 -
126


Isogen Version 127 0 Std. is = 0 for ISOGEN Program Version

/ Run Date banner together with Run Date and generation
time of the iso not to be plotted.
1 Banner to be plotted.
Test Parameter 128 - Used for Isodat/Isoplot development testing by

Block 140 Alias ISOGEN Support Team.
Symbol Keys
End Prep Connections
The ** characters in the symbol key may be replaced with one of the following end prep types:
End Prep Codelist

End Type Value Range End Prep Type (**)
Flanged 2 – 199 FL (Flanged)
Male 316 - 319 GL (Glued)
321 – 329 LC (Liner - clamped)
331 – 339 SC (Screwed)
341 – 349 CL (Clamped)
351 – 354 PF (Push Fit)
356 - 359 CL (Clamped)
361 – 369 CP (Compression)
Female 401 – 409 CP (Compression)
421 – 429 SW (Socket Weld)
461 – 469 CL (Clamped)
471 - 479 CL (Clamped)
481 - 489 PF (Push Fit)
491 - 499 GL (Glued)
501 – 509 CP (Compression)
521 - 529 SC (Screwed)

All Other Codelist BW (Butt Weld)

Values
Number of Segments:
The @ character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9,
inclusive, to denote the number of segments. Currently, regardless of the value assigned to @,
the symbol is drawn per the Skey Plotted Isometric Shape displayed in this section. However, in a
future release of the software, the numeric value assigned to @ will be used in conjunction with a
costing package so that the number of segments in the bend can be passed to the costing system.
Bend Radius:
The + character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9,
inclusive, to denote the bend radius.
Skey Connect Points:

Please refer to the appendix, ISOGEN Skey Dimensions, for the position of Skey connection
points.
Caps (SKEYs)
Description Key Plotted User-Definable
Isometric Shape (Yes/No)
Cap - Butt Weld KABW Y
Cap - Compression KACP Y
Cap - Screwed KASC Y
Cap - Socket Weld KASW Y

Couplings (SKEYs)
Nipple - Screwed (Running) NRSC Y
Nipple - Screwed (Barrel) NBSC Y
Coupling - Compression COCP Y
Coupling - Screwed COSC Y
Coupling - Socket Weld COSW Y
Elbolet Coupling Butt Weld CEBW Y
Elbolet Coupling Screwed CESC Y
Elbolet Coupling Socket Weld CESW Y
Crosses (SKEYs)
Cross - Butt Weld CRBW N
Cross - Compression CRCP N
Cross - Flanged CRFL N
Cross - Screwed CRSC N
Cross - Set On CRSO N

Cross - Set On Reinforced CRRF N
Cross - Socket Weld CRSW N
Elbows and Bends (SKEYs)

The @ character in the symbol keys can be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9,
inclusive, to denote the number of segments. Currently, regardless of the value assigned to @,
the symbol is drawn per the SKEY plotted isometric shape. The + character in the symbol keys
may be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9, inclusive, to denote the bend radius.
Description Key Plotted Isometric User-Defina
Shape ble (Yes/No)
Elbow - Butt Weld (90 and 45) ELBW N
Elbow - Butt Weld (90 and 45) With A ETBW N

Connection
Elbow - Butt Weld 180 Return (U Elbow) EUBW N
Elbow - Compression (90 and 45) ELCP N
Elbow - Compression (90 and 45) With A ETCP N

Connection
Elbow - Screwed (90 and 45) With Male EBSC N

Ends
Elbow - Screwed (90 and 45) With Female ELSC N

Ends
Elbow - Screwed - Female (90 and 45) With ETSC N

A Connection
Elbow - Socket Weld ELSW N

Elbow - Socket Weld With A Connection ETSW N
Bend - Flanged (All Angles) BEFL N
Bend - Flanged (All Angles) With A BTFL N

Connection
Bend - Flanged 180 Return (U Bend) BUFL N
Bend - Miter Flanged MIFL N
Bend - Miter Flanged With A Connection MTFL N
Bend - Miter Butt Weld MIBW N
Bend - Miter Butt Weld With A Connection MTBW Y
Bend - Lobster Back Flanged L@FL N
Bend - Lobster Back Flanged With A T@FL N

Connection
Bend - Lobster Back Butt Weld L@BW N
Bend - Lobster Back Butt Weld With A T@BW N

Connection
Bend - Pulled (All Angles) PB+D N
Bend - Pulled 180 Return (U Bend) BU+D N

Bend - Pulled (All Angles) With A Connection TB+D N
Fixed Length Pipes (SKEYs)

Description Key Plotted Isometric User-Definabl
Shape e (Yes/No)
Fixed Length Pipe - With Flanged Ends FPFL N
Fixed Length Pipe - Without Flanged Ends FPPL Y
Flanges (SKEYs)
Description Key Plotted User-Definabl
Isometric e (Yes/No)
Shape
Flange - Blind (Blank) FLBL Y
Flange - Flared/Loose Backing FLFL Y
Flange - Loose Backing FLLB Y
Flange - Reducing Concentric FLRC Y
Flange - Reducing Eccentric FLRE Y
Flange - Slip On FLSO Y
Flange - Slip On With 'J' Type Weld FLSJ Y
Flange - Orifice Slip On FOSO Y
Flange - Socket Weld FLSW Y
Flange - Weld Neck FLWN Y

Flange - Orifice Weld Neck FOWN Y
Inline Filters (SKEYs)

You can replace the ** characters in the symbol keys with an end prep type. For more information,
see End Prep Connections (see "Symbol Keys" on page 399).

Description Key Plotted User-Defina

Isometric ble (Yes/No)
Shape
Filter/Strainer - Straight Through FI** Y
Filter/Strainer - Angle FA** N
Filter/Strainer - Offset FO** N
Filter/Strainer - Return FR** N
Instruments (SKEYs)
Shape e (Yes/No)
Instrument II** Y
Instrument - Angle IA** N
Instrument - Offset IO** N
Instrument - Return IR** N
Instrument - Dial IDPL N
Instrument - Dial Flanged IDFL N
Orifice Plate OP Y

Restrictor Plate PR Y
Rupture Disk DR Y
Valve - Angle Relief/Vent RA** Y
Valve - Angle Pressure XA** Y

Reducing
Valve - Control CV** Y
Valve - Angle Control CA** Y
Valve - 3-Way Control C3** N
Valve - 4-Way Control C4** N
Valve - Control Square SV** Y

Indicator
Valve - Angle Control SA** Y

Square Indicator
Valve - 3-Way Control S3** N

Square Indicator
Valve - 4-Way Control S4** N

Square Indicator
Valve - Control Motorized MV** Y

Indicator
Valve - Angle Control MA** Y

Motorized Indicator
Valve - 3-Way Control M3** N

Motorized Indicator

Valve - 4-Way Control M4** N

Motorized Indicator
Valve - Control Hand HV** Y

Indicator
Valve - Angle Control Hand HA** Y

Indicator
Valve - 3-Way Control Hand H3** N

Indicator
Valve - 4-Way Hand H4** N

Indicator
Valve - Pressure Reducing XV** Y
Valve - Relief/Vent RV** Y
LJSE Type Flanges (SKEYs)

Shape
Lap Joint Ring (Loose Backing Flange) FLRG Y
Lap Joint Stub End (Loose Backing Flange) FLSE Y
Miscellaneous Items (SKEYs)

Shape e (Yes/No)
Flow Indicator FLOW Y
Hanger/Support 01HG Y

Miscellaneous Pipe Components (SKEYs)

Shape
Block - Angle BA** N
Expansion Bellows EX** Y
Flame Trap FT** Y
Flexible Hose FX** Y

Hose Coupling CH** Y
Non-Category Item NC** Y
Block Offset BO** N
Plug PL Y
Restrictor Plate RP Y
Block - Return BR** N
Sight Glass SG** Y
Slip Plate SP Y
Slip Ring SR Y
Spectacle Blind SB Y
Tundish (Funnel) TU** Y

Olets (SKEYs)
Isometric Shape e (Yes/No)
Olet - Half Coupling Screwed HCSC Y
Olet - Half Coupling Socket Weld HCSW Y
Olet - Latrolet Butt Weld LABW Y
Olet - Latrolet Screwed LASC Y
Olet - Latrolet Socket Weld LASW Y
Olet - Nipolet Screwed NISC Y
Olet - Nipolet Plain End NIPL Y
Olet - Sockolet SKSW Y
Olet - Sweepolet SWBW Y
Olet - Thredolet THSC Y
Olet - Weldolet WTBW Y
Instrument Tee - Flanged ITFL N

Operators (SKEYs)
Shape
Fitting used on valves with AV, V3, V4, VD, VG, 01SP Y
and VV as the first two characters of the SKEY
Fitting used on valves with AR, RA, and VR as 02SP Y

the first two characters of the SKEY
Fitting used on valves with VB, VK, and VY as 03SP Y

the first two characters of the SKEY
Fitting used on valves with VT as the first two 05SP Y

characters of the SKEY
Fittings used on valves with VT as the first two 06SP Y

Fittings used on valves with VP as the first two 07SP Y

Fittings used on valves with VS as the first two 08SP Y

Fittings used on control valves with AX, VX, and 09SP Y

XA as the first two characters of the SKEY
Fittings used on control valves with SA, SV, S3, 10SP Y

and S4 as the first two characters of the SKEY
Fittings used on control valves with MA, MV, M3, 11SP Y

and M4 as the first two characters of the SKEY
Fittings used on control valves with HA, HV, H3, 12SP Y

and H4 as the first two characters of the SKEY

Fittings used on control valves with CA, CV, C3, 13SP Y

and C4 as the first two characters of the SKEY
Other End Connections (SKEYs)

Description Key Plotted Isometric Shape User-Defina
Fabrication Erection ble
(Yes/No)
Erection Weld or Connection SW Y
on fittings with an SW end
Erection Weld or Connection SC Y
on fittings with an SC end
Erection Weld or Connection CP Y
on fittings with a CP end
For SW, SC, or CP type end connections, the software fills in the plotted shapes for
erection items and leaves the shapes open for fabrication type items. If the connecting pipe
fabrication category is erection, then the software overrides whatever is defined in the fitting.
Reducers (SKEYs)
Shape
Reducer - Concentric Butt Weld RCBW Y
Reducer - Concentric Fabricated From CPBW Y

Plate
Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Pipe CSBW Y
Reducer - Concentric Butt Weld With a CTBW Y

Connection
Reducer - Concentric Fabricated From CZBW Y
Plate With a Connection
Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Pipe CXBW Y
With a Connection
Reducer - Concentric Compression RCCP Y
Reducer - Concentric Flanged RCFL Y
Reducer - Concentric Fabricated From CPFL Y

Plate Flanged
Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Pipe CSFL Y
Flanged

Reducer - Concentric Fabricated From CZFL Y

Plate Flanged w/ Connection
Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Pipe CXFL Y
Flanged w/ Connection
Reducer - Concentric Nipple RNSC Y
Reducer - Concentric Screwed RCSC Y
Reducer - Concentric Screwed w/ CTSC Y

Connection
Reducer - Concentric Screwed Bush RBSC Y
Reducer - Concentric Socket Weld Bush RBSW Y
Reducer - Eccentric Butt Weld REBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated From Plate EPBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric Swaged From Pipe ESBW Y
Reducer - Eccentric Butt Weld With a OTBW Y

Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated From Plate EZBW Y
With a Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Swaged From Pipe EXBW Y
With a Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Screwed RESC Y
Reducer - Eccentric Screwed With a OTSC Y

Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Flanged REFL Y
Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated From Pipe EPFL Y

Flanged
Reducer - Eccentric Swaged From Pipe ESFL Y
Flanged
Reducer - Eccentric Flanged With a OTFL Y
Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated From Plate EZFL Y
Flanged With a Connection
Reducer - Eccentric Swaged From Pipe EXFL Y
Flanged With a Connection
Reducing Block RFPL Y

Tees (SKEYs)
Shape e (Yes/No)
Tee - Butt Weld TEBW N
Tee - Compression TECP N
Tee - Flanged TEFL N
Tee - Screwed TEFL N
Tee - Set On TESO N
Tee - Set On Reinforced TERF N
Tee - Socket Weld TESW N
Tee - Swept Branch Butt TSBW N

Weld
Tee - Swept Branch TSFL N

Flanged
Tee - Swept Branch TSCP N

Compression
Tee - Swept Branch Socket TSSW N

Weld

Traps (SKEYs)
Isometric Shape e (Yes/No)
Trap - In-Line TI** Y
(Straight Through)
Trap - Angle TA** N
Trap - Offset TO** N
Trap - Return TR** N
Unions (SKEYs)
Description Key Plotted Isometric Shape User-Definable (Yes/No)
Union - Screwed UNSC Y
Union - Socket Weld UNSW Y
Valves (SKEYs)
Shape
Valve - Angle AV** Y
Valve - Angle Pressure AX** Y

Reducing
Valve - Angle Relief/Vent AR** Y
Valve - Ball VB** Y

Valve -Basic VV** Y
Valve - Butterfly VY** Y
Valve - Check VC** Y
Valve - Check CK** Y
Valve - Cock VK** Y
Valve - Diaphragm VD** Y
Valve - Gate VT** Y
Valve - Globe VG** Y
Valve - Needle VN** Y
Valve - Plug VP** Y
Valve - Pressure Reducing VX** Y
Valve - Relief/Vent VR** Y
Valve - Slide VS** Y
Three-Way Valves
Shape e (Yes/No)
Valve - 3-Way V3** Y
Four-Way Valves
Shape e (Yes/No)
Valve - 4-Way V4** Y

Vents (SKEYs)
Shape
Rupture Disk RD Y
Welds (SKEYs)
Isometric Shape ble (Yes/No)
Weld - Site WS Y
Weld - Field Fitted WF Y
Weld - Workshop WW Y
Weld Mitre (Shop) WM N
Weld Mitre (Site) WM N
Weld Mitre (Offshore) WM N
Weld Mitre (Field Fit) WMF N

Weld Mitre (Field Fit) WMF N
Offshore Weld WO Y
Offshore Weld-Field Fit WOF Y
What is AText
AText is an abbreviation for Alternative Text, a powerful ISOGEN feature that enables you to
easily change or remove any text on the isometric drawing.
The feature operates by assigning a unique identification number to each standard text string. The
ID number is then referred to whenever a change is required to the text string that the number
represents.
For a complete list of available ATexts and their default values, see Grouping of AText
Listings.
By definition, a standard text string can be either a single character, a single word, or a group of
words. However, some ATexts are, by default, set to an all blank word. The total number of
separate standard text strings held by the software in this way is in excess of 300.
Identification Number Format

Because identification numbers are always negative, they are must be preceded by a minus sign.
For example, AText -249 represents the default word WEST, which is used in the main isometric
drawing area.

See also
Grouping of AText Listings
Using Alternative Text
Using Alternative Text

AText allows you to substitute your own text terminology or language in place of the standard
ISOGEN words on the isometric. To make a word change, you do not have to replace all the
standard AText--you can change as little as just one word if that is all is required.
Although the AText feature has a considerable degree of built-in flexibility, you must exercise a
certain amount of care when defining your own words, particularly in terms of word lengths. As a
general rule, newly defined words or word strings should be about equal in length or shorter than
the text that is being replaced. Obvious exceptions to this are the cases of the single line headings
in the material list region. In this respect, you must take full responsibility for word
definition. ISOGEN does not warn you in cases where words are too long and cannot be
accommodated in the standard space provided on the isometric. Badly designed AText can lead
to undesirable results, such as over-writing or incorrectly positioned text.
Special Characters
The following special characters further extend the functionality of ATexts:
The Dollar ($) Sign - The $ character, which is used in ISOGEN to force a new line in regular
isometric message text, can also be used with ATexts. However, when using the $ character, it is
recommended that you carefully check the output results of each occurrence.
The Question Mark (?) - The ? character has the following two different uses:
 In ATexts -210, -211 and -212 to suppress the plotting of the single characters normally
associated with these ATexts, without switching off their associated facility, as would
normally happen when an AText is set to blank. For example, setting AText -210 ?
suppresses the F that is normally plotted. It does not completely suppress the plotting of
the flange material list part number as would normally happen when an AText item is set
to blank. Using the ? character is particularly advantageous on spool isometrics.
 In some special ATexts at points where the software dynamically inserts information. By
default, AText -456 is set to DETAIL ?. As a result, the software inserts either a letter or a
number, depending upon which system you have specified at the position of the ?
character.
The "At" (@) Sign - You can use the @ character to pad out an AText string with trailing blanks.
As a result, the text that follows the AText has a series blanks between it and the AText.
Foreign Language Use

AText is particularly beneficial to foreign language users who want to produce isometrics
containing text in their native language. However, there are restrictions governing which
characters are permissible. Those restrictions are outlined in The Usable Character Set.
The Usable Character Set

You can only use the following standard English and special purpose characters in AText
definitions:
 Upper- or lower-case letters in the range A to Z.
 Numeric characters in the range 0 to 9 inclusive.
 A blank space character.

 The following special purpose symbols: * + - . , : [ ] ( ) # ' < > = | & %

Other foreign language characters, such as those used in the Cyrillic, Greek, or
Chinese alphabets are excluded, as are specially accentuated characters, such as à, á, â, and so
on.
AText and the Drawing Frame Symbols

The AText feature goes further than just controlling text characters. The standard symbols
appearing in the line summary area across the bottom of the standard ISOGEN drawing frame,
viz. for shop weld, field weld, and so on through traced pipe, can all be suppressed when they are
not required by setting their associated ATexts to blank.
Composite Text Messages

Composite text messages are made up of more than one text item and the composition is done by
ISOGEN automatically. Such messages can be composed in either of the following two ways:-
 By combining two or more related ATexts
 By combining AText and an associated design database attribute value
Generally, in those cases where AText operates together with design database attribute
information to form a composite message, setting the AText part to blank to suppress the plotting
of it causes suppression of the attribute text also. For example, if the composite message BATCH
REF: 12/100A/C in the title block area needs to be completely suppressed, then setting AText
-252, which contains the words BATCH REF, to blank causes both this and the attribute part,
12/100A/C, not to be plotted.
See also
Examples (on page 419)
Grouping of AText Listings
Examples
The following are some examples of standard ATexts:
 The material list heading ERECTION MATERIALS.
 The isometric connection messages CONN. TO and CONT. ON in the main drawing area.
 The BATCH REF and PIPING SPEC headings in the title block area.
Each of these are default AText words that are programmed in by ISOGEN but which you can
re-program, if required, as explained in the following examples.
Example 1: ERECTION MATERIALS

You can find ERECTION MATERIALS as AText -310 (see "Plotted Material and Cut Pipe List
Heading Texts" on page 431). To change the default heading (ERECTION MATERIALS) to
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, the entry - 310 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS must appear in
the appropriate data input file.
Example 2: CONN.TO
CONN TO. is an example of a composite message that is used at locations where pipelines are
connected to equipment nozzles. You can find it as AText -208.
To change the message CONN. TO to JOIN TO, the entry -208 JOIN TO must appear in the
appropriate data input file. Information regarding the joined to component, that is, the nozzle name
as extracted from the design database, is automatically appended to the AText by ISOGEN to
form a composite message, such as JOIN TO D45-NZ12.

Example 3: BATCH REF

BATCH REF is another composite message example--AText -252 (see "Title Block/Drawing
Frame" on page 429). The message is used to convey plant zone or area information in the title
block area of the isometric where the contents of the BATCH (AREA) type record in the pipeline
input data file is automatically appended by ISOGEN. An example of this kind of message is
BATCH REF : AR-A/TF/N12.
To remove the batch reference entry from the isometric, set the AText entry in the input data file
(IDF) to blank, thus: -252
Doing so removes the entire composite message from the isometric, both the AText BATCH REF
: part and the following design database attribute that holds the batch reference information.
Grouping of ATexts Listings

All the AText listings are logically grouped into the following isometric drawing regions:
 Isometric Drawing Area (on page 420)
 Plotted Material and Cut Pipe List Heading Texts (on page 431)
 Specification Change Indication (on page 429)
 Title Block/Drawing Frame (on page 429)
 Line Summary Area (on page 437)
 Printed Material List (on page 438)
 Weld Box Summary (on page 438)
 Flat Spools and Flange Rotation (on page 440)
 Compipe Material Control Links (on page 441)
 SPOOLGEN (FFISYS) Screen Display (on page 441)
 Reference Plane System (on page 445)

Isometric Drawing Area

-201 E Denotes East at east coordinates.
-202 N Denotes North at north coordinates.
-203 W Denotes West at west coordinates.
-204 S Denotes South at south coordinates.
-205 EL + Denotes a positive Elevation at elevation coordinates.
-206 EL - Denotes a negative Elevation at elevation coordinates.
-207 ? NS Denotes the pipe nominal size. By setting the AText to blank, the
nominal size message is suppressed. Using a ? symbol determines
the format used for outputting the nominal size message.
-208 CONN. TO Denotes CONNected TO - where a pipeline/branch end is
connected to a nozzle.
-209 CONT. ON Denotes CONTinued ON at the point where a pipeline/branch end is
continued onto another pipeline. It is used in conjunction with
END-CONNECTION type record. Is also used with AText -255 to
create a CONT. ON DRG 2 type message when a pipeline is split
into multiple drawings. (Isometric drawing area and Material List

overflow).
-210 F Denotes flange--the letter used with the material list cross-reference
pointer for flanges.
-211 G Denotes gaskets--the letter used with the material list
cross-reference pointer for gaskets.
-212 B Denotes bolts--the letter used with the material list cross-reference
pointer for bolts.
-213 SPINDLE Used to indicate the direction of an operating spindle on a valve
when it is not pointing in a primary direction.
-214 MM Denotes millimeters. Used with arrowed dimensions on angle and
multi-way valves to indicate leg length.
-215 REDUCING An identification message that points at a reducing flange.
FLANGE
-216 OFFSET This message is used where a dimensional offset occurs, such as
eccentric reducer, offset reducing flange, all forms of offset blocks.
You can use a ? symbol to determine format used for outputting the
offset messages. By setting this AText to blank, the offset message
is suppressed.
-217 MITRE This message is used on mitered bends. (It is used in conjunction
with AText -231 BEND).
-218 LOBSTER This message is used on lobster back bends. (It is used in
conjunction with AText -231'BEND).
-219 REINFORCED An identification message that points to a reinforced tee or cross
when the symbol key is TERF or CRRF and no reinforcement pad
component is called for.
-220 LEFT LOOSE A distinguishing message that points to a flange where the LOOSE
indicator is set.
-221 FFW Distinguishing message that points to a field fit weld.
-222 FALL Used in conjunction with the Fall symbol to denote a FALLing line.
You can use a ? symbol to determine the format used for outputting
the falling line messages. By setting this AText to blank, the falling
line message is now suppressed, but the fall indication symbol is still
,shown.
-223 (Normally blank) Produces a program generated degree symbol (°) which is output at
all angle indicators requiring a degree symbol (bends, Falls, and so
on).
-224 : This symbol is used for falling lines specified with a ratio, such as
1:10.
-225 (Normally blank) Produces a system-generated % symbol used on falling pipelines
specified with a percentage indication
-226 GRAD Used where a falling line is specified in gradiens.
-227 PER M Used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Metric units,
such as millimeters per meter.

-228 PER FT Used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Imperial units,
such as inches per foot).
-229 SCREWED END The message points to a pipe end that has been set to screwed in
the pipeline input data file.
-230 VENT The message points to a vent position at any open ended pipe. It is
used in conjunction with an END-POSITION-VENT type record.
-231 BEND Used in conjunction with AText -217 and AText -218 to identify
miter and lobster back type bends.
-232 SPEC Identification message points to any place in the pipe where the
piping specification changes. The name of the new specification is
automatically indicated.
-233 C Identifies a connector as part of a material list cross-reference, such
as C13 in a box.
-234 (Normally blank) Used to prefix liners and nut material part numbers that are output
on the isometric drawing. Clamps use AText -233 to prefix their part
number.
-235 (default) Allows a start point message to be shown on the isometric drawing.
The following special characters can be used to output other items
of information as part of the message:
 $ - Splits message over several lines.
 ? - Outputs the system/pipeline reference (IDF record -25 or -6)
 ?? - Outputs the spool reference (IDF record -7 or -28)
 #nnn - Outputs the pipeline attribute. Where nnn is set to 0 to
99, outputs ATTRIBUTES0 to ATTRIBUTES99 (IDF records
-600 to -699). Where nnn is set to 100 to 199, outputs
ATTRIBUTES100 to ATTRIBUTE199 (IDF records -900 to
-990)
-236 S Identifies a support as part of a material list cross-reference, such as
S22 in a box.
-237 " Is the inch sign indicator used in imperial dimensions coordinates
and nominal size outputs.
-238 ' Is the feet sign indicator used in imperial dimensions and
coordinates.
-239 DRAIN The message points to a drain position any open-ended pipe. It is
used in conjunction with an END-POSITION-DRAIN type record
-240 (Normally blank) This AText is blank by default but can be used to produce a
message at any open-ended pipe. It is used in conjunction with an
END-POSITION-OPEN type record.
message at any closed- ended pipe. It is used in conjunction with an
END-POSITION-CLOSED type record.
message at any miscellaneous pipe end. It is used in conjunction
with an END-POSITION-NULL type record.

-243 (Normally blank) This AText has no default text, but if you set it to a word, such as
FLAT, then that text acts as a trigger to output the flat direction of
eccentric reducers that have their flat side pointing in a primary
direction. (Is used in conjunction with ATexts -244 to -249
inclusive).
The following six ATexts (-244, -245, -246, -247, -248, and -249) are used to output
directions in conjunction with other ATexts on items that carry a direction setting on the
component record in the pipeline input data file.
-244 UP Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
append a primary direction as part of a composite message.
-245 DOWN Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
-246 NORTH Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
-247 SOUTH Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
-248 EAST Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
-249 WEST Used in conjunction with ATexts -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 to
-275 SWEPT TEE This message points to a tee whose symbol key starts with the
characters TS.
-276 CONT. FROM Denotes CONTinued FROM. This message is plotted when a
pipeline is split onto two or more drawings, such as CONT. FROM
DRG 1. (The text DRG comes from AText -255. For more
information about this AText, see Title Block/Drawing Frame) (see
"Title Block/Drawing Frame" on page 429).
-277 ORIFICE FLANGE This text points to orifice flanges.
-278 DIAL FACE This text points to instruments dials whose symbol key starts with
the characters ID and is followed by a relevant direction letter. See
the following Notes for more information.
-279 L Denotes lap joint stub end the letter used with the material list
cross-reference pointer for LJSE's.
-280 TAPPING This text points to orifice plates and is followed by a relevant
direction letter. See the following Notes for more information.
-281 TAIL This text points to spectacle blinds and slip plates and is followed a
by relevant direction letter. See the following Notes for more
information.
-282 WINDOW This text points to a site glass and is followed by a relevant direction
letter. See the following Notes for more information.
-283 FLAT Used to identify non primary flat directions on eccentric reducers.
The contents of this AText is output in front of the contents of a
DIRECTION record containing the flat skew direction

 AText Numbers -243, -278, -280, -281 and -282 are only output if a primary direction is set in
the component record in the pipeline input data file.
 The appropriate direction (as defined by ATexts -244 to -249) is appended to the specific
fitting text to make a composite message--such as DIAL FACE WEST. Alternatively, the
content of any DIRECTION (Compound Directions) record can be appended.
-284 TEE BEND This text is plotted at bends that have an off-line leg.
-285 RATING FLANGE This text is a part of a facility that provides an extra message at a
flange that has a different pressure rating to standard. This is
achieved by giving the mating gasket a symbol key of the required
rating (such as. 300#) in the Intermediate Data File (IDF). The
facility is only used on fixed length piping.
-286 (Normally blank) This AText is blank by default but if set it will output the text as a
message on screwed erection (construction) fittings.
-287 ORIENTATION Is used to identify the direction of skewed branches in cases
DIRECTION where skew box indication has been suppressed. A program
generated direction will be appended to this text to form a
complete message.
-288 PIPE Is used on system Isometrics to denote the position(s) of a
change in the pipeline reference.
-298 TEE ELBOW Is used to identify a tee elbow fitting.
-337 D BEND RADIUS Is used to output the text D bend radius on individual pulled bends
where the bend radius is expressed in terms of a number of pipe
diameters. The bend radius value is extracted from a
BEND-RADIUS type record in the pipeline input data file and
used as a prefix to this AText.
-338 BEND RADIUS Is used to output the text bend radius on individual pulled bends
where the bend radius is expressed in terms of the dimensional
units in use. The bend radius value is extracted from a
BEND-RADIUS type record in the pipeline input data file and
used as a prefix to this AText.
-346 GEARBOX Is used in conjunction with directional information taken from a
ORIENTATION GEARBOX type record in the pipeline input data file and which is
appended to this AText.
-349 PP Is used to indicate Personal Protection type insulation on
Insulation Indication symbols having the symbol key 'INPP'.
-350 REDUCING ELBOW Is used to indicate a reducing elbow on fittings having the symbol
key ER**.
-356 U Special ATEXT used only to identify special type pulled bends. Is
used both on the isometric area and on the material list.
-357 B Special ATEXT used only to identify special type erection welds.
Is used both on the isometric area and on the material list.

-358 W Special ATEXT used only to identify special type fabrication

welds. Is used both on the isometric area and on the material list.
-362 END$ONE Used in special circumstances when it is necessary to identify a
specific end on a spool isometric. (It also appears in the cut pipe
list section for use as a column heading on the cut pipe list).
-388 TANGENTIAL Used to identify tangential / offset connections. In cases where
CONNECTION the tapping point method is used the existing TAPPING
CONNECTION (AText No. -451) message will not be output.
-389 OFFSET Used to identify tangential / offset connections. In cases where
CONNECTION the tapping point method is used the existing TAPPING
-390 FROM ? ORIGIN Used to identify tangential / offset connections. In cases where
the tapping point method is used the existing TAPPING
-391 (Normally Blank) Used to identify tangential / offset connections. In cases where
the tapping point method is used the existing TAPPING
-392 MULTIPLE Used where multiple components attributes are present for a
particular material entry.
-394 TOT Used to distinguish an accumulated pipe sub-total from an
individual pipe entry.
-395 ? Default is ?. Used to output a modified heat tracing component
part number.
-396 ? INC ANGLE Default is blank. If OS 67 set to 1 and this AText set ? character is
substituted by angle value and combined with INC ANGLE text to
indicate that angles displayed for elbows and bends on isometric
are included (not deflected) angles.
-399 N or U Used to label the viewpoint direction arrow. N denotes north and
U denotes up. The default label for combined, fabrication,
erection and normal spool isometrics is N, while U is the default
label for flat spool isometrics. If set to Blank, the viewpoint
direction arrow is suppressed.
-425 SEAL WELD Used to indicate the weld type for seal welds on the isometric
drawing.
-433 (Normally blank) Distinguishing message that points to a user-positioned set on
connections.
-434 STUB IN Distinguishing message that points to a user-positioned set in
connections.
-243 (Normally blank) This AText has no default text but if it is set to a word (such as
FLAT) by the user then that text acts as a trigger to output the flat
direction of eccentric reducers that have their flat side pointing in
a primary direction. (Is used in conjunction with ATexts -244 to
-249 inclusive).
-437 (Normally blank) Used to allow metric dimensions to have their dimensional units
output on the isometric drawing.

-439 (EOP) Used to show edge of pipe dimensions.

-440 NOZZLE? Used to indicate the nozzle names attached to items of
equipment.
-441 EQUIPMENT$LOCA Used to indicate equipment location.
TION
-451 TAPPING Is output along with coordinate values at the tapping point on a
CONNECTION user-defined fitting. Requires Option Switch 122 to be set to 1 for
tapping coordinates output on the isometric drawing.
-452 UNACCEPTABLE Indicates that an unacceptable drawing split point has been found
SPLIT in tube. When used, the message is output in the top left-hand
corner of each affected drawing.
-454 CONNECTION Used at un-developed set-on tees and olets (which have no
ORIENTATION branch leg and are indicated in dotted form on the pipeline) where
the intended branch connection is in a skewed direction. A
system-generated direction word is appended to this text to form
a composite message.
-455 (Normally blank) Used at flange positions in vertical pipe legs to optionally indicate
the elevation coordinate of the flange connection face. The
special characters ? and $ can be combined with this AText to
allow you to control the final form of the output text. ? is used to
cause the insertion of elevation value, and $ forces a new line of
text. For example, a setting of ?$FLANGE FACE produces EL
+22613 FLANGE FACE. Note that here the EL characters are
obtained by the software also using AText -205 automatically.
-456 SEE DETAIL ? Used to provide a cross-reference message for detail sketches.
This AText appears on the drawing part of the isometric. The
sketch identifying number or letter is edited in by the software at
the ? position.
-457 MITRE ? Used to identify miter welds. The software edits in the miter angle
into the text string at the ? position which can be positioned
anywhere in the string.
-458 (Normally Blank) Used to indicate the nominal size for metric bore units. For
example, if set to mm the output is 32mm NS; if set to Blank,
then 32NS is output.
-459 ?THK Used to show thickness of a penetration plate on the drawing.
-469 REFERENCE POINT Used to identify a reference dimension Item coordinates.
-470 SUPPORT Used to identify pipe support coordinates.
LOCATION
-477 CUT OUT ? Used on the drawing to show the location of where material
should be removed.

 The following nine ATexts are all used for the identification of external Reference Items when
using the Reference Dimension facility. Any associated text elements will be automatically
pre-fixed or appended, as appropriate, to the specified AText element.
 In all these ATexts, the $ character causes a new line to be plotted, and a ? character is where
the software edits in the element name (from any -37, 70, 71 or 72 type record) to derive the
full text string.
-460 BEAM$? Identifies horizontal steel-work element (SKEY HST*).

-461 COLUMN$? Identifies vertical steel-work element (SKEY VST*).
-462 ?$BUILDING CL Identifies center-line of building (SKEY BLD*).
-463 CL EQUIPMENT$? Identifies center-line of equipment (SKEY EQU*).
-464 CL PIPELINE$? Identifies center-line of pipeline (SKEY PIP*).
-465 ?$FLOOR LEVEL Identifies specified floor level (SKEY FLR*).
-466 ?$WALL Identifies specified wall position (SKEY WAL*).
-467 GRID LINE$? Identifies project grid line (SKEY GRD*).
-468 ? Used for miscellaneous user-defined elements (SKEY XXX*). The
default ? character causes any identification name associated with
the miscellaneous reference to be used when no other AText
setting is made.
-471 LOCATION-POINT? Is used to indicate a location point position on the plotted isometric.
If more than one is included on any single isometric, a simple ID
number is generated and output in the position indicated by the ?.
-475 (Normally blank) Used in SmartPlant Spoolgen - Probing module. If set, it is used to
indicate the position of any location points that are included in an
incoming pipeline data file.
-476 (Normally blank) Used in SmartPlant Spoolgen to trigger the indication of drawing
identifiers.
-498 (Normally blank) If user-defined, the text points to a site weld.
-499 SHOP TEST WELD Points to either a site weld or a field fit weld that requires a shop
test weld to be performed at the same location. (That is welds with
the key WSST or WFST).
-501 (Normally blank) Used to point to an offshore weld if user-defined.
-502 SUPPORT Used to indicate the orientation of a pipe support. Content of
associated DIRECTION record (containing compound directions
for skewed support) is appended to AText.
-512 TACK WELD Distinguishing message that points to a user-positioned tack weld.
-533 FI Used to identify field Items on an erection type isometric whenever
a new style operations box is requested ( Option Switch 53 Position
2 set to 2).
-534 RL Used to identify a random length on an erection type isometric

whenever a new style operations box is requested ( Option Switch.

53 Position 2 set to 2).
-535 SU Used to identify a pipe support on an erection type isometric
whenever a new style operations box is requested ( Option Switch.
53 Position 2 set to 2).
-536 VL Used to identify a valve on an erection type isometric whenever a
new style operations box is requested ( Option Switch 53 Position 2
set to 2).
-539 . Used as a delimiter between the material list cross-reference
identifier and the suffix that is added as a unique component
identifier in the new style of Identifier ( 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 as opposed to
3).
-541 _N Used as delimiter/identifier in general note names.
-542 _S Used as delimiter/identifier in general note names.
-543 (Normally blank) Used in SmartPlant Spoolgen probing module. If set, is used to
indicate the position of any special note names that are included in
an incoming pipeline data file.
-544 (Normally blank) Used in SmartPlant Spoolgen probing module. If set, is used to
indicate the position of any additional materials that are included in
an incoming pipeline data file.
-545 / Used as a separator between part numbers when outputting dual
numbers for associated additional material identification on the
plotted isometric.
-546 I (Default) Used as the first character of the drawing output file
extension (used in conjunction with Option Switch 71 Pos. 7).
-547 _ (Default) Underline character.
-548 HOR ? Used to distinguish horizontal skew angles from vertical skew
angles on isometric drawings.
-549 ? VER Used to distinguish vertical skew angles from horizontal skew
angles on isometric drawings.
-550 (Normally Blank) Used to output a nominal size message on reducing tees, such as
TEE RED.
-551 (Normally Blank) Used to output a nominal size message on equal tees, such as
TEE EQU.
-552 (Normally Blank) Used to output a nominal size message on concentric reducers,
such as CONC RED.
-553 (Normally Blank) Used to output a nominal size message on eccentric reducers,
such as ECC RED.
-885 - FFISYS AText for FF isometric continuation message delimiter.

Specification Change Indication

The following ATexts are used for the indication of specification changes on the isometric drawing.
-289 MATL Used to indicate a piping material specification change. The

content of the PIPING-SPEC type record in the pipeline input
data file is appended to the AText to form a composite message.
-290 INSUL Used to indicate an insulation specification change. The content
of the INSULATION-SPEC type record in the pipeline input data
file is appended to the AText to form a composite message.
-291 TRACE Used to indicate a tracing specification change. The content of
the TRACING-SPEC type record in the pipeline input data file is
appended to the AText to form a composite message.
-292 PAINT Used to indicate a PAINTING specification change. The content
of the PAINTING-SPEC type record in the pipeline input data file
is appended to the AText to form a composite message.
-293 (Normally blank) Reserved for user-defined AText. The contents of a
MISC-SPEC1 type record in the pipeline input data file is
Title Block/Drawing Frame

-250 DATE The date is taken from the DATE type record in the pipeline
input data file and automatically appended in the required
format (UK, EUR or USA) to the AText.
If the date format is set to UK (see Option Switch 6 for details) this AText also uses ATexts
-258, -259, -260, -261, -262, -263, -264, -265, -266, -267, -268 and - 269 to form the month part of
the date output text.

-251 PROJECT NO. This is used in the title block if the project number has been
set in a PROJECT-IDENTIFIER type record in the pipeline
input data file. The content of this record is appended to the
AText to form a composite message.
-252 BATCH REF This is used in the title block area if a batch reference has
been set in a BATCH type record in the pipeline input data
file. The content of this record is appended to the AText to
form a composite message.
-253 PIPING SPEC Used in the title block if a piping specification has been set
in a PIPING-SPEC type record in the pipeline input data
file. The content of this record is appended to the AText to
form a composite message.
-254 ISS Used in the title block if an issue (also known as Revision)
identifier has been set in a REVISION type record in the
pipeline input data file. The content of this record is
-255 DRG Used in conjunction with AText -256 to generate a drawing
identifier of the form - DRG n OF n - in cases where a
pipeline is split into multiple isometrics.
This AText is used in conjunction with AText -209 and AText -276 to form a composite
message.
-256 OF Used in conjunction with AText -255.

-257 SPL Used on spool isometric drawings for the identification of
individual spool pieces. A program generated spool
number is appended to the AText to form a composite
message. This AText is not used if either a spool prefix
(SPOOL-PREFIX type record) or spool identifiers
(SPOOL-IDENTIFIER type records) are included in the
pipeline input data file.
-258 JAN Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-259 FEB Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-260 MAR Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-261 APR Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-262 MAY Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-263 JUN Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-264 JUL Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-265 AUG Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-266 SEP Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-267 OCT Used in conjunction with AText -250.
-268 NOV Used in conjunction with AText -250.

-269 DEC Used in conjunction with AText -250 .
-270 THERMAL INSULATION Used in the title block if an insulation specification identifier
SPEC has been set in an INSULATION-SPEC record in the
-271 TRACING SPEC Used in the title block if a tracing specification identifier has
been set in a TRACING-SPEC type record in the pipeline
-272 PAINTING SPEC Used in the title block if a painting specification identifier
has been set in a PAINTING-SPEC type record in the
-436 JACKET SPEC Used in the title block if a jacket specification identifier has
been set in a JACKET-SPEC type record in the pipeline
Plotted Material and Cut Pipe List Heading Texts

-274 (Normally blank) If set, is used as a separator between the pipeline
reference and the spool identifier in the spool
isometric drawing identifier.
-300 FABRICATION MATERIALS Is the category heading under which components
required for SHOP Fabrication are listed.
-301 PT Is the part number heading used in conjunction with
AText -302 to form a composite message.
-302 NO Used in conjunction with AText -301 to form a
composite message.
-303 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Is the heading in the material listing under which
components are described according to their
catalog component description.
-304 N.S. Is the heading under which the nominal size of each
item is listed. Is used in conjunction with AText -330
or AText -331 to form a composite message.
-305 ITEM CODE Is the heading under which component identification
codes are listed.
-306 QTY Is the heading under which the required quantities
are listed.
-307 PIPE Is the group sub-heading under which pipe is listed.
-308 FITTINGS Is the group sub-heading under which pipe fittings
are listed, such as elbows tees, and so.
-309 FLANGES Is the group sub-heading under which all flanges

are listed.
-310 ERECTION MATERIALS Is the category heading under which components
required for SITE Erection--or Construction--are
listed.
-311 GASKETS Is the group sub-heading under which all gaskets
are listed
-312 BOLTS Is the group sub-heading under which all bolts are
listed.
-313 VALVES / IN-LINE ITEMS Is the group sub-heading under which all valves and
in-line Items are listed.
-314 INSTRUMENTS Is the group sub-heading under which all
instruments are listed.
-315 SUPPORTS Is the group sub-heading under which all supports
are listed.
-316 PIPE SPOOLS Is the sub-heading under which all spool numbers
are listed.
-319 CUT PIPE LENGTH Is the heading under which all the cut pipe lengths
are listed.
-320 PIECE Is the sub-heading to AText -319 under which the
cut pipe piece numbers are listed. This AText is
used in conjunction with AText -321 to form a
composite heading.
-321 NO Used in conjunction with AText -320 to form a
composite heading.
-322 CUT Is the sub-heading to AText -319 under which the
actual cut pipe lengths are listed. This AText is used
in conjunction with AText -323 to form a composite
heading.
-323 LENGTH Used in conjunction with AText -322 to form a
composite heading.
-324 REMARKS Is the sub-heading to AText -319 under which one of
the ATexts -326, -327, -328, or -500, if applicable, is
listed.
-325 (Normally blank) Used for spool number separator on the material
list.
-326 PLD BEND Used for a pulled bend remark, which is listed under
AText -324 if a cut pipe length contains a pulled
bend.
-327 LOOSE FLG Is a remark which will be listed under AText -324 if a
cut pipe length has a loose flange requirement.
-328 FF WELD Is the field fit weld remark which is listed under
AText -324 if a cut pipe length contains a field fit
weld.
-329 M Used to denote lengths of pipe are in meters. Also

used to indicate unit type Meters in center-line

length summary.
-330 INS Used to denote nominal sizes are in inches. It is
used in conjunction with AText -304 and AText -317.
-331 MM Denotes the nominal sizes are in millimeters. Also
used to indicate unit type Millimeters in center-line
length summary. It is used in conjunction with AText
-304 and AText -317.
-334 S Is used only on fixed length piping. The contents of
this AText is appended to the item code to form a
composite code when one or more ends of the fixed
length spool has a special flange.
-335 WITH SPECIAL RATING FLANGE(S) Is used only on fixed length piping. The contents of
(SEE ISO) the AText are appended to the item description to
form a composite message. Is used whenever
AText -334 is used.
-339 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS Is the group sub-heading under which all
non-categorized components are listed.
-340 INDUCTION BEND ID - Used to identify pipe required in the fabrication of
induction bends. The induction bend tag is
appended to the AText to form a complete text
string.
-341 EQUIPMENT TRIM MATERIALS Is the sub-heading under which all equipment trim
materials are listed.
-342 NOZZLE REF - Is the sub-heading under which all materials
associated with an individual nozzle are listed. The
content of the related NOZZLE-REFERENCE is
appended to the AText to form a complete text
string. Used on equipment trim drawings only.
-343 CONTINUED Used with AText -342 to identify situations where
the listing of components for a nozzle is being
continued from a previous drawing. Used on
equipment trim drawings only.
-344 END CONNECTORS Is the group sub-heading under which all materials
for end connectors for hygienic type piping are listed
(liners, nuts, clamps, and so on.).
-345 AND Used with AText -342 to form a sub-heading under
which all components associated with
interconnected nozzles are output on the material
list for an equipment trim drawing. The resultant
heading is of the form NOZZLE REF - N22 AND
N23.
-347 (Normally blank) This has no default AText but is available as an
alternative to the AText used when generating a
material list overflow message at the bottom of the
master drawing material list (an AText -209 and
AText -255 combination). Any AText set by the user

has a program generated cross-reference drawing

number appended to it to form a composite
message.
-348 (Normally blank) This has no default AText but is available as an
alternative to the AText used when generating a
material list overflow message at the top of overflow
material list drawings ( AText -276 and AText -255
combination). Any AText set by the user has a
program generated cross reference drawing
number appended.
-351 FABRICATED (PULLED) BEND Used to identify fabricated bends when listed as
separate items on the material list.
-352 WEIGHT Column heading for weight.
-353 KGS Units indicator for kilogram weights. Used as part of
Weight column heading and in pipeline weight
summary area at bottom of material list.
-354 LBS Units indicator for pound weights. Used as part of
Weight column heading and in pipeline weight
summary area at bottom of material list
-355 TOTAL WEIGHT-THIS DRG Identification text for total pipeline weight in Weight
column and also in weight summary area at bottom
of material list.
-356 U Special ATEXT used only to identify special type
pulled bends. Is used both on the material list and
on the isometric area as a prefix to the part number.
-357 B Special ATEXT used only to identify special type
erection welds. Is used both on the material list and
on the isometric area as a prefix to the part number.
-358 W Special ATEXT only to identify special type
fabrication welds. Is used both on the material list
and on the isometric area as a prefix to the part
number.
-359 (Normally blank) Used for bolt units sub-heading. ISOGEN outputs in
DIA x LENGTH sequence.
-362 END$ONE Column heading on cut pipe list. (Also appears in
the isometric drawing area section when it is
necessary to identify a specific end of a cut piece).
-363 END$TWO Column heading on cut pipe list.
-364 ITEM$CODE Last column heading on cut pipe list when item code
heading is required. (See also AText -365).
-365 (Normally blank) Alternative last column heading on cut pipe list. (See
also AText -364). If part number is required on the
cut list instead of item code, then AText -364 should
be set to blank, and AText -365 set to the required
alternative heading, such as part no.

-366 SQ.CUT Used for square cut in End Condition columns on

cut pipe list.
-367 BEVEL Used for bevel in End Condition columns on cut pipe
list.
-368 SCREWED Used for screwed in End Condition columns on cut
pipe list.
-369 SHAPED Used for shaped in End Condition columns on cut
pipe list.
-370 MITRED Used for mitered in End Condition columns on cut
pipe list.
-371 OFFSHORE MATERIALS Is the category heading under which components
required for OFFSHORE erection are listed.
-372 REMARKS Remarks region heading at bottom of material list
where remarks text is collectively listed.
-373 REM Remarks column heading in material list. Remark
reference numbers are listed in this column.
-374 ANGLE Used on special type pulled bends where angle
information is appended to the item Description field
on the material list.
-375 WELDS Is the group sub-heading under which all welds are
listed.
-376 FAB Used to identify Fabrication material when category
is used as a data item on a Style 2 or 3 material list.
-377 EREC Used to identify Erection material when category is
used as a data item on a Style 2 or 3 material list.
-378 OFF Used to identify Offshore material when category is
used as a data item on a Style 2 or 3 material list.
-379 TOTAL FABRICATION WEIGHT Identification text for total fabrication weight in
Weight column and also in weight summary area at
bottom of material list.
-380 TOTAL ERECTION WEIGHT Identification text for total erection weight in Weight
of material list.
-381 TOTAL OFFSHORE WEIGHT Identification text for total offshore weight in Weight
of material list.
-382 TOTAL WEIGHT UNLISTED ITEMS Identification text for the total weight of unlisted
items in the Weight column and also in the weight
summary area at the bottom of the material list.
-383 * Missing weight indicator. The * is a special marker
that is used on both weight and C Of G outputs to
indicate that component(s) with zero weight were
encountered.

-384 TANGENT+ Used in the REMARKS column of the cut list to

indicate where extra material has been added to a
cut piece length in order to provide a minimum
tangent length for either a start or finish bend leg.
-385 CUT/WELD Used in the cut piece remarks section against cut
pieces that have additional material added between
adjacent bends.
-426 GROOVED Used to indicate grooved end preparation for
Victaulic pipe connections on the cut pipe list/report.
-427 FLARED Used to indicate a flared end preparation on the cut
pipe list/report.
-428 SCREWED Used to indicate a female screwed end preparation
on the cut pipe list/report.
-431 SOCKET Used to indicate a female socket
weld/compression/glued/push fit end preparation on
the cut pipe list/report.
-472 No.? Used to output a location point ID number on the
drawing frame. Is only output when multiple location
points are included on a single isometric.
-473 OF Used as part of a location point position on the
drawing frame.
-474 ABOVE Used as part of a location point position on the
drawing frame.
-500 SHOP TEST Used on the cut list to identify cut pieces that need to
have an additional shop test allowance. (That is
welds with the SKEY WSST or WFST).
-503 SPOOL ID Used as either a header or column identifier on the
following printed output whenever spool identifiers
are listed.
i) Printed material list (Style 1 or 2).
ii) Printed material control file.
iii) Printed weld summary.
-514 REINFPAD Used as the item code for a reinforcement pad
whenever automatic item code generation is
requested.
-515 REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR @ Used as the first part of a description for a
reinforcement pad whenever automatic description
generation is requested. The second part of the pad
description is the description of the main pipeline
tube to which the pad is welded.
-537 (Normally blank) If set, is used as an alternative units indication on
any length output on any style of material list.
(Overrules any length units setting in Option Switch.
24 ).

-538 (Normally blank) If set, is used to offer an alternative form of bolt

diameter/length output on any style of material list.
-540 (Normally blank) If set, is used as an optional column heading for bolt
diameter where the bolt units are different to the
normal pipeline units.
-554 (Normally blank) If set, outputs text to supplement scalar quantities
output to the material list on the drawing and
material control file.
-555 SPOOL - If set, identifies materials belonging to spools on the
material list.
Line Summary Area

The ATexts that are used in the line summary area along the bottom of the isometric drawing can
either have their ATexts changed or made blank. If the AText is changed, then its associated
symbol is drawn. If it is set to blank, then the symbol is not drawn.
In these ATexts, the inclusion of a $ character creates a forced line feed causing the text to
be plotted over two lines.
-400 TRACED$PIPE
-401 LAGGED$PIPE
-402 PIPE$SUPPORT
-403 COMPN$JOINT
-404 SCREWED$JOINT
-405 SOCKET$WELD
-406 FIELD$WELD
-407 SHOP$WELD
-408 These two ATexts have no default text but can be used for
any user-specified general information on the drawing
& -409
frame. A typical example is PULLED BEND RADIUS IS 3X
NOMINAL PIPE BORE.
-410 [1] DENOTES PIPE This is a general note to signify how spool numbers and
SPOOL NO$ material list part numbers are shown on the isometric.
1 DENOTES PARTS LIST
NO
If only the bottom line is required, the records in the pipeline input data file should be as
shown below:-
-410 $ 1 DENOTES PARTS

LIST NO

-411 SITE$CONNECTION
The following ATexts appear in the line summary area along the bottom of both the plotted and
printed Material Lists.
-317 PIPE NS Is used in conjunction with AText -318 to which the total center line length
per bore is automatically computed and listed. Also uses AText -330 or
AText -331 to indicate units.
-318 CL Is used in conjunction with AText -317 . Also uses AText -329 or AText
LENGTH -331 or AText -360 or AText -361 depending on units being used
-360 FT Used to indicate unit type feet in pipe center-line length region.
-361 FT-INS Used to indicate unit type feet-inches in pipe center-line length region.
-386 Blank is the default. used to control output of insulation length.
-387 Blank is the default. used to control output of heat trace length.
Printed Material List

The following ATexts are used on the printed material list, in addition to those ATexts listed for the
plotted material and cut pipe lists.
-332 PAGE This has a page number automatically appended.

-333 PIPELINE REF This has the pipeline reference automatically appended.
-336 SYSTEM REF This is used as an alternative to AText -333 when producing
material list or system isometrics. The contents of a
SYSTEM-ISOMETRIC-REFERENCE record in the pipeline input
data file is automatically appended to the AText.
Weld Box Summary

Standard Weld Summary Box
Weld Box header details (line 1):
-412 WEL SHO WELD WELDE VISUA ND HAR S.R FAB.Q

D P R L T D A
Continuation of Weld Box header details. (line 2):
-413 NO /FLD PROC ID ACCEP NO NO ACCEP

T T
The first column of this Weld Summary box is used for the software-generated weld
number and optional prefix. The second column is for Weld category and contains the Shop / Field
/ Offshore indicators. This must be taken into account when making any changes to either of these
two ATexts.
-414 S Weld category identification - Shop.

-415 F Weld category identification - Field.

-416 O Weld category identification - Offshore.
One of the above characters is plotted in the Weld Category column (column 2), depending upon
the type of weld.
User-Defined Weld Summary Box
-417 BW Used for weld type identifier butt weld.

-418 SW Used for weld type identifier socket weld.
-419 MW Used for weld type identifier miter weld.
-420 LUG Used for weld type identifier LUGG.
-421 SOF Used for weld type identifier slip-on flange.
-422 SOB Used for weld type identifier set-on branch.
-423 LET Used for weld type identifier LET, such as olet, latrolet, half coupling..
-424 SLW Used to indicate the weld type for seal welds in welding lists and reports.
-438 SEAM Weld type identifier for a seam weld.
-504 (Normally Can be user-defined and used to identify field fit welds only when the weld
blank) category attribute is output.
-507 RPD Used for weld type identifier for a basic reinforcing pad weld, when one
extra weld number is requested.
-508 LF Used for weld type identifier for a reinforcing pad to main pipeline weld,
when two extra weld numbers are requested. (Used together with AText
-509).
-509 L4 Used for weld type identifier for a reinforcing pad to branch weld, when
two extra weld numbers are requested. (Used together with AText -508).
-510 (Normally If set, it is used as the delimiter between the two material list Identifiers in
blank) the Location column of the operations box.
-511 PAD Used as a part identifier in the Location column of the operations box in
cases where a reinforcement pad has not been included on the material
list.
-513 TW Weld type identifier for a tack weld.
-516 TRN Weld type identifier for a trunnion weld (The weld that connects the
trunnion to the main pipeline).
-517 5 Used for weld action identification for a manual weld on the operations list.
-518 1 Used for weld action identification for an automatic weld on the operations
list.
-519 EB Used for pulled bend identification on the operations list.
-520 RL Used for random length identification on the operations list.
-521 FW. Used for weld type identifier for a fillet weld. (The basic weld used for
connecting pipe supports to the pipeline).
-522 (Normally If set, it is used as an alternative to AText -422 to identify the branch

blank) connection weld(s) for a reinforced tee or cross.

blank) connection weld(s) for an angled (not 90°) reinforced tee or cross.
blank) connection weld(s) for an angled (not 90°) set-on tee or cross.
-525 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for any olet type component with
blank) an SKEY of HCSC or HCSW.
-526 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for a reinforcement pad to main
blank) pipeline weld on an angled branch when two extra weld numbers are
requested. (Used together with AText -527).
-527 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for a reinforcement pad to
blank) branch weld on an angled branch - when two extra weld numbers are
requested. (Used together with AText -526).
-528 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for a trunnion to elbow / bend
blank) connection.
-529 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for a 90° non-reinforced trunnion
blank) to main pipeline weld.
-530 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for an angled non-reinforced
blank) trunnion to main pipeline weld.
-531 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for a 90° reinforced trunnion to
blank) main pipeline weld.
-532 (Normally If set, it is used for the weld type identifier for an angled reinforced
blank) trunnion to main pipeline weld.
Flat Spools and Flange Rotation

The following six ATexts are used in DIRECTION records in the pipeline input data file when
indicating compound directions for certain components in skewed Pipelines. Also used when
ISOGEN is generating ORIENTATION and CONNECTION DIRECTION messages on flat spools.
-481 E Denotes East.

-482 N Denotes North.
-483 W Denotes West.
-484 S Denotes South.
-485 U Denotes Up.
-486 D Denotes Down.
-487 *** REFERENCE FLAT *** Used to identify which eccentric reducer flat
direction is used as a reference for a given flange
rotation.
-488 *** REFERENCE SPINDLE *** Used to identify which spindle is used as a reference
for a given flange rotation.
-489 *** REFERENCE SUPPORT *** Used to identify which support is used as a
reference for a given flange rotation.

-490 *** REFERENCE BRANCH *** Used to identify which branch is used as a reference
for a given flange rotation.
-491 *** REFERENCE WINDOW *** Used to identify which window is used as a
reference for a given flange rotation.
-492 FLAT DIRECTION Used to point to 2D and 3D skew enclosure triangles
at eccentric reducers to indicate a flat direction on
flat spools.
-493 SPINDLE DIRECTION Used to point to 2D and 3D skew enclosure triangles
located at spindles on flat spools.
-494 SUPPORT DIRECTION Used to point to 2D and 3D skew enclosure triangles

located at supports on flat spools.
-495 BRANCH DIRECTION Used to point to 2D and 3D skew enclosure triangles
located at undeveloped set-on branches or single
olets on flat spools.
-496 WINDOW DIRECTION Used to point to 2D and 3D skew enclosure triangles
located at sight glasses on flat spools.
-497 FLANGE ROTATION ? Used to identify flange rotations on flat spools. (The
calculated angle is edited in by the program at the
position of the ? character).
COMPIPE Material Control Links

-299 / Single character delimiter used between the three data items
that are required to be in each ITEM-CODE record when using
the COMPIPE link facility.
-453 MM- Used to separate nominal size and pipeline reference when
ISOGEN generates a drawing number for use in the
COMPIPE.MTO file.
SPOOLGEN (FFISYS) Screen Display

The following -800 series ATexts are used in SPOOLGEN probing and the FFISYS.
-800 series ATexts are applicable only for SPOOLGEN 4 and earlier versions of the
software. They are not used for SmartPlant Spoolgen.
-800 BEND Identification of BEND when probing.

-801 ELBOW Identification of ELBOW when probing.
-802 OLET Identification of OLET when probing.
-803 TEE Identification of TEE when probing.
-804 CROSS Identification of CROSS when probing.
-805 REDUCER Identification of REDUCER when probing.

-806 TEE REDUCER Identification of TEE REDUCER when probing.

-807 REDUCING FLANGE Identification of REDUCING FLANGE when probing.
-808 TEE BEND/ELBOW Identification of TEE BEND/ELBOW when probing.
-809 ANGLE VALVE Identification of ANGLE VALVE when probing.
-810 3 WAY VALVE Identification of 3 WAY VALVE when probing.
-811 4 WAY VALVE Identification of 4 WAY VALVE when probing.
-812 INSTRUMENT Identification of INSTRUMENT when probing.
-813 MISC COMPONENT Identification of MISC COMPONENT when probing.
-814 PIPE (TUBE) Identification of PIPE (TUBE) when probing.
-815 FIXED PIPE Identification of FIXED PIPE when probing.
-816 PIPE BLOCK Identification of PIPE BLOCK when probing.
-817 FLANGE Identification of FLANGE when probing.
-818 LJSE FLANGE Identification of LJSE FLANGE when probing.
-819 BLIND FLANGE Identification of BLIND FLANGE when probing.
-820 CONNECTOR Identification of CONNECTOR when probing.
-821 BACKING NUT Identification of BACKING NUT when probing.
-822 CLAMP Identification of CLAMP when probing.
-823 MISC HYGENIC COMPONENT Identification of MISC HYGENIC COMPONENT when
probing.
-824 CAP Identification of CAP when probing.
-825 COUPLING Identification of COUPLING when probing.
-826 UNION Identification of UNION when probing.
-827 VALVE Identification of VALVE when probing.
-828 TRAP Identification of TRAP when probing.
-829 VENT Identification of VENT when probing.
-830 FILTER Identification of FILTER when probing.
-831 SUPPORT Identification of SUPPORT when probing.
-832 INSTRUMENT TEE Identification of INSTRUMENT TEE when probing.
-833 WELD Identification of WELD when Probing.
-834 NONE Indication that NO component was located
successfully when probing.
-835 (Not Used) Unused AText
-836 (Not Used) Unused AText.


-840 Changed to Bend `Probing Action' message - Elbow changed to bend.
-841 Flange set to Loose `Probing Action' message - Flange set to loose.
-842 Detail Sketch ? `Probing Action' message - Detail Sketch added.
-843 Support changed to `Probing Action' message - Support changed to
Fabrication Fabrication.
-844 Support changed to Erection `Probing Action' message - Support changed to
Erection.
-845 Support changed to Offshore `Probing Action' message - Support changed to
Offshore.
-846 Tack Weld `Probing Action' message - Tack Weld added.
-847 Support(s) added `Probing Action' message - Support Welds added.
-848 Automatic Weld `Probing Action' message - Automatic Weld added.
-849 Shop Test `Probing Action' message - Shop Test Weld added.
-850 REDUCING-CONCENTRIC Flange type REDUCING-CONCENTRIC selected
when probing.
-851 REDUCING ECCENTRIC Flange type REDUCING-ECCENTRIC selected when
probing.
-852 STUB/BACKING PAIR Flange type STUB/BACKING PAIR selected when
probing.
-853 SCREWED Flange type SCREWED selected when probing.
-854 SLIP-ON J TYPE Flange type SLIP-ON J TYPE selected when probing.
-855 SLIP-ON Flange type SLIP-ON selected when probing.
-856 SOCKET-WELD Flange type SOCKET-WELD selected when probing.
-857 WELD-NECK Flange type WELD-NECK selected when probing.
-858 SLIP-ON ORIFICE Flange type SLIP-ON ORIFICE selected when
probing.
-859 WELD-NECK ORIFICE Flange type WELD-NECK ORIFICE selected when
probing.
-860 LAP-JOINT RING Flange type LAP-JOINT RING selected when probing.
-861 LAP-JOINT STUB END Flange type LAP-JOINT STUB END selected when
probing.
-862 UNKNOWN Flange type UNKNOWN selected when probing.
-863 Material added `Probing Action' message - Indication of additional
materials added to pipeline.
-864 General Information Note - ? `Probing Action' message - General information note
added.
-865 Specific Information Note - ? `Probing Action' message - Specific information note
added.

-866 Weld deleted `Probing Action' message - Weld deleted.

-867 Support Weld(s) deleted `Probing Action' message - Support welds deleted.
-868 Spool Name deleted `Probing Action' message - Spool same deleted.
-869 Flow Arrow deleted `Probing Action' message - Flow arrow deleted.
-870 Message deleted `Probing Action' message - Message deleted.
-871 Detail Sketch deleted `Probing Action' message - Detail Sketch deleted.
-872 Information Note deleted `Probing Action' message - Information Note deleted.
-873 Additional Material deleted `Probing Action' message - Additional material
deleted.
-874 Loose Flange un-set `Probing Action' message - Loose flange un-set.
-875 Location point added `Probing Action' message - Location point added.
-876 Location point deleted `Probing Action' message - Location point deleted.
-877 FLOOR/WALL PENETRATION `Probing Action' message - Identification of
FLOOR/WALL PENETRATION when probing.
-878 FLOW ARROW `Probing Action' message - Identification of FLOW
ARROW when probing.
-879 INSULATION SYMBOL `Probing Action' message - Identification of
INSULATION SYMBOL when probing.
-880 MESSAGE `Probing Action' message - Identification of
MESSAGE when probing.
-881 Drawing Identifier deleted `Probing Action' message - Identification of Drawing
Identifier deleted.
-882 Default Start `Probing Action' message - Identification of Default
Start positioned.
-883 Pipeline Start In Probing - Indication of default pipeline start point.
-884 Default Bypass Closure In Probing - Indication of default bypass closure point.
-886 Bypass Closure `Probing Action' message - Redefined bypass closure
point.
-887 Pipe Support added `Probing Action' message - Pipe support added.
-888 Pipe Support deleted `Probing Action' message - Pipe support deleted.
-889 Properties Changed `Probing Action' message - Category change for
gaskets and bolts.
-890 Coupling Added `Probing Action' message - Label showing where a
coupling has been added.
-891 Coupling Deleted `Probing Action' message - Label showing where an
existing coupling has been removed.
-892 Pipe Support Changed `Probing Action' message - Label showing where an
existing pipe support has been changed.

Reference Plane System

The following ATexts are used to output the relative directions associated with reference planes.
 ^ is substituted with the reference plane name.
 ? is substituted with the distance from the reference plane.
-398 VOL ? Default is blank. Controls the output of sub-volume names at

co-ordinate positions on the isometric.
-443 ^+? Used for positive relative position in E/W plane.
-444 ^-? Used for negative relative position in E/W plane.
-445 ^+? Used for positive relative position in N/S plane.
-446 ^-? Used for negative relative position in N/S plane.
-447 ^+? Used for positive relative position in U/D plane.
-448 ^-? Used for negative relative position in U/D plane.
-449 ^+? Set to blank. Only outputs the relative position.

APPENDIX C
Appendix: Example Documents

This section contains sample iso extraction documents including:
 Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) (on page 447)
 Label Library Label Definitions (as user-defined in the Options File) (see "Label Library Label
Definitions" on page 453)
 HITS Report (.h file) (on page 466)
 Intermediate Data File (.idf file) (on page 475)
 Interface Error Log (.err file) (on page 498)
 MTO Neutral File (.b# file) (on page 501)
 ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) (on page 503)
 ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file) (see "ISOGEN Printed Parts (.prt file)" on page 503)
 ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File (.sed file) (on page 506)
 ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file) (on page 507)
 Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) (on page 507)
Options File (#/dat/isoc.def)

! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN defaults file for size C batch isos
! Rev= By= Ckd By= Date=22-May-1991
!
ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK
10 !10 lines follow
3275 0 1 1 1000 3 0 10 0 28 10 15 15 6 ! 1-14
457 610 1 1 4 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 10 !15-28
105 0 0 100 0 100 46046 1 0 100 0 0 1 3 !29-42
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 !43-56
0 0 1 1 1 2 62 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 !57-70
8000 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !71-84
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !85-98
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0100000 0 1 0 !99-112
0 1 0 250 0 0 0 70 1 0 5 0 0 0 !113-126
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !127-140
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK
6 !6 lines follow
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 10 0 20 10 1 0 !1-14
0 2 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 !15-28
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 !29-42
0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !43-56
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !57-70
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 999 !71-84
FILES
14 !14 LINES TO FOLLOW

’c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomap.tbl’ !PDS TO ISOGEN MAP

’c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\symbol.lib’ !USER DEFINED SYMBOL LIB
’ ’ !LABEL DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
’ ’ !VALVE / OPERATOR TABLE
’c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomto.tbl’ !MTO RECORD MAP
’ ’ !RESERVED
’c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isoc.blk’ !TITLE BLK TABLES FILE
’ ’ !SEGMENT DATA TABLE
’ ’ !RESERVED
’ ’ !DETAIL SKETCH CELL LIBRARY
’ ’ !DRAWING DEFINITION FILE (DDF)
’ ’ !WELD DEFINITION FORMAT FILE (WDF)
’ ’ !MATERIAL LIST DEFINITION FILE (MLD)
’ ’ !BENDING PARAMETERS OUTPUT FILE
PIPELINE_HEADER
13 !13 lines follow
-6, 12, -2, 0, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Line ID label record/break
-7, 0, 0, 955, ’’, ’-’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Piece mark prefix record
-11, 12, 12, 0, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Piping materials class
record/break
-14, 0, 0, 0, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Date record
-15, 0, 0, 956, ’’, ’INSUL’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957 !Insulation
record/break
-16, 0, 0, 958, ’’, ’TRACE’, 0, 0, 959, 0, 0, 984, 0, 0, 960 !Heat tracing
reqmts record/break
-17, 12, 40, 0, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Coating reqmts record/break
-41, 12, 7, 0, ’’, ’PKGNO’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 42, 0 !Packaged system
no break
-42, 12, 23, 0, ’PER SPEC’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Sch/thk override
break
-43, 12, 41, 0, ’’, ’CLEAN’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 39, 0 !Cleaning reqmts
break
-44, 0, 0, 961, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Testing reqmts break
-45, 12, 21, 0, ’’, ’’, 34, 33, 0, 50, 28, 0, 67, 30, 0 !Hold status break
-99, -12, 20, 0, ’’, ’’, 34, 32, 0, 50, 27, 0, 67, 29, 0 !Construction status
label
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
70 !70 lines follow
-207, ’NPD’ !Nominal pipe diameter callout
-208, ’CONN TO’ !Nozzle connection callout
-209, ’SEE ISO’ !Iso/Sheet continued on callout
-213, ’STEM’ !Spindle callout
-215, ’ ’ !Remove reducing flange callout
-217, ’ ’ !Remove miter callout
-218, ’ ’ !Remove lobster callout
-219, ’ ’ !Remove reinforcing pad callout
-220, ’ ’ !Remove loose component callout
-221, ’FFW’ !Field Fit Weld callout
-222, ’SLOPE’ !Slope callout
-243, ’FLAT SIDE’ !Eccentric reducer flat side callout
-244, ’U’ !Up orientation callout
-245, ’D’ !Down orientation callout

-246, ’N’ !North orientation callout

-247, ’S’ !South orientation callout
-248, ’E’ !East orientation callout
-249, ’W’ !West orientation callout
-250, ’ ’ !Remove date from ISOGEN title block
-253, ’ ’ !Remove piping materials class from ISOGEN title block
-255, ’SHT’ !Iso continuation prefix
-270, ’ ’ !Remove insulation from ISOGEN title block
-271, ’ ’ !Remove heat tracing from ISOGEN title block
-272, ’ ’ !Remove coating from ISOGEN title block
-276, ’SEE SHT’ !Sheet continued from callout
-277, ’ ’ !Remove orifice flange callout
-278, ’ ’ !Remove dial face orientation callout
-282, ’ ’ !Remove sight glass window orientation callout
-284, ’ ’ !Remove tee bend callout
-287, ’ORIENT’ !Skewed olet orientation callout
-288, ’LINE :’ !Line ID break (-6) callout
-289, ’CLASS:’ !PMC break (-11) callout
-290, ’INSUL:’ !Insulation reqmts break (-15) callout
-291, ’TRACE:’ !Heat tracing reqmts break (-16) callout
-292, ’COAT :’ !Coating reqmts break (-17) callout
-293, ’PKGNO:’ !Packaged system no break (-41) callout
-294, ’SCH :’ !Sch/thk override break (-42) callout
-295, ’CLEAN:’ !Cleaning reqmts break (-43) callout
-296, ’TEST :’ !Testing reqmts break (-44) callout
-297, ’STAT :’ !Hold status break (-45) callout
-298, ’ ’ !Remove tee elbow callout
-300, ’SHOP MATERIALS’ !Shop materials callout in BOM
-303, ’DESCRIPTION’ !Description callout in BOM
-304, ’NPD’ !Nominal pipe diameter callout in BOM
-305, ’CMDTY CODE’ !Commodity code callout in BOM
-307, ’ ’ !Remove pipe callout in BOM
-308, ’ ’ !Remove fittings callout in BOM
-309, ’ ’ !Remove flanges callout in BOM
-310, ’OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS’ !Other than shop materials callout in BOM
-311, ’ ’ !Remove gaskets callout in BOM
-312, ’ ’ !Remove bolts callout in BOM
-313, ’ ’ !Remove valves callout in BOM
-314, ’INSTRUMENTS’ !Instruments callout in BOM
-315, ’PIPE SUPPORTS’ !Pipe supports callout in BOM
-316, ’PIECE MARKS’ !Pipe marks callout in BOM
-317, ’ ’ !Remove pipe NPD callout from title block
-318, ’ ’ !Remove centerline length callout from title block
-330, ’IN’ !NPD units callout in BOM
-400, ’ ’ !Remove tracing legend from title block
-401, ’ ’ !Remove insulation legend from title block
-402, ’ ’ !Remove pipe support legend from title block
-403, ’ ’ !Remove compression joint legend from title block
-404, ’ ’ !Remove screwed joint legend from title block
-405, ’ ’ !Remove socketweld joint legend from title block
-406, ’ ’ !Remove field welded joint legend from title block
-407, ’ ’ !Remove shopwelded legend from title block
-410, ’ ’ !Remove pipe spool nos from title block
-411, ’ ’ !Remove site connection legend from title block

-451, ’ ’ !Tapping Connection Note

-498, ’FW’ !Field weld (no added material)
START_POINT_NOTES
1 !1 line follows
0, 12, 310, 0 !Line ID label at start of line
TYPE_1_LABELS
5 !5 lines follow
1, 34, 46, 962 !Piping commodity component remark label
2, 34, 46, 962 !Piping specialty component remark label
4, 67, 52, 963 !Instrument remark label
3,-50, 26, 966 !Cold spring label
3, 50, 38, 986 !Pipe remark label
TYPE_2_LABELS
22 !22 lines follow
34, 3, ’6Q3C82’, 0, 967 !RWELD size
34, 3, ’6Q2C11’, 0, 968 !Operate 6Q2C11 in closed position
34, 3, ’6Q2C10’, 0, 969 !Operate 6Q2C10 in open position
34, 3, ’6Q2C15’, 0, 969 !Operate 6Q2C15 in open position
34, 3, ’6Q3C81’, 0, 997 !Non-radial offset label
34, 3, ’6Q1C’, 4, 964 !Piping commodity valves opening action label
34, 3, ’6P6C’, 4, 964 !Piping specialty components opening action label
34, 3, ’6Q6C’, 4, 964 !Piping specialty components opening action label
67, 3, ’7P1E’, 4, 965 !Instrument opening action label
67, 3, ’7P2C01’, 0, 987 !7P2C01 press set pt label
67, 3, ’7P2C09’, 0, 988 !7P2C09 vac set pt label
67, 3, ’7P2C12’, 0, 989 !7P2C12 press/vac set pt label
67, 3, ’7P2C14’, 0, 989 !7P2C14 press/vac set pt label
67, 3, ’7P2C18’, 0, 988 !7P2C18 vac set pt label
67, 3, ’7P3C’, 4, 965 !Instrument opening action label
80, 16, ’3’, 0, 978 !Pipe support existing construction status label
TYPE_3_LABELS
0 !0 lines follow
NOZZLE_NOTE
5 !5 lines follow
-1, -21, 952 !Equip no (concatenated with label 953)
-1, -22, 953 !Nozzle no
1, 22, 954 !NPD-prep-rating for bolted nozzles
2, 22, 954 !NPD-prep-rating for FEM nozzles
3, 22, 950 !NPD-prep for MAL nozzles
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE !To define operators requiring secondary

orientation
24 !24 lines follow

’OP9’, ’’ !SN=OP9
’OP_271’, ’’ !SN=OP_271
’OP_291’, ’’ !SN=OP_291
’OP_311’, ’’ !SN=OP_311
’OP_331’, ’’ !SN=OP_331
’OP_332’, ’’ !SN=OP_332
’OP_333’, ’’ !SN=OP_333
’OP_334’, ’’ !SN=OP_334
’OP_351’, ’’ !SN=OP_351
’OP_391’, ’’ !SN=OP_391
’OP_413’, ’’ !SN=OP_413
’OP_452’, ’’ !SN=OP_452
’OP_491’, ’’ !SN=OP_491
’OP_493’, ’’ !SN=OP_493
’OP_494’, ’’ !SN=OP_493
’OP_571’, ’’ !SN=OP_571
’OP_572’, ’’ !SN=OP_572
’OP_573’, ’’ !SN=OP_573
’OP_574’, ’’ !SN=OP_574
’OP_711’, ’’ !SN=OP_711
’OP_811’, ’’ !SN=OP_811
’OP_853’, ’’ !SN=OP_853
’OP_854’, ’’ !SN=OP_854
’OP_931’, ’’ !SN=OP_931
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
1 !1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 !Construction status
(CL130)
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES
1 !1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 !Construction status
(CL130)
1 !1 line follows
6, 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 95 !Shop fabricated codelist values from CL180
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS
1 !1 line follows
’’, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951 !Line ID + dgn area
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
1 !1 lines follow
12, 3, ’’ !Line ID
MOVABLE_TEXT
10 !10 lines follow:
-6, 25, 5, 1, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate -6 record to lower left corner of iso
-25, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate -25 record to outside of iso border


-700, 42790, 43390, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate N arrow to upper right quadrant
of iso
-702, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
-703, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
-738, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Surface Area of Pipeline - Total/line
-739, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Surface Area of Drawing - Total/sheet number
-740, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 !Surface Area of Spool - Total/spool
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
0 !0 lines follow
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
4 !4 lines follow
’CHAINWHEEL$WITH [2] CHAIN’ !Length of chain note
’PROVIDE FLOOR STAND$WITH Y1=[2]’ !Floorstand note
’PROVIDE EXTENSION STEM$WITH Y1=[2]’ !Extension stem note
’ ’ !Turn off note for implied materials
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
3 !3 lines follow
2, 34, 0, 971 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB specialties
5, 80, 0, 972 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for pipe supports
4, 67, 0, 973 !To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for instruments
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
15 !15 LINES TO FOLLOW
1, ’NOT FOUND’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209
2, ’BOLT LENGTH’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 58
3, ’NUTS PER BOLT’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 52
4, ’CHAIN_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 33,56
5, ’FSTAND_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 33
6, ’XSTEM_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 33
7, ’HOR’, ’’ !Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
8, ’VOR’, ’’ !Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
9, ’DEG’, ’’ !Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
10, ’E’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
11, ’N’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
12, ’U’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
13, ’W’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
14, ’S’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
15, ’D’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,1,"WW" !Weld types 11-20 are shop welds
2, 21,22, 2, "WS" !Weld types 21, 22 are field welds
1, 24, 2, "WF" !Weld type 24 is a field fit weld

Label Library Label Definitions

**************** Label Type = 400 ****************
Label Name = Comp cmdty code
[1]
Piping Component Data
[1] commodity_code - Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 401 ****************

Label Name = Pipe sch/thk 1
[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
[1] schedule_thickness - Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 402 ****************

Label Name = Tag no
[1]
Instrument Component Data
[1] instrument_comp_no - Character (20)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 403 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1
[1]
[1] cp_1_sch_thk - Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 404 ****************

Label Name = Reserved
Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 405 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 406 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1 b
[1] bore
2 - ' bore'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 407 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2

[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 408 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 409 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2 b
[1] bore
2 - ' bore'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 410 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 411 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 412 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2
[1] x [3]
2 - ' x '
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 413 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 414 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2 b
[1] x [3] bore


2 - ' x '
4 - ' bore'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 415 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 416 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3
[1] x [3]
2 - ' x '
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 417 ****************

Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3 b
[1] x [3] bore
2 - ' x '
4 - ' bore'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 418 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 419 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 420 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************

**************** Label Type = 421 ****************

Label Name = Bonnet length
[1]
[1] dimension_a - Real (6.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 422 ****************

Label Name = Piping chain length
[1]
[1] bend_angle - Real (5.0) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 423 ****************

Label Name = RWELD size
[1]
[1] bend_radius - Real (6.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 424 ****************

Label Name = Instr chain length
[1]
[1] chain_length - Real (5.0) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 425 ****************

Label Name = RPAD width x thick
[1] x [3]
[1] operator_weight - Real (5.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
2 - ' x '
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 426 ****************

Label Name = Comp NPD 1
[1]
[1] cp_1_nom_pipe_diam - Character (9)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 427 ****************

Label Name = Monitor elev length
[1] nominal height
2 - ' nominal height'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 428 ****************

Label Name = Hydrant cover

[1] cover
2 - ' cover'
***************************************************
**** Label Type = 429 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 430 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 431 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 432 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 433 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 434 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 435 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************

**************** Label Type = 436 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 437 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 438 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 439 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 440 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 441 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 442 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 443 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data

1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 444 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 445 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 446 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 447 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 448 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 449 ****************

Dummy
Attribute Data
1 - 'Dummy'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 950 ****************

Label Name = MAL nozzle descr
[1] [3]
Nozzle Data
[1] Entity 22 Attribute 3 - Character (9)
2 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 951 ****************

Label Name = Iso continuation

[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_code - Character (2)
[2] line_sequence_no - Character (6)
3 - '-'
[4] fluid_code - Character (5)
[5] design_area_number - Character (12)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 952 ****************

Label Name = Equip no
[1]/
Equipment Data
2 - '/'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 953 ****************

Label Name = Equip nozzle
[1]
Nozzle Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 954 ****************

Label Name = BLT/FEM nozzle descr
[1] [3] [5]
Nozzle Data
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 955 ****************

Label Name = Pc mark prefix
[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_code - Character (2)
[2] line_sequence_no - Character (6)
3 - '-'
[4] fluid_code - Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 956 ****************

Label Name = Segment insulation
[1] [3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] insulation_purpose - Character (10)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] insulation_thick - Real (6.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)

***************************************
**************** Label Type = 957 ****************

Label Name = Instr insulation
[1] [3]
[1] insulation_purpose - Character (10)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] insulation_thick - Real (6.2) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 958 ****************

Label Name = Segment ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping Segment Data
[1] heat_tracing_reqmt - Character (5)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] heat_tracing_media - Character (5)
4 - 1 space(s)
[5] heat_tracing_temp - Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 959 ****************

Label Name = Comp ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 960 ****************

Label Name = Instr ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 961 ****************

Label Name = Segment testing
[1] [3] [5][6]
Piping Segment Data
[1] test_system_no - Character (6)
2 - 1 space(s)
[3] test_fluid - Character (5)
4 - 1 space(s)
[5] test_pressure - Real (8.2)
[6] nor_op_pres_units - Character (10)

***************************************
**************** Label Type = 962 ****************

Label Name = Comp remarks
[1]
[1] remarks - Character (25)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 963 ****************

Label Name = Instr remarks
[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 964 ****************

Label Name = Comp opening action
[1]
[1] opening_action - Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 965 ****************

Label Name = Instr opening action
[1]
[1] opening_action - Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 966 ****************

Label Name = Pipe cold spring
Adjust length by [2] for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)
Piping/Tubing Data
1 - 'Adjust length by '
[2] cold_spring_length - Real (7.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
3 - ' for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 967 ****************

Label Name = RWELD size
[1] RWELD
2 - ' RWELD'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 968 ****************

Label Name = Operate closed
Operate closed
Attribute Data
1 - 'Operate closed'
***************************************

**************** Label Type = 969 ****************

Label Name = Operate open
Operate open
Attribute Data
1 - 'Operate open'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 970 ****************

Label Name = Pipe spt detail no
Per detail(s) [2]
Pipe Support Data
1 - 'Per detail(s) '
[2] Entity 80 Attribute -1 - Character (30)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 971 ****************

Label Name = Spclty descr access
PSPECIALTY
Attribute Data
1 - 'PSPECIALTY'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 972 ****************

Label Name = Pip spt descr access
PSUPPORT
Attribute Data
1 - 'PSUPPORT'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 973 ****************

Label Name = Instr descr access
INSTR
Attribute Data
1 - 'INSTR'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 977 ****************

Label Name = Segment P&ID nodes
[1]-[3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] PID_id_part_a - Character (4)
2 - '-'
[3] PID_id_part_b - Character (4)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 978 ****************

Label Name = Pipe spt constr stat
[1]
Pipe Support Data
[1] construction_stat - Character (15)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 979 ****************

Label Name = Unit no/Dgn area no

[1]/[3]
Piping Segment Data
[1] unit_number - Character (12)
2 - '/'
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 980 ****************

Label Name = Segment module no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] module_no - Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 981 ****************

Label Name = Seg package sys no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] package_system_no - Character (12)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 982 ****************

Label Name = Seg matls of constr
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] mater_of_construct - Character (6)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 983 ****************

Label Name = Segment test fluid
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1] test_fluid - Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 984 ****************

Label Name = Pipe ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping/Tubing Data
2 - 1 space(s)
4 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 985 ****************

Label Name = Nozzle service
[1]
Nozzle Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 986 ****************

Label Name = Pipe remarks

[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 987 ****************

Label Name = Press set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]
1 - 'Press set pt: '
[2] chain_length - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 988 ****************

Label Name = Vacuum set pt
Vac set pt: [2][3]
1 - 'Vac set pt: '
[2] Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 989 ****************

Label Name = Press/vac set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]
Vac set pt: [5][6]
1 - 'Press set pt: '
[2] chain_length - Real (8.2)
4 - 'Vac set pt: '
[5] Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 990 ****************

Label Name = Instr end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1 - 'with end prep: '
[2] cp_1_end_prep - Character (15)
3 - 1 space(s)
5 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 991 ****************

Label Name = Spclty end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1 - 'with end prep: '


3 - 1 space(s)
5 - 1 space(s)
***************************************
HITS Report (.h file)

Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53
Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01
Raw design file data

——————–
Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 2
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 3
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 5
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 6
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 7
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 8
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 9
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 11
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 12
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 13
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 14
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 15
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 16
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 18
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 20
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 21
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 24
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 25
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 26
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 27
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 28
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 29
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 30
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 31
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 32
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 33
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 34

PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 35

PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 36
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 37
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 38
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 10 39
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 40
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 41
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 42
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 43
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 45
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 46
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 47
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 48
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 49
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 50
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 51
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 52
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 53
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 54
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 55
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 56
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 57
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 58
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 59
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 60
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 61
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 62
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 63
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 64
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 65
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 66
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 67
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 68
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 69
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 70
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 71
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 72
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 73
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 74
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 75
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 76
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 77
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 78
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 79
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 80
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 81
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 82
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 83
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 84
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 85
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 86
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 87
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 88

SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 89

COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 90
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 91
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 92
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 93
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 96
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 98
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 99
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 100
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 101
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 102
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 103
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 104
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 105
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 106
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 107
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 108
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 109
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 110
Design file data sorted by coordinate

————————————-
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 1
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 2
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 3
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 4
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 22 0 0 0 3 5
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 6
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 7
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 8
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 0 3 0 0 0 4 9
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 10
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 11
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 12
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 13
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 15
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 16
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 17
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 18
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 19
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 20
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 21
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 22
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 23
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 0 3 0 0 0 5 24
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 25
COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 26
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 27
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 28

COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 29

COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 30
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 31
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 32
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 33
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 34
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 35
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 36
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 37
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 38
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 39
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 40
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 41
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 42
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 43
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 44
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 45
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 46
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 47
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 48
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 49
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 50
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 51
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 52
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 53
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 54
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 55
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 0 22 0 0 0 15 56
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 57
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 58
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 59
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 60
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 61
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 62
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 63
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 64
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 22 0 0 0 9 65
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 66
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 67
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 68
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 0 3 0 0 0 10 69
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 70
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 71
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 72
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 73
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 74
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 75
COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 76
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 77
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 78
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 79
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 80
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 81
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 82

COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 83

COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 0 3 0 0 0 11 84
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 85
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 86
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 87
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 88
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 89
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 90
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 91
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 92
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 93
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 94
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 95
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 96
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 97
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 98
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 99
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 100
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 101
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 102
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 103
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 104
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 105
PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 106
PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 107
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 108
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 109
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 110
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 111
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 112
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 113
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 114
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 115
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 116
Tracing data
————
Action Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design
5 Next 3 2 NOZ 39 112 1 1 1
5 Next 16 1 COMP 39 2 1 1 2
5 Next 16 2 COMP 21 3 1 1 3
5 Next 17 2 COMP 21 39 1 1 4
6 Push 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 17 1 COMP 26 38 1 1 5
5 Next 22 1 COMP 26 71 1 1 6
5 Next 22 2 COMP 28 72 1 1 7
5 Next 23 2 COMP 28 75 1 1 8
5 Next 23 1 COMP 29 74 1 1 9
5 Next 24 1 COMP 29 77 1 1 10
6 Push 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 24 2 COMP 30 78 1 1 11
5 Next 25 1 COMP 30 91 1 1 12
5 Next 25 2 COMP 31 92 1 1 13
5 Next 305 1 COMP 31 94 1 1 14

5 Next 305 2 COMP 32 95 1 1 15

5 Next 103 1 PIPE 32 96 1 1 16
5 Next 103 2 PIPE 33 97 1 1 17
5 Next 29 3 COMP 33 13 1 1 18
6 Push 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 29 1 COMP 34 11 1 2 1
5 Next 5 1 PIPE 34 26 1 2 2
5 Next 5 2 PIPE 35 27 1 2 3
5 Next 32 2 COMP 35 16 1 2 4
5 Next 32 1 COMP 37 15 1 2 5
5 Next 6 1 PIPE 37 28 1 2 6
5 Next 6 2 PIPE 38 29 1 2 7
5 Next 33 2 COMP 38 19 1 2 8
5 Next 33 1 COMP 36 18 1 2 9
5 Next 7 1 PIPE 36 30 1 2 10
5 Next 7 2 PIPE 18 31 1 2 11
5 Next 34 2 COMP 18 22 1 2 12
5 Next 34 1 COMP 16 21 1 2 13
5 Next 35 2 COMP 16 25 1 2 14
5 Next 35 1 COMP 17 24 1 2 15
5 Next 26 2 COMP 17 69 1 2 16
5 Next 26 1 COMP 41 68 1 2 17
5 Next 7 2 NOZ 41 116 1 2 18
5 Next 7 1 NOZ -1 115 1 2 19
7 Pull 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 —- 2 0
5 Next 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 2 -1
5 Next 3 1 PIPE 20 35 1 2 -2
5 Next 3 2 PIPE 15 36 1 2 -3
5 Next 30 2 COMP 15 34 1 2 -4
5 Next 30 1 COMP 14 33 1 2 -5
5 Next 4 1 PIPE 14 50 1 2 -6
5 Next 4 2 PIPE 13 51 1 2 -7
5 Next 31 2 COMP 13 49 1 2 -8
5 Next 31 1 COMP 12 48 1 2 -9
5 Next 15 2 COMP 12 46 1 2 -10
5 Next 15 1 COMP 11 45 1 2 -11
5 Next 14 2 COMP 11 6 1 2 -12
6 Push 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 14 1 COMP 10 5 1 2 -13
5 Next 13 1 COMP 10 86 1 2 -14
5 Next 13 2 COMP 9 87 1 2 -15
5 Next 12 2 COMP 9 84 1 2 -16
5 Next 12 1 COMP 7 83 1 2 -17
5 Next 7 1 COMP 7 53 1 2 -18
6 Push 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 ++++ 0 0
5 Next 7 2 COMP 2 54 1 2 -19
5 Next 6 2 COMP 2 43 1 2 -20
5 Next 6 1 COMP 40 42 1 2 -21
5 Next 1 2 NOZ 40 114 1 2 -22
5 Next 1 1 NOZ -1 113 1 2 -23
7 Pull 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 —- 0 0
5 Next 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 3 1
5 Next 8 1 COMP 6 57 1 3 2
5 Next 8 2 COMP 5 58 1 3 3

5 Next 9 1 COMP 5 60 1 3 4
5 Next 9 2 COMP 4 61 1 3 5
5 Next 10 1 COMP 4 63 1 3 6
5 Next 10 2 COMP 3 64 1 3 7
5 Next 11 1 COMP 3 66 1 3 8
5 Next 11 0 COMP -2 65 1 3 9
7 Pull 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 —- 0 0
5 Next 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 4 1
5 Next 27 1 COMP 1 9 1 4 2
5 Next 27 0 COMP -2 8 1 4 3
7 Pull 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 —- 0 0
5 Next 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 5 1
5 Next 28 1 COMP 19 110 1 5 2
5 Next 28 0 COMP -2 109 1 5 3
7 Pull 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 —- 0 0
5 Next 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 6 1
5 Next 18 1 COMP 25 99 1 6 2
5 Next 18 2 COMP 24 100 1 6 3
5 Next 19 1 COMP 24 102 1 6 4
5 Next 19 2 COMP 23 103 1 6 5
5 Next 20 1 COMP 23 105 1 6 6
5 Next 20 2 COMP 22 106 1 6 7
5 Next 21 1 COMP 22 108 1 6 8
5 Next 21 0 COMP -2 107 1 6 9
-1 39 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 37 38 36 18 16 17 41 20
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 2 40
6 5 4 3 1 19 25 24 23 22
0
# Sections: 1
Design file data sorted by topo

——————————-
COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.46 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 1
COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 2
COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.46 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 3
COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.18 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 4
COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 5
COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.97 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 6
COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.46 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 7
COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 11 8
COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.54 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 9
COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.46 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 10
COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 11
COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 14 0 3 0 0 0 11 12
COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.27 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 13
COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 6 14
COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.27 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 15
COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.38 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 16
COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.46 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 17
COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.18 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 18
COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.97 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 19
COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.46 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 20

COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 15 0 3 0 0 0 5 21

COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 22
COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.35 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 23
COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 3 24
COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.38 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 25
COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 12 26
COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 13 0 3 0 0 0 5 27
SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 28
SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 29
SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 -3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 30
SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 -3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 31
NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 1 22 1 0 0 9 32
NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 22 1 1 0 9 33
COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 3 1 2 0 9 34
COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 1 1 3 1 3 0 9 35
COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 21 9 1 3 1 4 108 10 36
COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 9 1 3 1 5 108 11 37
COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 14 1 3 1 6 0 11 38
COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 7 0 11 39
COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 28 5 1 3 1 8 0 11 40
COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 9 0 11 41
COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 29 5 1 3 1 10 105 11 42
COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 11 105 14 43
COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 30 5 1 3 1 12 0 14 44
COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 13 0 14 45
COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 31 5 1 3 1 14 0 14 46
COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 3 1 15 0 14 47
PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 32 5 1 5 1 16 0 14 48
PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 5 1 17 0 14 49
COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 33 5 1 3 1 18 -73 14 50
NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 1 22 2 -23 0 3 51
NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 22 2 -22 0 3 52
COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 3 2 -21 0 3 53
COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 11 1 3 2 -20 0 3 54
COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 12 1 3 2 -19 93 4 55
COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 12 1 3 2 -18 93 5 56
COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 15 1 3 2 -17 0 5 57
COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -16 0 5 58
COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.12 9 2 1 3 2 -15 0 5 59
COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -14 0 5 60
COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 10 2 1 3 2 -13 102 5 61
COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -12 102 8 62
COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 11 2 1 3 2 -11 0 8 63
COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -10 0 8 64
COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 12 2 1 3 2 -9 0 8 65
COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 3 2 -8 0 8 66
PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 13 2 1 5 2 -7 0 8 67
PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 5 2 -6 0 8 68
COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 14 2 1 3 2 -5 0 8 69
COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 3 2 -4 0 17 70
PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 15 4 1 5 2 -3 0 17 71
PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 5 2 -2 0 17 72
COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 20 4 1 3 2 -1 50 17 73
COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 3 2 1 50 16 74

PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 34 4 1 5 2 2 0 16 75

PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 5 2 3 0 16 76
COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 35 4 1 3 2 4 0 16 77
COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 3 2 5 0 16 78
PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 37 6 1 5 2 6 0 16 79
PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 5 2 7 0 16 80
COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 38 6 1 3 2 8 0 16 81
COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 3 2 9 0 16 82
PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 36 7 1 5 2 10 0 16 83
PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 5 2 11 0 16 84
COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 18 7 1 3 2 12 0 16 85
COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 13 0 16 86
COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 16 8 1 3 2 14 0 16 87
COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 15 0 16 88
COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 17 8 1 3 2 16 0 15 89
COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 3 2 17 0 15 90
NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 22 2 18 0 15 91
NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 1 22 2 19 0 15 92
COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 1 -55 6 93
COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 13 1 3 3 2 0 6 94
COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 3 0 6 95
COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 13 1 3 3 4 0 6 96
COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 5 0 6 97
COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 13 1 3 3 6 0 6 98
COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 7 0 6 99
COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 13 1 3 3 8 0 6 100
COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 13 1 3 3 9 0 6 101
COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 1 -61 7 102
COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.18 1 3 1 3 4 2 0 7 103
COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 4 3 0 7 104
COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 1 -42 13 105
COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 19 3 1 3 5 2 0 13 106
COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 -2 3 1 3 5 3 0 13 107
COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 1 -36 12 108
COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 10 1 3 6 2 0 12 109
COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 3 0 12 110
COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 10 1 3 6 4 0 12 111
COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 5 0 12 112
COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 10 1 3 6 6 0 12 113
COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 7 0 12 114
COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 10 1 3 6 8 0 12 115
COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 10 1 3 6 9 0 12 116
Design file data in IDF order

—————————–
Name X Y Z X Y Z Occ in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ
NOZ 33274000 10480294 501904 33274000 10480294 477520 7 1 2 in 26 15 Dash
BLSP 33274000 10480294 477393 33274000 10480294 475615 26 1 2 in 35 15
FWN 33274000 10480294 475615 33274000 10480294 468376 35 1 2 in 34 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 468376 33274000 10480294 450088 34 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33274000 10480294 450088 33292288 10480294 450088 34 0 2 ou 7 16
PIPE 33292288 10480294 450088 33475168 10480294 450088 7 2 1 in 33 16
E90L 33475168 10480294 450088 33493456 10480294 450088 33 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10480294 450088 33493456 10462006 450088 33 0 2 ou 6 16

PIPE 33493456 10462006 450088 33493456 10319258 450088 6 2 1 in 32 16

E90L 33493456 10319258 450088 33493456 10300970 450088 32 1 0 in 0 16
E90L 33493456 10300970 450088 33475168 10300970 450088 32 0 2 ou 5 16
PIPE 33475168 10300970 450088 33407350 10300970 450088 5 2 1 in 29 16
T 33407350 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 450088 29 1 0 in 0 16
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 438658 29 0 3 b1 103 14
PIPE 33395920 10300970 438658 33395920 10300970 417449 103 2 1 in 305 14
FWN 33395920 10300970 417449 33395920 10300970 410210 305 2 1 in 25 14
GAT 33395920 10300970 410210 33395920 10300970 388620 25 2 1 in 24 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 388620 33395920 10300970 370078 24 2 0 in 0 14
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33379283 10300970 370078 24 0 3 b1 28 13
FBLD 33379283 10300970 370078 33378140 10300970 370078 28 1 0 in 0 13 End
STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33395920 10300970 351536 24 0 1 ou 23 11
FWN 33395920 10300970 351536 33395920 10300970 344297 23 1 2 in 22 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 344297 33395920 10300970 326009 22 2 0 in 0 11
PSP2 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10300970 299847 4 1 2 in 0 11
E90L 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10282682 326009 22 0 1 ou 17 11
REDE 33395920 10282682 326009 33395920 10271506 328168 17 1 2 in 16 11
REDE 33395920 10277094 327089 33395920 10277094 321501 17 0 3 ta 18 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 321501 33395920 10277094 315405 18 1 2 in 19 12
GATR 33395920 10277094 315405 33395920 10277094 309817 19 1 2 in 20 12
NIP 33395920 10277094 309817 33395920 10277094 303721 20 1 2 in 21 12
CAPO 33395920 10277094 303721 33395920 10277094 303213 21 1 0 in 0 12 End
FWN 33395920 10271506 328168 33395920 10264521 328168 16 2 1 in 3 9
NOZ 33395920 10264394 328168 33395920 10258298 328168 3 2 1 in 0 9 End Dash
T 33395920 10300970 450088 33384490 10300970 450088 29 0 2 ou 3 17PIPE
33384490 10300970 450088 33255712 10300970 450088 3 1 2 in 30 17
E90L 33255712 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 450088 30 2 0 in 0 17
E90L 33237424 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 431800 30 0 1 ou 4 8
PIPE 33237424 10300970 431800 33237424 10300970 417449 4 1 2 in 31 8
FWN 33237424 10300970 417449 33237424 10300970 410210 31 2 1 in 15 8
GAT 33237424 10300970 410210 33237424 10300970 388620 15 2 1 in 14 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 388620 33237424 10300970 370078 14 2 0 in 0 8
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33220787 10300970 370078 14 0 3 b1 27 7
FBLD 33220787 10300970 370078 33219644 10300970 370078 27 1 0 in 0 7 End
STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33237424 10300970 351536 14 0 1 ou 13 5
FWN 33237424 10300970 351536 33237424 10300970 344297 13 1 2 in 12 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 344297 33237424 10300970 326009 12 2 0 in 0 5
PSP2 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10300970 299847 3 1 2 in 0 5
E90L 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10282682 326009 12 0 1 ou 7 5
REDE 33237424 10282682 326009 33237424 10271506 328168 7 1 2 in 6 5
REDE 33237424 10277094 327089 33237424 10277094 321501 7 0 3 ta 8 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 321501 33237424 10277094 315405 8 1 2 in 9 6
GATR 33237424 10277094 315405 33237424 10277094 309817 9 1 2 in 10 6
NIP 33237424 10277094 309817 33237424 10277094 303721 10 1 2 in 11 6
CAPO 33237424 10277094 303721 33237424 10277094 303213 11 1 0 in 0 6 End
FWN 33237424 10271506 328168 33237424 10264521 328168 6 2 1 in 1 3
NOZ 33237424 10264394 328168 33237424 10258298 328168 1 2 1 in 0 3 End Dash
Intermediate Data File (.idf file)

3275 0 1 1 1000 3 0 10 100 28 275 15 15 6
457 610 1 1 4 1 0 0 300 0 1 0 1 10 !

105 0 0 100 0 100 46 1 0 100 0 0 1 3 !

0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 1 1 1 2 62 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 !
0 1 0 250 0 0 0 70 1 0 5 0 0 0 !
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
-102 /380311w.i*
-103 //usr/ip32/pd
-1 iso/dat/symbo
-1 l.lib
-104 /380311w.bom
-105 /pdsidf.err
-108 /380311w.prt
-115 /380311w.sht
-122 //usr/ip32/pd
-1 iso/examples/
-1 user.mld
3 -6 25 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -700 38000 43390 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -702 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 -703 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-207 NPD
-208 CONN TO
-209 SEE ISO
-213 STEM
-215
-217
-218
-219
-220
-221 FW
-222 SLOPE
-243 FLAT SIDE
-244 U
-245 D
-246 N
-247 S
-248 E
-249 W
-250
-253
-255 SHT
-270
-271
-272
-276 SEE SHT

-277
-278
-282
-284
-287 ORIENT
-288 LINE :
-289 CLASS:
-290 INSUL:
-291 TRACE:
-292 COAT :
-293 PKGNO:
-294 SCH :
-295 CLEAN:
-296 TEST :
-297 STAT :
-298
-300 SHOP MATERIAL
-1 S
-303 DESCRIPTION
-304 NPD
-305 CMDTY CODE
-307 PIPE
-308 FITTINGS
-309 FLANGES
-310 OTHER THAN SH
-1 OP MATERIALS
-311 GASKET
-312 BOLTS
-313 VALVES/IN-LIN
-1 E ITEMS
-314 INSTRUMENTS
-315 PIPE SUPPORTS
-316 PIECE MARKS
-317
-318
-330 INS
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
-359 DIA X LENGTH
-375 WELDS
-376 FABRICATION M
-1 ATL
-377 ERECTION MATL
-378 OFFSHORE MATL
-330 IN
-400
-401
-402
-403
-404
-405
-406
-407
-410
-411

-6 380311-W-
-7 380311-W-
-11 2C0032
-14 01/08/94
-15 HF 2 "
-16 HT 0
-17 NONE
-41 UNDEFINED
-42 PER SPEC
-43 UNDEFINED
-44 0 PSIG
-45 UNDEFINED
-131 SHOP
-132 FLD-
-133 OFFSHR-
-31 38E-104/ N2$4
-1 IN RFFE 300
110 39911971 11626849 835818 39911971 11626849 836135 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39911971 11626849 836135 39911971 11626849 844708 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 115 8
-1 55
-1 8
-37 W380311-4IN-2
-1 C0032-HF
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39911971 11626849 844708 39911971 11626849 859948 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 157 8
-1 56
-1 8
36 39911971 11626849 859948 39896731 11626849 859948 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39886651 11626849 859948 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39896731 11626849 859948 39876570 11626849 859948 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 35 8
-1 56
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39876570 11626849 859948 39866093 11626849 859948 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 155 8
-1 56
-1 8

46 39866093 11626849 859948 39866093 11626849 870426 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,

0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39866093 11626849 895270 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39866093 11626849 870426 39866093 11626849 920114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 33 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 11626849 920114 39866093 11626849 935354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 154 8
-1 57
-1 8
36 39866093 11626849 935354 39866093 11642089 935354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11642089 935354 39866093 11759247 935354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 32 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 11759247 935354 39866093 11774487 935354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-39 3
-1 153 8
-1 57
-1 8
36 39866093 11774487 935354 39866093 11774487 920114 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11774487 920114 39866093 11774487 496569 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 31 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39866093 11774487 496569 39866093 11774487 487996 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 152 8
-1 57
-1 8
110 39866093 11774487 487996 39866093 11774487 487679 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39866093 11774487 487679 39866093 11774487 457199 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3102

-39 3
-1 116 8
-1 57
-1 8
110 39866093 11774487 457199 39866093 11774487 456882 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39866093 11774487 456882 39866093 11774487 448309 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 151 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 11774487 448309 39866093 11774487 391477 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 30 8
-1 57
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39866093 11774487 391477 39866093 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 150 8
-1 57
-1 8
46 39866093 11774487 380999 39876570 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39881332 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39876570 11774487 380999 39886095 11774487 380999 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 29 8
-1 59
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39886095 11774487 380999 39896573 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 119 8
-1 59
-1 8
150 39896573 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 8, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-1
-39 8
-1 7 8
-1 59
-1 8
46 39896573 11774487 380999 39896573 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001

-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39896573 11774487 391477 39896573 11774487 400049 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 124 8
-1 60
-1 8
110 39896573 11774487 400049 39896573 11774487 400366 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39896573 11774487 400366 39896573 11774487 430847 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3102
-39 3
-1 125 8
-1 60
-1 8
110 39896573 11774487 430847 39896573 11774487 431164 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39896573 11774487 431164 39896573 11774487 439737 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 149 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39896573 11774487 519905 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39896573 11774487 439737 39896573 11774487 600074 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 28 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39896573 11774487 600074 39896573 11774487 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 148 8
-1 60
-1 8
36 39896573 11774487 615314 39896573 11789727 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39896573 11789727 615314 39896574 12194858 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 27 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39896574 12194858 615314 39896573 12201207 615314 64 9, 0, 10000,ELBW,
4500 3011
-39 3
-1 147 8

-1 60
-1 8
36 39896573 12201207 615314 39892083 12205697 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
4500 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39892083 12205697 615314 39876869 12220909 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 26 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39876869 12220909 615314 39866093 12231687 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 146 8
-1 60
-1 8
36 39866093 12231687 615314 39866093 12231687 600074 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39866093 12231687 600074 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 25 8
-1 60
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
40 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 126 8
-1 60
-1 8
41 39866093 12231687 518159 39876250 12231687 518159 48 10, 0, 10000,WTBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39893239 12231687 518159 0 0 0 48 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39876250 12231687 518159 39910228 12231687 518159 48 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 36 8
-1 71
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39910228 12231687 518159 39918165 12231687 518159 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 158 8
-1 71
-1 8
110 39918165 12231687 518159 39918482 12231687 518159 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2

115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39918482 12231687 518159 39946740 12231687 518159 48 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3202
-39 3
-1 142 8
-1 71
-1 8
110 39946740 12231687 518159 39947057 12231687 518159 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39947057 12231687 518159 39954995 12231687 518159 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 141 8
-1 71
-1 8
42 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
149 39866093 12231687 481329 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39866093 12231687 518159 39866093 12231687 444499 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 25 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39866093 12231687 444499 39866093 12231687 435926 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 145 8
-1 65
-1 8
110 39866093 12231687 435926 39866093 12231687 435609 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39866093 12231687 435609 39866093 12231687 405129 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3202
-39 3
-1 140 8
-1 65
-1 8
110 39866093 12231687 405129 39866093 12231687 404812 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39866093 12231687 404812 39866093 12231687 396239 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 139 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39866093 12231687 396239 39866093 12231687 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3

-1 127 8
-1 65
-1 8
150 39866093 12231687 380999 0 0 0 64 12, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-2
-39 8
-1 8 8
-1 65
-1 8
36 39866093 12231687 380999 39881333 12231687 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 39881333 12231687 380999 39891493 12231687 379729 64 13, 0, 10000,REBW,
0 3601
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 128 8
-1 65
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39891493 12231687 379729 39899430 12231687 379729 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 129 8
-1 66
-1 8
110 39899430 12231687 379729 39899747 12231687 379729 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
90 39899747 12231687 379729 39915623 12231687 379729 48 14, 0, 10000,CVFL,
0 3502
-22 38LV$559
-39 6
-1 4 8
-1 66
-1 8
93 39915623 12231687 379729 39931497 12231687 379729 48 0, 0, 10000,CVFL,
0 3502
110 39931497 12231687 379729 39931814 12231687 379729 48 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39931814 12231687 379729 39939753 12231687 379729 48 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 130 8
-1 66
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 39939753 12231687 379729 39949913 12231687 380999 48 13, 0, 10000,REBW,
0 3601
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 131 8
-1 66

-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39949913 12231687 380999 39965153 12231687 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 132 8
-1 67
-1 8
150 39965153 12231687 380999 0 0 0 64 15, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0311-3
-39 8
-1 9 8
-1 67
-1 8
36 39965153 12231687 380999 39965153 12231687 396239 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39965153 12231687 396239 39965153 12231687 404812 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 133 8
-1 67
-1 8
110 39965153 12231687 404812 39965153 12231687 405129 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39965153 12231687 405129 39965153 12231687 435609 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3202
-39 3
-1 134 8
-1 67
-1 8
110 39965153 12231687 435609 39965153 12231687 435926 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39965153 12231687 435926 39965153 12231687 444499 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 144 8
-1 67
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39965153 12231687 444499 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 24 8
-1 67
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
40 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 135 8

-1 67
-1 8
41 39965153 12231687 518159 39954995 12231687 518159 48 10, 0, 10000,WTBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
42 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 518159 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
149 39965153 12231687 543876 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 0
100 39965153 12231687 518159 39965153 12231687 569594 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 24 8
-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39965153 12231687 569594 39965153 12231687 584834 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 143 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 39965153 12231687 584834 39980393 12231687 584834 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39980393 12231687 584834 40030399 12231687 584834 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 23 8
-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40030399 12231687 584834 40045639 12231687 584834 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 136 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 40045639 12231687 584834 40045639 12231687 600074 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40045639 12231687 600074 40045639 12231687 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 137 8
-1 69
-1 8
36 40045639 12231687 615314 40045639 12246927 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
55 40045639 12246927 615314 40045639 12260897 618013 64 13, 0, 10000,REBW,
0 3601
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 138 8

-1 69
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40045639 12260897 618013 40045639 12314396 618013 96 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3001
-39 5
-1 22 8
-1 70
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40045639 12314396 618013 40045639 12324397 618013 96 16, 0,
1110000,FLWN, 0 11
-30 390311-W
47 39896573 11774487 380999 39907050 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39907050 11774487 380999 39917528 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 120 8
-1 61
-1 8
46 39917528 11774487 380999 39917528 11764009 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39917528 11764009 380999 39917528 11755436 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 122 8
-1 62
-1 8
110 39917528 11755436 380999 39917528 11755119 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
95 39917528 11755119 380999 39917528 11754167 380999 64 17, 0, 10000,SB ,
0 3002
-39 3
-1 123 8
-1 62
-1 8
-37 OPERATE CLOSE
-1 D
96 39917528 11754167 380999 39917528 11753214 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,SB ,
0 3002
-30 NOT FOUND
47 39917528 11774487 380999 39928005 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39928005 11774487 380999 39936577 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 121 8
-1 63
-1 8

110 39936577 11774487 380999 39936894 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0

2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39936894 11774487 380999 39972455 11774487 380999 64 18, 0, 10000,VGFL,
0 3502
-39 3
-1 209 8
-1 63
-1 8
110 39972455 11774487 380999 39972772 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39972772 11774487 380999 39981345 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 210 8
-1 63
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 39981345 11774487 380999 39991823 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 211 8
-1 63
-1 8
46 39991823 11774487 380999 39991823 11764009 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39991823 11764009 380999 39991823 11755436 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 215 8
-1 107
-1 8
110 39991823 11755436 380999 39991823 11755119 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
95 39991823 11755119 380999 39991823 11754167 380999 64 17, 0, 10000,SB ,
0 3012
-39 3
-1 216 8
-1 107
-1 8
-37 OPERATE CLOSE
-1 D
96 39991823 11754167 380999 39991823 11753214 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,SB ,
0 3012
-30 NOT FOUND
47 39991823 11774487 380999 40002300 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 40002300 11774487 380999 40012778 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0

-39 3
-1 237 8
-1 108
-1 8
150 40012778 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 19, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0404-1
-39 8
-1 14 8
-1 108
-1 8
46 40012778 11774487 380999 40012778 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40012778 11774487 419893 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40012778 11774487 391477 40012778 11774487 448309 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 64 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40012778 11774487 448309 40012778 11774487 456882 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 238 8
-1 109
-1 8
110 40012778 11774487 456882 40012778 11774487 457199 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40012778 11774487 457199 40012778 11774487 487679 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3112
-39 3
-1 212 8
-1 109
-1 8
110 40012778 11774487 487679 40012778 11774487 487996 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40012778 11774487 487996 40012778 11774487 496569 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 239 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40012778 11774487 496569 40012778 11774487 539114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 65 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*

35 40012778 11774487 539114 40012778 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,

9000 3011
-39 3
-1 240 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 40012778 11774487 554354 40012778 11759247 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40012778 11759247 554354 40012778 11744007 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 241 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 40012778 11744007 554354 39997538 11744007 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39997538 11744007 554354 39634953 11744007 554354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 66 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39634953 11744007 554354 39619713 11744007 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 242 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 39619713 11744007 554354 39619713 11759247 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39619713 11759247 554354 39619713 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 243 8
-1 109
-1 8
36 39619713 11774487 554354 39619713 11774487 539114 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 39619713 11774487 539114 39619713 11774487 439737 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 67 8
-1 109
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39619713 11774487 439737 39619713 11774487 431164 64 3, 0, 1110000,FLWN,
0 11
-30 380407-W

47 40012778 11774487 380999 40023255 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,

0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40028017 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40023255 11774487 380999 40032780 11774487 380999 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 63 8
-1 110
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
45 40032780 11774487 380999 40043258 11774487 380999 64 6, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0, , 0 0
-39 3
-1 236 8
-1 110
-1 8
46 40043258 11774487 380999 40043258 11774487 391477 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40043258 11774487 391477 40043258 11774487 400049 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 246 8
-1 111
-1 8
110 40043258 11774487 400049 40043258 11774487 400366 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40043258 11774487 400366 40043258 11774487 430847 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3112
-39 3
-1 213 8
-1 111
-1 8
110 40043258 11774487 430847 40043258 11774487 431164 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40043258 11774487 431164 40043258 11774487 439737 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 247 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40043258 11774487 519905 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40043258 11774487 439737 40043258 11774487 600074 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 68 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*

35 40043258 11774487 600074 40043258 11774487 615314 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,

9000 3011
-39 3
-1 248 8
-1 111
-1 8
36 40043258 11774487 615314 40031549 11764729 615314 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40031549 11764729 615314 39877800 11636606 615314 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 69 8
-1 111
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39877800 11636606 615314 39866093 11626849 615314 64 4, 0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000 1
36 39866093 11626849 615314 39866093 11626849 630554 64 0, 0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000 1
100 39866093 11626849 630554 39866093 11626849 726281 64 5, 0, 1110000, ,
0 11
-30 380404-W
47 40043258 11774487 380999 40053735 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40053735 11774487 380999 40068975 11774487 380999 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-39 3
-1 235 8
-1 112
-1 8
150 40068975 11774487 380999 0 0 0 64 20, 0, 10000, , 0 602
-22 PS-0404-2
-39 8
-1 15 8
-1 112
-1 8
36 40068975 11774487 380999 40068975 11774487 396239 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 40068975 11774487 422274 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 40068975 11774487 396239 40068975 11774487 448309 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 62 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 40068975 11774487 448309 40068975 11774487 456882 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 234 8
-1 113

-1 8
110 40068975 11774487 456882 40068975 11774487 457199 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 40068975 11774487 457199 40068975 11774487 487679 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3112
-39 3
-1 214 8
-1 113
-1 8
110 40068975 11774487 487679 40068975 11774487 487996 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 40068975 11774487 487996 40068975 11774487 496569 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 233 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40068975 11774487 496569 40068975 11774487 539114 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 61 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40068975 11774487 539114 40068975 11774487 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 232 8
-1 113
-1 8
36 40068975 11774487 554354 40068975 11789727 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 40068975 11789727 554354 40068975 11804967 554354 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-39 3
-1 231 8
-1 113
-1 8
36 40068975 11804967 554354 40053735 11804967 554354 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
100 40053735 11804967 554354 39609235 11804967 554354 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 60 8
-1 113
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39609235 11804967 554354 39593995 11804967 554354 64 4, 0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000 11

36 39593995 11804967 554354 39593995 11789727 554354 64 0, 0, 1110000,ELBW,

9000 11
-30 380407-W
47 39866093 11774487 380999 39855615 11774487 380999 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39855615 11774487 380999 39847042 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3001
-39 3
-1 117 8
-1 58
-1 8
110 39847042 11774487 380999 39846725 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
130 39846725 11774487 380999 39816244 11774487 380999 64 7, 0, 10000,VVFL,
0 3502
-39 3
-1 118 8
-1 58
-1 8
110 39816244 11774487 380999 39815927 11774487 380999 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0
2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
105 39815927 11774487 380999 39807355 11774487 380999 64 3, 0, 1110000,FLWN,
0 1
-30 380408-W
47 39866093 11626849 859948 39855615 11626849 859948 64 0, 0, 10000,TEBW,
0 3011
-67 *UNDEFINED*
149 39845535 11626849 859948 0 0 0 64 0, 0, 0,FLOW, 0 10
100 39855615 11626849 859948 39835454 11626849 859948 64 5, 0, 10000, , 0
3011
-39 5
-1 34 8
-1 72
-1 8
-67 *UNDEFINED*
35 39835454 11626849 859948 39820214 11626849 859948 64 4, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-39 3
-1 156 8
-1 72
-1 8
36 39820214 11626849 859948 39820214 11626849 844708 64 0, 0, 10000,ELBW,
9000 3001
-67 *UNDEFINED*
105 39820214 11626849 844708 39820214 11626849 836135 64 3, 0, 10000,FLWN,
0 3011
-39 3
-1 114 8
-1 53
-1 8

110 39820214 11626849 836135 39820214 11626849 835818 64 1, 0, 10000, , 0

2
115 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 2, 0, 8, , 0 2
-31 38E-104/ N1$4
-1 IN RFFE 300
-20 XDABBZZQSG
-21 GASKET, CL300
-1 , G653, 0.125
-1 " THK, 304 SP
-1 IRAL WND, GRA
-1 PH FILLED, CS
-1 CENTER RING,
-1 API-601
-88 7
-20 YZZZHZZFFF
-21 B31, ASTM-A19
-1 3-B7 STUDS W/
-1 ASTM-A194-2H
-1 HVY HEX NUTS,
-1 4.5" BOLT L
-1 ENGTH
-85 4.5
-88 7
-20 FAABBAWAAA
-21 FLANGE, CL300
-1 , RFFE/BE, AS
-1 TM-A105, ANSI
-1 -B16.5, WN, S
-1 -STD BORE
-80 FWN
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A105
-84 ANSI-B16.5
-20 WAAAAAWAAA
-21 ELBOW, S-STD,
-1 <— TEST
-80 E90LR
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 PAAAAAWAAA
-21 PIPE, S-STD,
-1 BE, ASTM-A53-
-1 B TYPE S
-80 PIPE
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A53-B
-84 ANSI-B36.10M
-20 WTAAAAWAAA
-21 TEE, S-STD, B
-1 E, ASTM-A234-

-1 WPB, ANSI-B16
-1 .9
-80 T
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 VABBAHCAAA
-21 GATE VALVE, C
-1 L300, RFFE, B
-1 B, OS&Y, ASTM
-1 -A216-WCB, TR
-1 IM 8, CRANE 3
-1 3
-80 GAT
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A216-WCB
-84 ANSI-B16.10
-20 PS-0311-1
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 WADAAAWAAA
-21 45 DEG LR ELB
-1 OW, S-STD, BE
-1 , ASTM-A234-W
-1 PB, ANSI-B16.
-1 9
-80 E45LR
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 WOAAAAWAFA
-21 WELDOLET, S-S
-1 TD X S-STD, B
-1 E, ASTM-A105
-80 WOL
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A105
-84 BONNEY FORGE
-1 1
-20 YZZZHZZFFF
-21 B31, ASTM-A19
-1 3-B7 STUDS W/
-1 ASTM-A194-2H
-1 HVY HEX NUTS,
-1 4.25" BOLT
-1 LENGTH

-85 4.25
-88 7
-20 PS-0311-2
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 WRBAAAWAAA
-21 ECCENTRIC RED
-1 UCER, S-STD X
-1 S-STD BORE,
-1 BE, ASTM-A234
-1 -WPB, ANSI-B1
-1 6.9
-80 REDE
-81 S-STD
-82 BE
-83 A234-WPB
-84 ANSI-B16.9
-20 38LV-559
-21 INSTRUMENT 38
-1 LV-559. GENER
-1 IC DESCRIPTIO
-1 N FOR LEVEL 3
-1 TESTING.
-80 1GL1
-81 300QD
-82 RFFE
-84 ANSI-B16.5
-20 PS-0311-3
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 FGPBBAWAAA
-21 ORIFICE FLANG
-1 E, CL300, RFF
-1 E/BE, ASTM-A1
-1 05, ANSI-B16.
-1 36, WN, ONE 0
-1 .5" SWE TAP,
-1 S-STD BORE
-80 FOWNAW
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A105
-84 ANSI-B16.36
-20 GJGBBZZADA
-21 SPECTACLE BLA
-1 NK, CL300, RF

-1 TBE, ASTM-A51
-1 6-70, API-590
-1 Z1, 0.75 THK
-80 BLSPC
-81 CL300
-82 RFTBE
-83 A516-70
-84 API-590Z1
-20 VBBBAHCGAA
-21 GLOBE VALVE,
-1 CL300, RFFE,
-1 BB, OS&Y, AST
-1 M-A216-WCB, T
-1 RIM 8, CRANE
-1 151
-80 GLO
-81 CL300
-82 RFFE
-83 A216-WCB
-84 ANSI-B16.10
-20 PS-0404-1
-21 PIPE SUPPORT.
-1 GENERIC DESC
-1 RIPTION FOR L
-1 EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1 G.
-80 PSP2
-20 PS-0404-2
-21 PIPE SUPPORT
-1 PS-0404-2. GE
-1 NERIC DESCRIP
-1 TION FOR LEVE
-1 L 3 TESTING.
-80 PSP2
999
Interface Error Log (.err file)

PDSIDF version 4.03.01.00 - 6.0.8
Begin Input ———————————————-
Options file
pdssdr:/usr/cert/iso/isoref/john.def
Model design file(s)

40pipe01 - type 63 information extracted from this model
39pipe01 (CONT. ONLY)
39pipe02 (CONT. ONLY)
40eqp01
40foot01
Iso design file

pdssdr:/usr/cert/john/400104wc.i*
Line id(s)
400104-WC
Piping area
PArea40
Project database
pd_oxs_l3
Batch options
N Y Y N * * Y * * 22-Feb-1993 check plots
Extraction number
6
End input ————————————————
*** WARNING - W20 ***

Header record attribute is undefined
Header record number: -41
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Segment data table look-up failed
File name: /usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/isoc.note
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***


Table Key: 1C0031
1 - ERROR - key ’S19’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description
library.
2 - ERROR - key ’PSUPPORT PSL’ was not found in SPECIALTY material
description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Error reading specialty material description library
Item code : S19
Alt. index : PSUPPORT
Return code : -1
3 - ERROR - key ’SP-0104-1’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description
library.
4 - ERROR - key ’PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX’ was not found in SPECIALTY
material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code : SP-0104-1
Alt. index : PSPECIALTY
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
5 - ERROR - key ’SP-0104-2’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description
library.
6 - ERROR - key ’PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX’ was not found in SPECIALTY
material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code : SP-0104-2
Alt. index : PSPECIALTY
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031

*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
7 - ERROR - key ’S15’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description
library.
8 - ERROR - key ’PSUPPORT PSL’ was not found in SPECIALTY material
description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code : S15
Alt. index : PSUPPORT
Return code : -1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
ISOGEN INTERGRAPH VERSION 6.0.8
DRG. 1 /400104-WC-PLOTTED
DRG. 2 /400104-WC-PLOTTED
MTO Neutral File (.b# file)

GASK400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 7 XDABBZZQSG 4.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 7 YZZZHZZFFF 19.05 114.3 8
COMP400104-WC- 401572887 1572914 15 N FAABBAWAAA 4.0" 4.0"

NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572887 1572915 15 N WRBAAAWAAA 6.0" 4.0"

S-STDS-STD0.0000.00090.00

COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572916 7 N POCAAAOAAE 1.0" 1.0"

S-160S-1603.0003.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572917 7 N VAUSAHGAAA 1.0" 1.0"

NREQDNREQD3.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572918 7 N POCAAAOAAE 1.0" 1.0"

S-160S-1603.0003.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888 1572919 7 N SCAQZZZAAA 1.0" NREQD 0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572889 1572920 15 N WAAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0"

S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
SUPP400104-WC- 401572889 1572868 S19
COMP400104-WC- 401572889 1572921 15 N FAAABAWAAA 6.0" 6.0"

NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572889 1572922 7 XDAABZZQSG 6.0"
ENGR400104-WC- 401572889 1572922 N SP-0104-1 6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD
COMP400104-WC- 401572893 1572923 7 N VAABAHCCAA 6.0" 6.0"


NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572893 1572878 15 1 PAAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD -9999

***********

S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00

***********
COMP400104-WC- 401572893 1572925 15 N WTAAAAWAAA 6.0" 6.0"

S-STDS-STD0.0000.00090.00

***********


NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00

***********

S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00

***********

S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00

***********

S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00

NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572884 1572872 7 N GJGABZZADA 6.0" 6.0"

ISOGEN Message File (.msg file)

ISOGEN WORKSTATION VERSION 5.4.1
ERROR DETECTED IN PIPE /W010

(35:1062) WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST
- CHECK CUT LENGTHS
DRG. 1 /W0101
PLOTTED
ISOGEN Printed Parts (.prt file)

1 PAGE 1

PIPELINE REF 400104-WC- SHT 1 OF 2
——————
| SHOP MATERIALS |
——————
PT NPD
NO DESCRIPTION (IN) CMDTY CODE QTY
– ———– – —– —- —
1 PIPE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B TYPE S 6 PAAAAAWAAA 22.9’
2 TEE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, 6X6 WTAAAAWAAA 1
ANSI-B16.9
3 ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE, 6X4 WRBAAAWAAA 1
BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
4 90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE, 6 WAAAAAWAAA 5
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
5 FLANGE, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 6 FAAABAWAAA 4
ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD BORE
6 FLANGE, CL300, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 4 FAABBAWAAA 1
—————————–
| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
—————————–
PT NPD
– ———– – —– —- —
7 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6X6 SP-0104-1 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
8 SPECTACLE BLANK, CL150, RFTBE, 6 GJGABZZADA 1
ASTM-A516-70, API-590Z1, ****** THK
9 NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B 1 POCAAAOAAE 2
10 CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105 1 SCAQZZZAAA 1
11 GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 6 XDAABZZQSG 6
SPIRAL WND, GRAPH FILLED, CS CENTER
RING, API-601
12 GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 4 XDABBZZQSG 1
RING, API-601
13 B31, ASTM-A193-B7 STUDS W/ASTM-A194-2H 3/4 YZZZHZZFFF 8
HVY HEX NUTS, 4.5" BOLT LENGTH
16 GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, 6 VAABAHCCAA 1
ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
17 GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y, 1 VAUSAHGAAA 1
ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
————-
18 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6 S19 1

DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
———–
400104-WC40-1 400104-WC40-2
1 PAGE 2
1 PAGE 1
——————
| SHOP MATERIALS |
——————
PT NPD
– ———– – —– —- —
1 ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE, 6X4 WRBAAAWAAA 1
BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
2 90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE, 6 WAAAAAWAAA 1
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
3 FLANGE, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 6 FAAABAWAAA 1
4 FLANGE, CL300, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 4 FAABBAWAAA 1
—————————–
| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
—————————–
PT NPD
– ———– – —– —- —
5 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6X6 SP-0104-2 1
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
6 NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B 1 POCAAAOAAE 2
7 CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105 1 SCAQZZZAAA 1
8 GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 6 XDAABZZQSG 2
RING, API-601
9 GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304 4 XDABBZZQSG 1
RING, API-601
12 GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, 6 VAABAHCCAA 1
ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
13 GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y, 1 VAUSAHGAAA 1
ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
————-
14 ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL 6 S15 1

DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
———–
400104-WC40-3
ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File (.sed file)

1 5 282 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 590 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 5 283 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 591 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 580 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 579 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 5 284 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 578 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 3 577 0 297 0 1 U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
1 6 61 0 297 0 0 0

ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file)

1
400104-WCITEM
SUMMARY OF CUT PIPE LENGTHS FOR PROJECT NUMBER PAGE 1

-
FOR PIPELINE REFERENCES DATE 28/02/93
ITEM CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION SIZE (INS) CUT LENGTH (FT & SPECIAL REQ. PIECE NO. PIPELINE BATCH REFERENCE
AND INS) REFERENCE
SPECIFICATION
PAAAAAWAAA PIPE, S-STD, BE, 6 7.1/16 <1> 400104-WC-
ASTM-A53-B TYPE
S
6 5’3.3/8 <2> 400104-WC-
6 10.7/16 <3> 400104-WC-
6 2’9.3/8 <4> 400104-WC-
6 5’10.1/8 <5> 400104-WC-
6 7’6.1/16 <6> 400104-WC-
SUB TOTAL 22'10.7/16
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files)

! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN title block for size C batch isos.
! Rev=2 By= Ckd By= Date=
!
SHEET_DATA_TABLE
2 !2 lines to follow
0, 0, 0, 1, 6 !Sheet no
0, 0, 0, 2, 7 !of sheet no
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
5, 1, 1, 979, 0, 11 !Company name
5, 1, 2, 979, 0, 12 !Plant name
5, 1, 3, 979, 0, 1 !Project no
5, 1, 4, 979, 0, 10 !Unit name
1, 1, 0, 951, 0, 5 !Iso no
3, 2, 10, 0, 0, 15 !Extraction date
3, 2, 11, 0, 0, 96 !Extraction no
3, 1, 2, 0, 0, 90 !Dgn file 1
3, 1, 3, 0, 0, 91 !Dgn file 2
3, 1, 4, 0, 0, 92 !Dgn file 3
3, 1, 5, 0, 0, 93 !Dgn file 4
3, 1, 6, 0, 0, 94 !Dgn file 5
3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 95 !Defaults file
3, 2, 15, 0, 0, 8 !Current rev no
3, 2, 16, 0, 0, 20 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 0, 0, 21 !Date
3, 2, 17, 0, 0, 22 !BY initials

3, 2, 18, 0, 0, 23 !CHK initials

3, 2, 23, 0, 0, 24 !Description
3, 2, 16, 1, 0, 30 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 1, 0, 31 !Date
3, 2, 17, 1, 0, 32 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 1, 0, 33 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 1, 0, 34 !Description
3, 2, 16, 2, 0, 40 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 2, 0, 41 !Date
3, 2, 17, 2, 0, 42 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 2, 0, 43 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 2, 0, 44 !Description
3, 2, 16, 3, 0, 50 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 3, 0, 51 !Date
3, 2, 17, 3, 0, 52 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 3, 0, 53 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 3, 0, 54 !Description
3, 2, 16, 4, 0, 60 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 4, 0, 61 !Date
3, 2, 17, 4, 0, 62 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 4, 0, 63 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 4, 0, 64 !Description
3, 2, 16, 5, 0, 70 !REV no
3, 2, 20, 5, 0, 71 !Date
3, 2, 17, 5, 0, 72 !BY initials
3, 2, 18, 5, 0, 73 !CHK initials
3, 2, 23, 5, 0, 74 !Description
3, 2, 90, 0, 0, 2 !Color code (User attribute 1)
3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97 !User attribute 2
3, 2, 92, 0, 0, 98 !User attribute 3
3, 2, 93, 0, 0, 99 !User attribute 4
3, 2, 94, 0, 0, 100 !User attribute 5
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
1, 12, 2, 0, 11, 25, 1, 200, 25 !Line no
1, 12, 35, 0, 36, 12, 0, 201, 25 !Dgn std
1, 12, 24, 0, 48, 5, 0, 202, 25 !Nor oper press
1, 12, 25, 0, 53, 4, 0, 203, 25 !Nor oper temp
1, 12, 28, 0, 57, 5, 0, 204, 25 !Nor dgn press
1, 12, 29, 0, 62, 4, 0, 205, 25 !Nor dgn temp
1, 12, 26, 0, 66, 5, 0, 206, 25 !Alt oper press
1, 12, 27, 0, 71, 4, 0, 207, 25 !Alt oper temp
1, 12, 30, 0, 75, 5, 0, 208, 25 !Alt dgn press
1, 12, 31, 0, 80, 4, 0, 209, 25 !Alt dgn temp
1, 12, 64, 0, 84, 5, 0, 210, 25 !Test system no
1, 12, 65, 0, 89, 3, 0, 211, 25 !Test fluid
1, 12, 66, 0, 92, 5, 0, 212, 25 !Test press
1, 12, 17, 0, 97, 3, 0, 213, 25 !Heat tracing reqmts
1, 12, 18, 0, 100, 3, 0, 214, 25 !Heat media
1, 12, 19, 0, 103, 4, 0, 215, 25 !Heat media temp
1, 12, 14, 0, 107, 6, 0, 216, 25 !Insulation purpose
1, 12, 15, 0, 113, 5, 0, 217, 25 !Insulation thickness
1, 12, 40, 0, 118, 8, 0, 218, 25 !Coating reqmts

1, 1, 1, -992, 126, 25, 1, 219, 25 !PWHT reqmts

APPENDIX D
Appendix: PDS Database Table Formats

This section contains PDS database formats, including:
 Design table format
 Spec table format (Imperial & Metric)
Piping Design Database Table Format

# Piping Design Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Segment Data
1 , system_unique_no , integer , index 1

2 , line_number_label , character(40)
3 , line_id , character(16)
4 , unit_number , character(12)
5 , unit_code , character(3)
6 , module_no , character(16)
7 , package_system_no , character(12)
8 , train_number , character(2)
9 , fluid_code , short , standard note 125
10 , line_sequence_no , character(16)
11 , nominal_piping_dia , short
12 , piping_mater_class , character(16)
13 , gasket_separation , character(8)
14 , insulation_purpose , short , standard note 220
15 , insulation_thick , double
16 , insulation_density , double , standard note 1074 (units)
17 , heat_tracing_reqmt , short , standard note 200
18 , heat_tracing_media , short , standard note 210
19 , heat_tracing_temp , double
20 , construction_stat , short , standard note 130
21 , hold_status , short , standard note 50
22 , approval_status , short , standard note 35
23 , schedule_override , character(8)
24 , nor_oper_pres , double
25 , nor_oper_temp , double
26 , alt_oper_pres , double
27 , alt_oper_temp , double
28 , nor_dgn_pres , double
29 , nor_dgn_temp , double
30 , alt_dgn_pres , double
31 , alt_dgn_temp , double
32 , steam_outlet_temp , double

33 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
34 , safety_class , short , standard note 340
35 , design_standard , short , standard note 570
36 , design_area_number , character(12)
37 , design_resp , short , standard note 160
38 , construction_resp , short , standard note 160
39 , supply_resp , short , standard note 160
40 , coating_reqmts , short , standard note 190
41 , cleaning_reqmts , short , standard note 230
42 , fluid_category , character(4)
43 , nor_op_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
44 , nor_op_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
45 , alt_op_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
46 , alt_op_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
47 , nor_dgn_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
48 , nor_dgn_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
49 , alt_dgn_pres_units , short , standard note 1064
50 , alt_dgn_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
51 , steam_temp_units , short , standard note 1056
52 , stress_system_no , character(12)
53 , stress_reqmts , short , standard note 360
54 , hyd_system_no , character(12)
55 , hyd_reqmts , short , standard note 360
56 , specific_gravity_a , double
57 , specific_gravity_b , double
58 , specific_gravity_c , double
59 , viscosity , double
60 , density , double
61 , spec_heat_ratio , double
62 , sonic_velocity , double
63 , surface_roughness , double
64 , test_system_no , character(6)
65 , test_fluid , short , standard note 125
66 , test_pressure , double
67 , PID_id_part_a , character(4)
68 , PID_id_part_b , character(4)
69 , end_1_nozzle_id , integer
70 , end_2_nozzle_id , integer
71 , alpha_descript_id , character(12)
72 , standard_note_no , short , standard note 499
73 , pid_index_no , integer
# Piping Component Data

2 , piping_comp_no , character(20)
3 , commodity_name , character(6)
4 , model_code , character(6)
5 , option_code , short , standard note 400
6 , maximum_temp , double
7 , sched_thick_basis , character(8)
8 , commodity_code , character(16)

9 , MTO_requirements , short , standard note 365

10 , fabrication_cat , short , standard note 180
11 , source_of_data , short , standard note 420
12 , PDS_sort_code , character(6)
13 , physical_data_id , character(8)
14 , geometric_standard , short , standard note 575
15 , weight_code , short , standard note 578
16 , table_suffix_green , short , standard note 576
17 , table_suffix_red , short , standard note 577
18 , materials_grade , short , standard note 145
19 , bend_radius , double
20 , bend_angle , double
21 , face_to_face_dim , double
22 , dimension_a , double
23 , dimension_b , double
24 , dimension_c , double
25 , surface_area , double , standard note 1010 (units)
26 , empty_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
27 , water_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
28 , operator_weight , double
29 , operator_sym_name , character(6)
30 , chain_operator_no , short
31 , opening_action , short , standard note 390
37 , iso_dwg_index_no , integer
38 , isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
39 , piece_mark_no , character(10)
40 , color_code , character(8)
41 , stress_node_no , short
42 , stress_intens_fact , double
43 , head_loss_factor , double
44 , piping_assembly , character(12)
45 , component_group_no , short
46 , remarks , character(16)
47 , standard_note_no_a , short , standard note 499
48 , standard_note_no_b , short , standard note 499
49 , cp_1_nom_pipe_diam , short
50 , cp_1_outside_diam , double
51 , cp_1_end_prep , short , standard note 330
52 , cp_1_sch_thk , character(8)
53 , cp_1_rating , character(8)
54 , cp_1_face_to_ctr , double
55 , cp_1_weld_no , character(8)
56 , cp_1_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
57 , cp_1_gasket_gap , double
58 , cp_1_gasket_option , short , standard note 400
59 , cp_1_stress_node , short
60 , cp_1_stress_factor , double
61 , cp_1_head_loss , double

100, cp_4_head_loss , double
101, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short
102, cp_5_outside_diam , double
103, cp_5_end_prep , short , standard note 330
104, cp_5_sch_thk , character(8)
105, cp_5_rating , character(8)
106, cp_5_face_to_ctr , double
107, cp_5_weld_no , character(8)
108, cp_5_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
109, cp_5_gasket_gap , double
110, cp_5_gasket_option , short , standard note 400
111, cp_5_stress_node , short
112, cp_5_stress_factor , double
# Piping/Tubing Data


8 , outside_diameter , double
9 , schedule_thickness , character(8)
11 , rating , character(8)
22 , pipe_length , double
26 , cold_spring_length , double
41 , end_1_end_prep , short , standard note 330
42 , end_1_weld_no , character(8)
43 , end_1_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
44 , end_1_gasket_gap , double
45 , end_1_gasket_opt , short , standard note 400
46 , end_1_stress_node , short
47 , end_1_stres_int , double
48 , end_1_head_loss , double
49 , end_2_end_prep , short , standard note 330
50 , end_2_weld_no , character(8)
51 , end_2_weld_type , short , standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
52 , end_2_gasket_gap , double

53 , end_2_gasket_opt , short , standard note 400

54 , end_2_stress_node , short
55 , end_2_stres_int , double
56 , end_2_head_loss , double
# Instrument Component Data

2 , instrument_comp_no , character(20)
10 , physical_data_id , character(8)
16 , face_to_face_dim , double
17 , dimension_a , double
18 , dimension_b , double
19 , dimension_c , double
23 , operator_weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
24 , operator_type , double
25 , operator_sym_name , character(6)
26 , chain_operator_no , short
27 , chain_length , double
28 , opening_action , short , standard note 390
31 , design_resp , short , standard note 160
32 , construction_resp , short , standard note 160
36 , insulation_purpose , short , standard note 220
37 , insulation_thick , double
38 , insulation_density , double , standard note 1074 (units)
39 , cleaning_reqmts , short , standard note 230
40 , safety_class , short , standard note 340
41 , module_no , character(16)
42 , package_system_no , character(12)

47 , stress_node_no , short
48 , stress_intens_fact , double
49 , head_loss_factor , double


107, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short
108, cp_5_outside_diam , double
109, cp_5_end_prep , short , standard note 330
110, cp_5_sch_thk , character(8)
111, cp_5_rating , character(8)
112, cp_5_face_to_ctr , double
# Pipe Support Data

2 , pipe_support_no , character(20)
3 , model_code_phy , character(6)
4 , model_code_log , character(6)
5 , iso_support_type_a , short , standard note 380
6 , iso_support_type_b , short , standard note 380
7 , iso_support_type_c , short , standard note 380
8 , iso_support_type_d , short , standard note 380
9 , details_for_shop , character(50)
10 , details_for_field , character(50)
11 , fabrication_orient , character(20)
15 , weight , double , standard note 1028 (units)
18 , standard_note_no , short , standard note 499
23 , isometric_dim_a , double
24 , isometric_dim_b , double
25 , isometric_dim_c , double
26 , isometric_dim_d , double
27 , isometric_dim_e , double
28 , trans_rigidity_x , double
29 , trans_rigidity_y , double

30 , trans_rigidity_z , double
31 , rot_rigidity_x , double
32 , rot_rigidity_y , double
33 , rot_rigidity_z , double
34 , spring_gap_length , double
35 , sping_gap_direct , short
36 , number_of_springs , short
Specification/Material Reference Database Table

Format
# Specification/Material Reference Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Materials Class Data
table number = 201, number of columns = 21
1 , system_unique_no , integer
2 , piping_mater_class , character(16)
3 , revision_no , character(2)
4 , version_no , character(2)
5 , revision_date , character(10)
6 , fluid_code , character(6) , standard note 125
7 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
8 , corrosion_allow , double
9 , mat_description , short , standard note 148
10, service_lim_table , character(6)
11, diameter_table , character(6)
12, thickness_table , character(6)
13, materials_table , character(6)
14, thickness_equation , character(6)
15, branch_table , character(6)
16, tap_data_table , character(6)
17, vent_drain_macro , character(6)
18, gasket_separation , character(8)
19, standard_note_no_a , short , standard note 499
20, standard_note_no_b , short , standard note 499
21, revision_mngt_date , integer
# Piping Commodity Specification Data
2 , piping_mater_class , character(16) , index 1
6 , gcp_from_nom_diam , short
7 , gcp_to_nom_diam , short
8 , gcp_end_prep , short , standard note 330

9 , gcp_rating , character(8)
10, gcp_sch_thk , character(8)
11, gcp_table_suffix , short , standard note 576
12, rcp_from_nom_diam , short
13, rcp_to_nom_diam , short
14, rcp_end_prep , short , standard note 330
15, rcp_rating , character(8)
16, rcp_sch_thk , character(8)
17, rcp_table_suffix , short , standard note 577
18, commodity_code , character(16)
19, model_code , character(6)
20, PDS_sort_code , character(6)
21, modifier , double
22, geometric_standard , short , standard note 575
23, weight_code , short , standard note 578
24, fabrication_cat , short , standard note 180
25, materials_grade , short , standard note 145
# Piping Specialty Specification Data
9 , gcp_sch_thk , character(8)
17, physical_data_id , character(8)
# Instrument Component Specification Data

2 , instrument_comp_no , character(20)
17, physical_data_id , character(8)
# Tap Properties Data
2 , tap_table_name , character(6)
5 , end_preparation , short , standard note 330
6 , rating , character(8)
7 , sched_thick , character(8)
8 , tap_material_code , character(10)
# Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
3 , gcp_nom_diam , short
4 , rcp_nom_diam , short
6 , rcp_sch_thk , character(8)
7 , commodity_code , character(16) , index 1
8 , weld_weight , double
9 , unit_price , double
10, manhours , double

# Piping Commodity Implied Material Data
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
5 , rcp_from_nom_diam , short
6 , rcp_to_nom_diam , short
7 , commodity_code , character(16) , index 1
8 , quantity , double
9 , fabrication_cat , short
10, standard_note_no , short
# Reference Database Revision Management Data
1 , specialty_rev_date , integer
2 , instr_rev_date , integer
3 , tap_data_rev_date , integer
4 , size_data_rev_date , integer
5 , implied_rev_date , integer

APPENDIX E
Appendix: ISOGEN® SKEY Dimensions
ARFL: Valve - Angle Relief/Vent
AVFL: Valve - Angle

AXFL: Valve - Angle Pressure Reducing
BAFL: Block - Angle
BOFL: Block - Offset

BRFL: Block
C3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control

C4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control
CAFL: Valve - Angle Control
CEBW: Coupling - Elbolet (Butt Weld)

CESC: Coupling - Elbolet (Screwed)
CESW: Coupling - Elbolet (Socket Weld)
CHFL: Hose Coupling

CKFL: Valve - Check
COCP: Coupling - Compression
COSC: Coupling - Screwed
COSW: Coupling - Socket Weld

CPBW: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate
CPFL: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
CSBW: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate
CSFL: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate (Flanged)

CTBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)
CTFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Flanged)
CTSC: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Screwed)

CTSW: Concentric with a Connection (Socket Weld)
CVFL: Valve - Control
CXBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe

CXFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
CZBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
CZFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)

DR: Rupture Disk
EPBW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate
EPFL: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
EPSW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Socket Weld)

ESBW: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe
ESFL: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
EXBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe
EXFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)

EXFL: Expansion Bellows
EZBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
EZFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)

FAFL: Filter/Strainer - Angle
FIFL: Filter/Strainer - Straight Through
FLBL: Flange - Blind

FLFL: Flange - Flared/Loose Backing
FLLB: Flange - Backing
FLOW: Flow Arrow
FLRC: Flange - Reducing Concentric

FLRE: Flange - Reducing Eccentric
FLRG: Lap Joint - Ring Loose
FLSC: Flange - Screwed
FLSE: Lap Joint - Stub End Loose

FLSJ: Flange - Slip On with J-type Weld
FLSO: Flange - Slip On
FLSW: Flange - Socket Weld
FLWN: Flange - Weld Neck
FOFL: Filter/Strainer - Offset

FOSO: Flange - Orifice (Slip On)
FOWN: Flange - Orifice (Weld Neck)
FPPL: Fixed Length Pipe - Without Flanged Ends
FRFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
FTFL: Flame Trap

FXFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
H3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Hand Indicator)
H4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Hand Indicator)

HAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Hand Indicator)
HCSC: Olet - Half Coupling (Screwed)
HCSW: Olet - Half Coupling (Socket Weld)
HVFL: Valve - Control Hand Indicator

IAFL: Instrument - Angle
IDFL: Instrument - Dial (Flanged)
IDPL: Instrument - Dial
IIFL: Instrument
IOFL: Instrument - Offset

IRFL: Instrument - Return
ITFL: Instrument - Tee
KABW: Cap - Butt Weld
KACP: Cap - Compression

KASC: Cap - Screwed
KASW: Cap - Socket Weld
LABW: Olet - Latrolet (Buttweld)
M3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)
M4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)

MAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Motorized Indicator)
MVFL: Valve - Control (Motorized Indicator)
NBSC: Nipple - Screwed
NCFL: Non-Category Item

NIPL: Olet - Nipolet (Plain End)
NISC: Olet - Nipolet (Screwed)
NRSC: Nipple - Screwed
OP: Orifice Plate
OTBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)

OTFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Flanged)
OTSC: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Screwed)
PF: Pipe Block - Fixed Length
PL: Plug

PR: Restrictor Plate
PV: Pipe Block - Variable Length
RAFL: Valve - Angle (Relief/Vent)

RBSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed Bush)
RBSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RCBW: Reducer - Concentric (Butt Weld)
RCCP: Reducer - Concentric (Compression)

RCFL: Reducer - Concentric (Flanged)
RCSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed)
RCSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RD: Rupture Disk

REBW: Reducer - Eccentric (Butt Weld)
REFL: Reducer - Eccentric (Flanged)
RESC: Reducer - Eccentric (Screwed)
RF: Reducer - Special Reducing Flange

RFPL: Reducer - Connection Block
RNSC: Reducer - Concentric (Nipple)
RP: Restrictor Plate
RVFL: Valve - Relief/Vent

S3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Square Indicator)
S4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Square Indicator)

SAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Square Indicator)
SB: Spectacle - Blind
SGFL: Sight Glass

SKSW: Olet - Sockolet
SP: Slip Plate
SR: Slip Ring

SVFL: Valve - Control (Square Indicator)
SWBw: Olet Sweepolet
TAFL: Trap - Angle

THSC: Olet - Thredolet
TIFL: Trap - Inline Straight Through
TOFL: Trap - Offset

TRFL: Trap - Return
TUFL: Tundish (Funnel)

UNSC: Union - Screwed
UNSW: Union - Socket Weld
V3FL: Valve - Three-Way

V4FL: Valve - Four-Way
VBFL: Valve - Ball
VCFL: Valve - Check

VDFL: Valve - Diaphragm
VGFL: Valve - Globe
VKFL: Valve - Cock

VNFL: Valve - Needle
VPFL: Valve - Plug
VRFL: Valve - Relief/Vent

VSFL: Valve - Slide
VTFL: Valve - Gate
VVFL: Valve - Basic

VXFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
VYFL: Valve - Butterfly
WTBW: Olet - Weldolet

XAFL: Valve - Angle (Pressure Reducing)
XVFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
01HG: Support/Hanger
01SP: Used on valves with AV, V3, V4, VD, VG or VV as the first two characters of their skeys

02SP: Used on valves with AR, RA, VR as the first two characters of their skeys.
03SP: Used on valves with VB, VK, VY as the first two characters of their skeys.
04SP: Not Used
05SP: Used on valves with VT as the first two characters of their skeys.
06SP: Used on valves with VN as the first two characters of their skeys.

07SP: Used on valves with VP as the first two characters of their skeys.
08SP: Used on valves with VS as the first two characters of their skeys.
09SP: Used on valves with AX, VX or XA as the first two characters of their skeys.
10SP: Used on valves with SA, SV, S3 or S4 as the first two characters of their skeys.
11SP: Used on valves with MA, MV, M3 or M4 as the first two characters of their skeys.

12SP: Used on valves with HA, HV, H3 or H4 as the first two characters of their skeys.
13SP: Used on valves with CA, CV, C3 or C4 as the first two characters of their skeys.


Index
Create Drawing • 64
A Creating a Notes Table • 259
Creating a Plot Request File • 244
Accept • 104 Creating a User-defined Symbol Library •
Add Default Set • 56 105
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX • 216 Creating an Isometric Seed File • 243
Appendix Creating Seed Files for Extraction • 243
Alias ISOGEN Tables • 349 Crosses (SKEYs) • 397
Example Documents • 443
ISOGEN® SKEY Dimensions • 519
PDS Database Table Formats • 507 D
Warning and Error Messages • 319 Define Default Sets • 55
ASCII to Binary Conversion • 14 Define Project Options • 60
Assembling an Isometric Symbol • 98 Delete a Single Drawing • 80
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS • 192 Delete Command • 104
Delete Default Set • 59
B Delete Drawing • 78
Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso
Basic Workflow for Running Batch Type • 105
Isometrics • 50 Delete Multiple Drawings • 81
Batch Extraction Software Error Messages • Delivered weld symbols • 286
340 Design File Interface Error Messages • 339
Batch Isometric Extraction • 47 Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility •
Batch Isometric Generation • 52 299
Batch Processes • 20 Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF • 300
Batch Software Organization • 39 Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility -
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION • 308 Related Information • 300
Bolt Units (size x length) • 232 DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY • 187
Branch Nesting • 36 Determining Sheet Split Points • 284
Bulk Load Lines • 84 Determining Spool Split Points • 284
Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File • 91 Determining the Traversal Start Point • 283
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output • 295
C Dimensioning Features • 296
Caps (SKEYs) • 396 Dotted Weld Symbols • 287
Center of Gravity Calculation • 303 DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VA
Clear Command • 104 LUES • 208
Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and DRAWING_DATA_TABLE • 251
1100 • 287 Dynamic Detail Sketch • 301
COMMON_RECORD_DATA • 262
COMPIPE Material Control Links • 437 E
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES • 265 Elbows and Bends (SKEYs) • 398
Conventions and Limitations • 34 End Point • 102
Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - End Prep Low and End Prep High • 277
Related Information • 295 END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS •
Coordinate Features • 297 204
Copy Default Set • 59 End-Point Components • 35
Correcting Incorrect Splits • 284 Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment
Couplings (SKEYs) • 397 • 95
Create Batch Job Input • 108 Error Messages • 327

Index
Example Drawing Definition File • 313 IMPLIED_ITEMS • 268

Example HITS Report - PD_ISO • 125 Information Messages • 319
Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 Information Note Entries in the DDF • 301
• 240 INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS • 193
Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 Initial Setup Considerations • 47
• 240 Inline Filters (SKEYs) • 401
Example WDF File • 292 Input Area Options • 96
Examples • 415 Instruments (SKEYs) • 402
Exit • 104 Interactive Isometric Extraction • 21
Extraction by Line ID • 30 Interface Error Log (.err file) • 494
Extraction by Line Name Substring • 29 Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN • 319
Extraction Conventions • 34 INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK • 149
Extraction Criteria • 28 Intermediate Data File (.idf file) • 471
Extraction Information in the Database • 282 Interpreting the HITS Report - PD_ISO • 125
Extraction Information in the Design Introduction to ISOGEN • 11
Database • 283 Investigating Batch Extraction Problems • 45
Extraction Information in the Project IPLOT Plot Request Files • 245
Database • 282 Iso Design File • 30
Extraction Limitations • 36 ISOGEN • 14, 332
ISOGEN - PD_ISO (Batch Software
F Organization) • 43
ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File
File Structure • 146 (.sed file) • 502
Filling in the Title Block (STIB) • 44 ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file) • 503
Fit Symbol Command • 102 ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) • 499
FITTINGS-GENERAL • 309 ISOGEN message file errors • 332
FITTINGS-SPECIAL • 310 ISOGEN Printed Parts (.prt file) • 499
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK • 147
• 311 Isometric Drawing Area • 416
Fixed Length Pipes (SKEYs) • 400 Isometric Presentation • 305
Flanged Pipe • 37 Isometric Presentation - Related Information
Flanges (SKEYs) • 400 • 306
Flat Spools and Flange Rotation • 436 Isometric Symbol Editor • 94
Isometric Types • 317
G
Generate FrameWorks Reference L
Dimension File • 106 Label Library Label Definitions • 449
GENERATED_ITEMS • 271 Lagging • 104
Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List LAYER-NAMES • 312
• 233 Line Processing (pdsidf) • 42
Generating an Optional Format for Length Line Summary Area • 433
Output • 232 LINE_ID_DEFINITION • 194
Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) • 44 List Drawings • 81
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT • 215 List Iso Areas • 64
Grouping of ATexts Listings • 416 LJSE Type Flanges (SKEYs) • 404
Load by Area • 86
H Load by Line • 88
HITS Report (.h file) • 462 Load by Model • 87
I M
Implied Materials at Line Name Changes • Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) • 44
35 Mapping Attributes to the Title Block • 247

Index
Material List Definition (MLD) File • 228 Order of Table Entries • 277
Miscellaneous Items (SKEYs) • 404 Other End Connections (SKEYs) • 408
Miscellaneous Pipe Components (SKEYs) • Overview of Isometric Extraction • 13
405
MISC-ITEMS • 312 P
MLD File Content • 235
MLD File Format Guidelines • 237 PD Shell • 15
Model Files • 28 PD_Shell Form Conventions • 17
MOVABLE_TEXT • 212 PDS Environment • 15
MTO Neutral File (.b# file) • 497 PDS Valve Operator Name • 276
Pipe Supports • 35
Pipeline Names • 29
N PIPELINE_HEADER • 188
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS • 215 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES • 306
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES • 209 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED • 308
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS • 224 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL • 307
NOZZLE_NOTE • 205 Piping Design Database Table Format • 507
Number of Connect Points • 275 Plotted Material and Cut Pipe List Heading
Texts • 427
O Plotting • 44
Positioning the Title Block • 235
Offshore Fabrication Category • 288 Preface PDS • 9
Offshore Material Category • 231 PRIMARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE • 206
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALU Printed Material List • 434
ES • 211 Program Defaults • 313
Olet Type Branches • 35
Olets (SKEYs) • 406
Olets attached to fittings • 276 R
Operating Requirements • 228 Record Identification Numbers • 352
Operators (SKEYs) • 407 Reducers (SKEYs) • 408
Option Switch 39 • 369 Reference Plane System • 441
Option Switch 40 • 372 Repeatability • 281
Option Switch 41 • 373 Repeatability - Related Information • 281
Option Switch 42 • 374 Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations •
Option Switch 73 • 379 281
Option Switch 74 • 381 Reports • 119
Option Switch 75 • 382 Revise Default Set • 58
Option Switch 8 • 358 Revise Drawing • 68
Option Switch 9 • 360 Revise Iso Area • 63
Option Switches • 353 Revising a Single Drawing • 73
Option Switches 02-06 • 355 Revising Multiple Drawings • 76
Option Switches 100-109 • 389
Option Switches 10-19 • 361 S
Option Switches 110-119 • 391
Option Switches 120-140 • 393 Schedule Batch Job • 116
Option Switches 20-29 • 363 Search Criteria • 115
Option Switches 30-38 • 368 Search Criteria for Selecting Drawings • 71
Option Switches 40-49 • 375 SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE • 207
Option Switches 60-65 • 377 Section 1
Option Switches 67 - 72 • 379 Basic Input Data and Raw Design File
Option Switches 76 - 79 • 384 Data - PD_ISO • 129
Option Switches 80 - 89 • 385 Section 2
Option Switches 90-99 • 388 Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate -
Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) • 443 PD_ISO • 130

Index
Section 3 Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) •

Tracing Data - PD_ISO • 131 503
Section 4 Title Block/Drawing Frame • 425
Design File Data Sorted by Topo - Tracing • 104
PD_ISO • 131 Transferring Components Between Sort
Section 5 Groups • 231
Design File Data in IDF Order - PD_ISO • Traps (SKEYs) • 411
138 Type 63 Information • 36
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE • 248 TYPE_1_LABELS • 195
Select Drawings by LineId • 69 TYPE_2_LABELS • 198
Selecting Drawings Using Search Criteria • TYPE_3_LABELS • 200
70 Types of Material List • 226
SHEET_DATA_TABLE • 256
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES • U
210
Solid Line • 103 Unions (SKEYs) • 411
Specification Change Indication • 425 Unique Weld Numbering • 288
Specification/Material Reference Database Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) • 44
Table Format • 515 USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM •
Spindle Point • 104 222
Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) • 43 USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BO
SPOOLGEN (FFISYS) Screen Display • 437 M • 220
Standard Note Codelist Values • 36 USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM •
Start Point • 102 217
START_POINT_NOTES • 202 USER_DEFINED_WELDS • 185
Style 3 Material List • 238 User-Defined BOM / Material Control File •
Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output • 225
234 User-Defined Material Control File (.bom
Style for Material List Output • 235 file) • 229
Symbol Keys • 395 User-defined MTO - Related Information •
System Isometrics • 36 226
User-defined Weld Prefix • 289
User-defined Weld Symbols • 287
T Using Alternative Text • 414
Tables of Intermediate File Records • 349 Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems -
Tap Points • 104 PD_ISO • 143
Tapped Component Name • 275 Using the isoc.note File • 260
Tapped Component Record Number • 276 Using the Newly-created Symbol Library •
Tapped elbows • 275 105
Tapped Piping Components • 36 Utilities • 83
Tees (SKEYs) • 410
The Batch Job Input File • 41 V
The Files Table • 184
The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN • 13 Valves (SKEYs) • 411
The ISOGEN Interface • 43 Vents (SKEYs) • 413
The ISOGEN Record Number • 275 View Isometric Drawing • 32
The ISOGEN Symbol Name • 274
The MTO Neutral File Record Map • 261 W
The Options File - PD_ISO • 145 Warning Messages • 321
The PDS Item Name • 274 Weight Display • 303
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map • 273 Weight Display - Related Information • 303
The Valve / Operator Table • 279 Weld Box Summary • 434
The Weld Summary Report • 289 Weld Definition File Format • 289

Index
Weld Enhancements - Related Information •

286
Weld Types and Mapping • 288
WELD_PREFIX • 186
Welds • 285
Welds (SKEYs) • 413
Welds in the Material List • 234
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials • 293
What is AText • 413
What's New in PDS ISOGEN (PD_Iso) • 10

ISOGEN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISOGEN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Plant Design System (PDS)

Version 2011 (V12)

Introduction to ISOGEN ............................................................................................................................ 13

PDS Environment ...................................................................................................................................... 17

Interactive Isometric Extraction ............................................................................................................... 23

Batch Software Organization ................................................................................................................... 41

Batch Isometric Extraction ....................................................................................................................... 49

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 3

Create Drawing ............................................................................................................................... 66

Interpreting the HITS Report - PD_ISO .................................................................................................. 125

The Options File - PD_ISO ...................................................................................................................... 145

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File ............................................................................................. 229

4 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Operating Requirements .............................................................................................................. 232

Creating Seed Files for Extraction ......................................................................................................... 247

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block .................................................................................................... 251

Creating a Notes Table ............................................................................................................................ 263

The MTO Neutral File Record Map ......................................................................................................... 265

The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map .......................................................................................................... 277

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 5

The Valve / Operator Table ..................................................................................................................... 283

Repeatability ............................................................................................................................................ 285

Welds ........................................................................................................................................................ 289

Dimensioning and Coordinate Output .................................................................................................. 299

Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility ......................................................................................... 303

Weight Display ......................................................................................................................................... 307

Isometric Presentation ............................................................................................................................ 309

6 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

FITTINGS-SPECIAL ........................................................................................................................... 314

Isometric Types ....................................................................................................................................... 321

Appendix: Warning and Error Messages .............................................................................................. 323

Appendix: Alias ISOGEN Tables ............................................................................................................ 353

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 7

Inline Filters (SKEYs) ................................................................................................................... 405

Appendix: Example Documents ............................................................................................................ 447

Appendix: PDS Database Table Formats .............................................................................................. 511

Appendix: ISOGEN® SKEY Dimensions ............................................................................................... 523

Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 571

8 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

List of PDS Documentation

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 9

10 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

What's New in PDS ISOGEN (PD_Iso)

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 11

The software consists of two principal components:

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 13

14 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Overview of Isometric Extraction

The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 15

ASCII to Binary Conversion

16 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 17

18 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

PD_Shell Form Conventions

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 19

Common Tools on the PD Shell Forms

20 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Key-in Fields Screens that accept keyboard input have key-in

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 21

22 Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN

Interactive Isometric Extraction

Plant Design System (PDS) ISOGEN 23

2. Select the Interactive button.